summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /macros/latex/contrib/jurabib
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/jurabib')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/changes.txt718
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.pdfbin0 -> 298791 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.tex2254
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.pdfbin0 -> 328758 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.tex2422
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.dtx14030
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.ins202
7 files changed, 19626 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/changes.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/changes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8da3a562f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/changes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,718 @@
+0.6
+ NEW:
+ o IMPORTANT: The order of optional arguments has changed!
+ `natoptargorder' option removed, natbib order of optional
+ arguments is now NEW DEFAULT! There is a compatibility
+ option `jurabiborder' for old documents.
+ o jox.bst is part of jurabib.dtx.
+ o Indexing code completely rewritten (contributed by Stefan Ulrich).
+ o Danish language support added (contributed by Mads Munch Hansen).
+ o Finnish language support added (contributed by Harri Kiiskinen).
+ o Portuguese language support (contributed by Eva and Miguel Costa).
+ o new option `silent', replaces \jbsilent.
+ o new option `dotafter=bibentry' replaces \jbdotafterbibentry.
+ o new option `dotafter=endnote' replaces \jbdotafterendnote.
+ o new option `lookforgender', replaces \jblookforgender.
+ o new option `annotatorlastsep', replaces `colastsep' option.
+ o new option `annotatorfirstsep', replaces `cofirstsep' option.
+ o new option `annotatorformat', replaces `coauthorformat' options.
+ o new option `super' transforms \cite commands to footnotes,
+ suggested by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o new option `config=<configfile without extension>', allows to
+ switch between configfiles, suggested by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o new command \lookatfortype, allows to determine a list of entry types
+ for which the lookat feature should be used (suggested by David Feest).
+ o \footcitetitleonly introduced, suggested by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o New commands to tune indexing introduced:
+ \jbdonotindexeditors (suppress editor-indexing).
+ \jbdonotindexauthors (suppress author-indexing).
+ \jbdonotindexorganizations (suppress org-indexing).
+ \jbindexonlyfirstauthors (to index authors only at first appearence).
+ \jbindexolyfirsteditors (to index editors only at first appearence).
+ \jbindexolyfirstorganizations (to index organizations only at first appearence).
+ Known Problem: Authors with special characters (umlauts etc.)
+ aren't sorted properly (makeindex-problem).
+ o Oyear support for citations added, can be switched on by using
+ \jboyearincitation.
+ o Implemented \numberandseries and some periodical formatting specials for jox.bst.
+ o loading of config files rewritten. The loading is now as follows:
+ 1. \usepackage option overwrites values given by config files.
+ 2. option placed in \jurabibsetup (in the preamble) overwrites
+ values given by \usepackage.
+ 3. last \jurabibsetup overwrites values of preceding \jurabibsetup.
+ o Some hooks for multibib.sty compatibility implemented, testfiles
+ added for multibib compatibility (jbtestmb.tex) and for
+ bibunits compatibility (jbtestbu.tex), thanks to Thorsten Hansen
+ for adapting his packages.
+ o new commands \bibleftcolumnstretch, \bibrightcolumnstretch and
+ \bibtabularitemsep introduced to adjust linestretch and
+ itemsep in 'bibformat=tabular' mode.
+ o \bibnotcited, \howcitedprefix and \lookatprefix contains now space
+ to make redefinition (e.g. with comma) easier,
+ suggested by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o new entry type @ARCHIVAL for historical documents introduced (alpha stage!),
+ (suggested by Jan Nikolas Dicke).
+ o Warning for missing pageranges limited to @ARTICLE and @PERIODICAL.
+ o \citep{key1,key2} now generates (author1; author2)
+ o new command introduced to make the page separator configurable: \jbpagesep
+ REMOVED:
+ 'multiple'-functionality removed! To have the same feature you
+ have to load footmisc.sty with option 'multiple' now,
+ suggested by Frank Mittelbach.
+ BUGFIXES:
+ o editortype bugfix, @incollection did not recognize the `editortype' field
+ if there were more than one editor, reported by David Krebs.
+ o '\def\cite' replaced by '\DeclareRobustCommand\cite', bug fixed by Stefan Ulrich.
+ o Bugfix regarding extra labels, reported by Dominik Waßenhoven, solved by Robert Schlicht.
+ o Bugfix regarding configuration commands in the jurabib.cfg file
+ (reported by Dominik Waßenhoven).
+ o Some fixes regarding the extra label stuff for artical and periodical
+ (reported by Dominik Waßenhoven).
+ o When using natbib commands with year output, printout of bibliography extra
+ label is automatically switched on (bug reported by Patrick Hausmann).
+ o Bugfix for generated <author year> cite, forgotten \space in \jbsy.
+ o Bugfix for preceding whitespace in front of all cite commands
+ (forgotten percent at line end), both reported by Klaus Hellermann.
+ o Small bugfixes regarding `howcited=multiple' (1. forgotten command
+ to call howcited for @commented, 2. forgot to reverse order
+ of optional arguments), both reported by Holger Pollmann.
+ o \jbindexbib works correctly again.
+ o Problem with natbib commands and optional arguments solved
+ (reported by Mads Munch Hansen).
+ o small bugfix concerning interaction with alphanum.sty, (reported by Michael Below).
+ o some improvements and bugfixes in jurabib.sty and .bst files added,
+ suggested by Robert Schlicht.
+ o added some alternative babel main language values, initially
+ suggested by Harri Kiiskinen.
+ o Hook for memoir.cls bibliography added, suggested by Robert Schlicht
+ (requires mempatch.sty!).
+ o small typo in frjbbib.ldf fixed, reported by Thomas Crulli.
+ o small bugfix for loaded hyperref and tabularx packages
+ (hyperref turns off hyperfootnotes internally),
+ bug reported by Maarten Wisse.
+ o small bugfix regarding @PERIODICALS in .bst files, contributed
+ by Tilman Finke.
+ o some bugfixes in the .bst files regarding dissyear and year.
+ o @INCOLLECTION added to the command \jbfirstcitepageranges
+ (suggested by David Feest).
+ o check for more than one author/editor introduced,
+ requires new function `count.authors.or.editors'
+ in .bst file (bug reported by Maarten Wisse).
+ o bugfix for @manual function, did not recognize organization as
+ fallback for missing author, reported by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o bugfix for `ibidem=name&title&auto', reported by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o \nextcite-commands are working for first citation now while
+ using `citefull=first', reported by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o bug regarding endnotes.sty fixed, reported by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o language bug in \citefield fixed, reported by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o again some bugfixes regarding footnote stuff and interaction with
+ footmisc.sty (espescially para option) reported and
+ suggested by Frank Mittelbach.
+ o new integer 'extra.extra.num', new function 'make.extra.label' and
+ some modifications on 'forward.pass' (suggested by Robert Schlicht
+ in d.c.t.t.)
+ o empty default for \ajtsep for some languages removed (bug reported
+ by Olaf Meltzer).
+ o some changes in jurabib.ins (suggested by Heiko Oberdiek).
+ o bugfix for hyperref users -- wrapper for hyperref's footnote definition
+ inserted (suggested by Heiko Oberdiek in d.c.t.t.).
+ o several bugfixes, some reported by Frank Mittelbach (empty default for
+ \jbhowsepcoauthorfirst and some forgotten \unskips).
+ o small bugfix regarding wrong warnings for @ARTICLE, bugfix for
+ interaction between \jbusehowcitedforcite and `ibidem' (bugs reported
+ by Jan Nikolas Dicke).
+ o small bugfix regarding `authorformat=and' (bugfix contributed by Robert Schlicht).
+ o small bugfixes in .bst files.
+ o adapted version of \ProcessOptionsWithKV, after discussion in d.c.t.t.
+ o .dtx file cleaned.
+0.52p
+ natbib commands are working with `authorformat=index' now
+ (bug reported by Jose Ignacio Sanchez-Macias).
+ some changes in spjbbib.ldf (suggested by Jose Ignacio Sanchez-Macias).
+ bugfix for missing \endgroup (double \begingroup!) while
+ calling \jbcitenotitle.
+ removed doubled comma, if number and volume are given,
+ while \artnumberformat prints out a comma by itself
+ (reported by Kai Kramer and Jose Ignacio Sanchez-Macias).
+ no longer double output of year for @article type (generated
+ shorttitle contains `journal year').
+ fallback to url (if url given and neither shortauthor or shorttitle
+ are given) removed, because of problems of detecting
+ not given url.
+ check for `commabeforerest' introduced for \citefield.
+ no longer additional shorttitle, if `authorformat=year' is used.
+ `\bfseries ?' replaced by `{\bfseries ?, #1}' (suggested by Tilman Finke).
+0.52o
+ hardcoded `in:' removed (reported by Peter Flynn).
+ No longer warnings about ambiguous citations if
+ `authorformat=year' is used.
+ New entry type @LEXICON introduced (alpha stage!).
+0.52n
+ bugfix regarding babel's french options (reported by Peter Flynn).
+ sort.format.names removed for sortkey. All spaces are ignored now.
+ natbib-emulated command `\citet' improved (bug reported by Klaus Hellermann).
+ \citeworkwithtitle{} allows to specify a list of works (keys), for those the
+ title should always be printed (suggested by Till A. Heilmann)
+ natbib emulation commands using the first optional argument for pages now
+ (bug reported by Bear F. Braumoeller).
+0.52m
+ rewritten macro \jbfirstcitepageranges. Documentation added.
+0.52l
+ Counting of citations inside \footnote's introduced to avoid lowercase ibidem
+ at the begin of the footnote.
+ `pages=always' includes no longer the pagerange in the short citation.
+0.52k
+ lowercase ibidem for inline citations or \cite's inside the same footnote
+ (reported by Matthias Damm).
+ some \def's replaced by \DeclareRobustCommand's.
+0.52j
+ bugfix for indexing with `index' package, reported by Dirk Steinmeyer.
+ No special code for loaded footmisc, exceeded TeX capacity if
+ `multiple' option was used (reported by Thorsten Manegold).
+0.52i
+ Printout no title, if `authorformat=year' is used
+ and no shorttitle is given (reported by Carsten Mennenoeh).
+ output of startpage for ibidem citations is suppressed now
+ (suggested by Benjamin von Engelhardt).
+0.52h
+ bugfix regarding starred \cite-commands, produced fatal error,
+ reported by Jan Reidar Oeverland.
+0.52g
+ small bugfix regarding \jbfirstcitepageranges.
+ wrong order of publisher and address in jureco.bst corrected
+ (reported by Klaus Hellermann), all hardcoded ": "
+ replaced by \bpubaddr.
+ some improvements on norwegian language file nojbbib.ldf,
+ contributed by Jan Reidar Oeverland.
+ bugfix for indexing macros, reported by Andrea Rossato.
+ bugfix for ibidem, reported by Matthias Steinbrink.
+0.52f
+ command \jbfirstcitepageranges introduced, it enables the output
+ of pageranges for first citation of @ARTICLE and @PERIODICAL
+ and adds an `here' before the page given via the optional
+ argument of the cite command:
+
+ `Author: Title [...], p. 192-225, here: p. 200'
+
+0.52e
+ \jbbookedaftertitle introduced, for a @BOOK-entry with author
+ and editor you are able to switch from
+ `author; editor (ed): title ...'
+ to
+ `author: title, ed. by editor, ...'
+ this command is experimental!
+ Markup for volume improved, it's possible to set a (globally)
+ separation command after volume: \aftervolsep.
+ New field `totalpages' for @BOOK type introduced, produces
+ `n pages' at the end of the bibliographic entry. A new
+ macro called \bibtotalpagesname can be used to adapt
+ the sequence after the total pages number, but beware
+ of using abbreviations with a period at the end, this
+ can result in unwanted double dots! This feature is
+ experimental too.
+0.52d
+ again minor bugfix regarding \formatpages and `pages=format'.
+ jurunsrt.bst reintroduced.
+0.52c
+ small bugfix regarding \formatpages and `pages=format',
+ reported by Klaus Hellermann.
+0.52b
+ automatic formatting of second page removed, when using
+ \formatpages and `pages=format' (suggested
+ by Benjamin von Engelhardt).
+0.52a
+ bugfix for \jblookforgender, reported by Benedikt Welter.
+0.52
+ markup for volume and indexed authors introduced, both
+ suggested by Otto Janschek.
+0.51z
+ small bugfix regarding `annote' option and `bibformat=tabular'.
+ markup for ISBN and ISSN introduced.
+ some modifications in frjbbib.ldf, contributed by Hélène Fernandez.
+ some modifications in spjbbib.ldf and itjbbib.ldf,
+ contributed by Pablo Rodriguez.
+ some bugfixes for missing author in @COMMENTED.
+0.51y
+ markup for numbered bibliography introduced (\bibnumberformat).
+0.51x
+ \bibbudcsep added, configurable separation of \urldatecomment
+ (suggested by Carsten Mennenoeh), docs adapted.
+ minor bugfixes
+0.51w
+ some bugfixes regarding gender handling: you have to use
+ \jblookforgender explicitely in the preamble now.
+ again bugfix regarding `bibformat=ibidemalt', \fsted and
+ \snded macros rewritten.
+0.51v
+ hardcoded dot replaced by \bibatsep in \incolledformat
+ check for jhuman.bst reintroduced.
+ bugfix for `bibformat=ibidemalt', reported by Matthias Damm.
+ \jbshowbibextralabel introduced to show extra label for
+ works from same year in the bibliography.
+0.51u
+ bugfix for `pages=format', wrong `s' removed (reported by Maarten Wisse).
+ bugfix for `hypercite=false'; check for loaded hyperref package removed,
+ caused wrong hyperlinks (reported by Maarten Wisse).
+0.51t
+ \par added in \jbannoteformat (suggested by Robert Schlicht).
+ \bib[e]imfont is using \bib[e]fnfont instead of
+ \bib[e]lnfont by default (suggested by Robert Schlicht).
+0.51s
+ minor bugfixes, some reported by Robert Schlicht.
+ annote files for bibliography are useable now. These files
+ have to be named like the bibliography database entry
+ with .tex extension and are used if the annote field
+ is empty. With \bibAnnotePath you can give a path
+ to your annote files (suggested by Robert Schlicht).
+0.51r
+ dummy year reintroduced, needed for correct label generating.
+ superfluous whitespace in \cite removed.
+ natbib emulation commands bug fixed and improved, much
+ better endnotes-support now.
+ natbib emulation commands are able to recognize a second
+ optional argument.
+ tilde removed from \jb@deactivate@babel.
+ \citefield knows value `url' now.
+ \cite command can print out url, if no shortauthor and
+ shorttitle is given.
+ jurabib speaks now italian, first trial. (Thanks to Pablo Rodriguez).
+0.51q
+ small bug inside jurabib.bst fixed, reported by Tilman Finke.
+0.51p
+ bugfix regarding \formatpages and `commabeforerest', found by Tilman Finke.
+ again some definitions changed in spjbbib.ldf (thanks to Pablo Rodriguez).
+0.51o
+ \formatpages has now two optional arguments, I added one to make the
+ separation before the start page configurable; is influenced by
+ `commabeforerest' by default.
+ new commands added to adapt the separation of \formatpages automatically
+0.51n
+ Bugfix regarding `bibformat=ibidemalt' and usage of \typearea from
+ the KOMA-bundle after loading jurabib.sty, contributed by
+ Tilman Finke.
+ again some definitions changed in spjbbib.ldf (thanks to Pablo Rodriguez).
+0.51m
+ some definitions changed in spjbbib.ldf (thanks to Pablo Rodriguez).
+ more spaces added for better line breaking, regarding the well
+ known BibTeX bug.
+ `superscriptedition=multiple' should work with german umlauts.
+0.51l
+ \bibimfont improved.
+ `superscriptedition=multiple' should work now as expected (only for
+ @COMMENTED at the moment!). VERY special thanks to Stefan Ulrich!
+0.51k
+ `superscriptedition=multiple' will not work correctly now, because I
+ had to remove the code from jurabib.bst, which does the main work
+ to mark the entries which have same title but different editions.
+ I have to rebuild the mechanism in LaTeX, which can take some time.
+ Lot of people have reported errors with long title fields and
+ BibTeX error messages. That's the reason to remove the code from
+ the .bst.
+ A small bug was found by Andreas Altenburger, the combination of
+ `authorformat=year' and `titleformat=all' has not worked correctly,
+ the titles were not printed out. This (new bug) was introduced in
+ beta 23, trying to remove wrong warning about ambiguous citations.
+ It should work now (while introducing \ifjb@starred@cite).
+ First trial for spanish support. Special thanks to Pablo Rodriguez
+ for first translation. Bug reports welcome.
+0.51j
+ new option `superscriptedition=year' places the superscripted edition
+ number before the year. `superscriptedition=bib' is also available
+ with `superscriptedition=address'. These options are working only
+ for jurabib.bst and jureco.bst! There are no plans to implement
+ them for jox.bst or jchic.bst.
+0.51i
+ some improvements on `authorformat=indexed'.
+0.51h
+ juratitle field in jurabib.bst was missing, reintroduced; new options
+ `superscriptedition=multiple' (superscripted edition number instead of
+ title for same work with different edition numbers) and
+ `superscriptedition=kerning' (replaces \jbsseditionkerned) introduced.
+0.51g
+ \bibpagename and \bibpagesname introduced for separate
+ formatting of pages in the bibliography
+0.51f
+ configurable commands added to format author names and order of
+ name parts in bibliography, e.g.:
+ \renewcommand\jbRevedFirstVonNoJr{%
+ \biblnfmt{\jbVon\space\jbLast, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst}}
+ changes format from `last, first, von' to `von last, first'
+ for the case that a `von' part is given, but no `jr' part.
+0.51e
+ year after label (`}% <year>') removed in jurabib.bst.
+ new field `updated' for @commented introduced, `suggested' by
+ Holger Pollmann in dctt.
+0.51d
+ @phdthesis function rewritten. `format.mthesis' and `format.juradiss.thesis'
+ removed. Now only one generic function `format.thesis'.
+ Bug reported by Marco Kuhlmann.
+ German documentation extracted to jbgerdoc.tex. `latex jurabib.dtx'
+ will no longer produce any documentation.
+ TEXTEDITION FIELD REMOVED, same behavior is available by enclosing the
+ edition in braces.
+0.51c
+ new option `hypercite=false' for disabling automated hyperlinks when
+ using hyperref package, suggested by Tilman Finke.
+0.51b
+ mixed series and title in FUNCTION {format.btitle.vol} in jurabib.bst
+ and jureco.bst corrected.
+0.51a
+ \nopage and \pageadd can be used in pages field, Bug reported by
+ Sönke Schaal (<s.schaal@freenet.de>), solution suggested by
+ Stefan Ulrich.
+0.51
+ changed version numbering because of increasing numbers of `beta' versions
+ (v0.5f beta 27 = v0.51), new minor releases will have an additional
+ lower case letter (the next minor release will will be v0.51a).
+ Ibidem/Idem-bugfix. Bug reported by Sönke Schaal (<s.schaal@freenet.de>)
+ When German, `ibidem' and `idem' are used together, it appears
+ `A.a.O.Ders.' because of ``hardcoded'' gender macros for German in
+ dejbbib.ldf.
+v0.5f
+ beta 26
+ bugfix regarding `superscriptedition=bib', the normal edition number
+ was not suppressed for the first entry in the bibliography,
+ bug reported by Andrea Heilmann (<andrea.heilmann@t-online.de>)
+ beta 25
+ jurabib.sty now removes `%' at the line end similar to hyperref.sty.
+ (special thanks to Stefan Ulrich!)
+ beta 24
+ new option `citetoend' introduced, converts \cite's (= non-footcite's)
+ into endnotes (endnotes.sty has to be loaded).
+ check for chapter numbers > 1 removed (options `citefull=chapter' and
+ `opcit=chapter')
+ beta 23
+ wrong warnings about ambiguous citations while using `authorformat=year'
+ removed (bug reported by Anneke Emse).
+ french and dutch translations for translator stuff inserted,
+ contributed by Hélène Fernandez (french) and Maarten Wisse (dutch).
+ beta 22
+ once again \biburlfont command rewritten, hyperlinks were missing.
+ beta 21
+ new url-interface, contributed by Stefan Ulrich, solves problems
+ with url.sty and hyperref.sty.
+ some additions in (German) documentation.
+ beta 20
+ some code for `idem' options rewritten
+ beta 19
+ some code for `bibformat=ibidem' rewritten
+ beta 18
+ some improvements for oxford, \or replaced by \TE@or again.
+ beta 17
+ `authorformat=indexed' is working for \nobibliography now
+ (suggested by Thomas Rahlf). Thanks to Stefan Ulrich.
+ beta 16
+ undo of improvements for jox.bst
+ ibidem options are able to make a difference between same/different
+ pages for subsequent citations by \samepageibidemname or
+ \samepageibidemmidname and \diffpageibidemname or
+ \diffpageibidemmidname
+ beta 15
+ some improvements for the new jox.bst
+ beta 14
+ endnotes-support: non-\footcite-commands are no longer automatically
+ converted into endnotes
+ beta 13
+ \formatarticlepages[<separator>]{<page left delim>}{<page right delim>}
+ changed to
+ \formatpages[<separator>]{<typelist>}{<page left delim>}{<page right delim>}
+ The <typelist> allows you to specify any publication type for which
+ you want to print out a starting page
+ internal improvements (\jb@@title@switch (aka \jb@@arg) introduced to make a
+ difference between the multiple switch and the `titleformat=all' switch,
+ which has produced wrong warnings about ambiguous citations.
+ Multiple switching now with \jb@@mult@switch=1. Please report errors
+ regarding this changed feature)
+ improved endnotes-support
+ beta 12
+ new command \jbdotafterendnote places dot after endnote, analogous
+ \jbdotafterbibentry
+ improved endotes.sty support -- emulated natbib cite commands are
+ translated into endnotes too
+ some internal improvements ...
+ beta 11
+ new option `ibidem=name&title&auto' (suggested by Wolfgang Lange <wfl@ipg.mpg.de>)
+ built-in footmisc's `multiple'-option (comma between subsequent \footnotes)
+ (suggested by Wolfgang Lange <wfl@ipg.mpg.de>)
+ \jbPage and \jbartPage removed, formatting via \jbprformat now
+ beta 10
+ `format.title' replaced by `format.artperiodincoll.title' for @inproceedings
+ (suggested by Olaf Meltzer)
+ beta 9
+ known error message problem with url's and hyperref/url-package:
+ We have to wait for a general solution, coming
+ from url.sty and/or hyperref.sty.
+ special macros for gender-dependent i(bi)dem introduced -- separately for
+ bibliography (long) and citations (shorter).
+ some internal corrections and bug fixes. (regarding the footnote period problem).
+ a set of natbib emulating citation commands (without starred variants and
+ not so nifty) introduced.
+ beta 8
+ \par's are possible inside the annote field
+ `opcit' no longer switches `authorformat=year' automatically, the
+ shorttitle will be used now to avoid ambiguous citations.
+ `gender'-field for German users of the `idem' option added. This field
+ can be used with six possible values:`sf'= singular female,
+ `pf'= plural male, `sm'=singular male,`pf'=plural male,
+ `sn'= singular neutrum and `pn'=plural neutrum.
+ new command \citetitleonly{<key>} added, this command doesn't print the
+ author.
+ beta 7
+ correction of some french macros
+ undocumented option `footnotes=marginal' is working now also when using endnotes.sty
+ `idem' is working properly for multiple keys (e.g. \footcite{<key1>,>key2>} will
+ produce `Author, title; idem, other title').
+ beta 6
+ `annote' option added. Enables output of the annote field.
+ For commented bibliographies.
+ `et al.'-generating mechanism for full names (non-labels) in jurabib.bst
+ and jureco.bst is now the same as for the label (more than three
+ authors/editors ==> et al.; this is already standard for jhuman.bst)
+ [...]
+ beta 1
+ jurabib should work well now with endnotes.sty. You can use all cite
+ commands like before, the simple loading of endnotes.sty will print
+ all your citations as endnotes (well, you have to place \theendnotes
+ appropriate yourself).
+ Any `howcited'-option can be used with any other (except of `howcited=all').
+ `howcited=compare' places the remark only, if the shorttitle was used
+ at least one time.
+ Missing documentation of some v0.5e features (new entry fields) added.
+ no longer LaTeX error message, if `authorformat=indexed' is used
+ without using makeidx.sty. You will get a warning from jurabib instead.
+ babel option `ngerman' is handled correct now (Thanks to Robert Schlicht).
+ `idem' is working now inside a bibliographic entry (i. e. if the editor
+ `edited a collection of articles and he himself wrote an article in it').
+ small bug in definition of \bibimfont and \edfont removed.
+v0.5e
+ Known Problem: Hyperref causes problems with the new url-interface.
+ New option `opcit'. Values: `true', `section' and `chapter';
+ New option `idem' with values `strict', `strictdoublepage'
+ and `nostrict' implemented, places `idem' for same authors in
+ subsequent citations;
+ Bug with \formatarticlepages removed;
+ Some `authorformat=indexed'-related code rewritten by Stefan Ulrich;
+ German code documentation cancelled, English code documentation will
+ follow if I have more time;
+ jureco.bst is now part of the .dtx file, will be extracted with
+ `latex jurabib.ins';
+ \Edbyname added for capitalized `Edited by';
+ `von' part placement changed from `Last von, First' to `Last, First von';
+ new command \jbannote to format the new annote field;
+ jurabib is working well now with TeX4ht, thanks to Eitan Gurari and
+ Maarten Wisse;
+ title check added for \citefield command to avoid ambiguous citations;
+ Sorting bug for @COMMENTED with editor only removed and et.~al-Bug removed;
+ Completely rewritten `bibformat=ibidem';
+ Bug removed for `authorformat=and' and `authorformat=firstnotreversed';
+ Wrong `Th\'ese' removed;
+ \jbformattedpages changed to option `pages=format',
+ \jbtestedpageranges changed to option `pages=test',
+ \jbalwayspageranges changed to option `pages=always';
+ Bug removed for \jb@checkperiod (`natoptargorder' was ignored);
+ New fields shortauthor and shorttitle introduced, they can be
+ used like (i.e. instead of) the jura*-fields;
+ Bug removed for `crossref=short';
+ \space-bug removed for crossrefs;
+ `pages=format' is working also for citations now, you can use some
+ shorthands as illustrated here:
+ \cite[45]{<key>} ===> p.~45
+ \cite[45--47]{<key>} ===> pp.~45--47
+ \cite[45, 47 and 49]{<key>} ===> pp.~45, 47 and 49
+ \cite[45f]{<key>} ===> pp.~45f.
+ \cite[45ff]{<key>} ===> pp.~45ff.
+ \cite[\nopage{I, III and IV}]{<key>} ===> I, III and IV
+ \cite[13,\pageadd{something text}]{<key} ===> p.~13, something text
+ This rewritten option was inspired by pageranges.sty, available at
+ <http://www.seindal.dk/rene/software/TeX/inlinebib.htm>,
+ and completely contributed by Stefan Ulrich. Thanks a lot.
+ It's possible to format editors independently from authors via:
+ \renewcommand\bibelnf{}
+ \renewcommand\bibefnf{};
+ New options:
+ `crossref=dynamic' (first crossref long, the following short)
+ `edby' (switches from `Doe, John (editor)' to
+ `edited by Doe, John'---ONLY FOR @INCOLLECTIONS!),
+ `endnote', (note field at the end of the entry)
+ `biblikecite', (author and title format in bibliography like
+ author and title format in citation)
+ `citefull=chapter', (`citefull=first' per chapter)
+ `citefull=section', (`citefull=first' per section)
+ `superscriptedition=bib', (experimental!, superscripted edition
+ numbers in bibliography---for humanities)
+ `bibformat=ibidemalt', (experimental!, for german law students)
+ `bibformat=compress', (less vertical space between bibitems)
+ `human', (alpha stage option for the humanities)
+ `chicago', (alpha stage option for the humanities)
+ `oxford', (alpha stage option for the humanities)
+ `idem', (beta stage option for the humanities)
+ `idem=strict',
+ `idem=strictdoublepage',
+ `idem=nostrict',
+ `opcit', (alpha stage option for the humanities)
+ `opcit=chapter', (`opcit' per chapter)
+ `opcit=section', (`opcit' per section)
+ New commands:
+ \formatarticlepages[<separator>]{<page left delim>}{<page right delim>}
+ This command allows you to print out a (addtional) startpage
+ of a given pagerange, before the ``normal'' page(range), given
+ by the optional argument of \cite.
+ Assumed, you used \formatarticlepages[: ]{(}{)}
+ in the preamble, you typed `pages = {40--60}' in the .bib
+ file and you wrote \cite[45 and 47]{<key>} in the text,
+ the output will look like that:
+ ..., 40: (45 and 47)
+ or with option `pages=format':
+ ..., p. 40: (pp. 45 and 47)
+ New fields in jurabib.bst:
+ titleaddon (adds the given sequence after title, e.g for remarks)
+ booktitleaddon (same as titleaddon, for booktitles)
+ editortype (use that field if you don't want to have `(ed.)')
+ sortkey (the entry will be sorted under that key)
+ annote (to put out a short abstract below the bib entry)
+ textedition (to use for a `commented' edition entry)
+ New BibTeX-styles for the humanities---compatible with jurabib.sty (alpha/beta stage!):
+ jchicago.bst (derivative of chicago.bst) alpha
+ jachicago.bst (derivative of achicago.bst) alpha
+ jhuman.bst (derivative of oxford.bst) beta
+ These styles doesn't contain all of the functionality known by jurabib.bst!
+ They are available only (as long as they are in beta stage) at
+ http://userpage.fu-berlin.de/~jberger
+v0.5d \@lbibitem-Argumente auf zwei reduziert -- french.sty-Kompatibilität;
+ Zusammenfassung von Werten für Optionen möglich, z.B.:
+ `bibformat={tabular,numbered,ibidem}
+ erneute Überarbeitung der Sprachbehandlung, sprachspezifische Dateien
+ eingeführt; Änderung fast aller Makronamen innerhalb der \bibs<language>-Definitionen;
+ Englische Dokumentation (größtenteils übersetzt von Maarten Wisse) eingefügt;
+ minimales Beispieldokument für Nicht-Juristen eingeführt
+v0.5c `oldstyle' entfernt, `jurabibliography'-Umgebung ebenfalls entfernt
+ Handhabung des year-Feldes überarbeitet, neuen Befehl \jbyearaftertitle definiert
+ \citefield eingeführt, damit ist die Extraktion einzelner Felder aus einem
+ Eintrag möglich, die zu extrahierenden Felder werden als Parameter angegeben,
+ möglich sind: author, title, juraauthor, juratitle, year;
+ \nocitebuthowcited für Werke, die nicht zitiert wurden, die aber zusammen mit
+ einem howcited-Vermerk (der via howcited-Feld angegeben werden kann) im
+ Literaturverzeichnis erscheinen sollen, z.B. für Sammelwerke
+v0.5b \cite[no]titlefortype eingeführt, damit ist die Angabe der Publikationstypen
+ möglich, bei denen der Titel immer erscheinen soll
+v0.5a \jb@only@for@citations in \jbonlyforcitations umbenannt und hinter Definition von
+ \jb@tempa verlagert, so daß Zugriff auf \jb@@author etc. möglich ist;
+ Wiederherstellung von \ExecuteOptions wieder unmittelbar hinter \ProcessOptions
+ plaziert, sonst Probleme mit \makeat... in .cfg-Datei
+v0.5 `authorformat=abbrv' eingeführt, jurabbrv.bst nun überflüssig (entfernt)
+v0.4p \jurabibsetup zur Angabe der Optionen in Präambel oder Konfigurationsdatei eingeführt
+v0.4o Kompatibilität mit index hergestellt;
+ Fehler in jurabib.dtx beseitigt
+v0.4n \jbPage und \jbPages verbessert (reagieren jetzt auf `commabeforerest');
+ bei Ausgabe der Warnung über mehrere `<Autor>~et~al.' zusätzliche Prüfung eingefügt,
+ ob betreffendes Werk überhaupt zitiert wurde;
+ neuer Befehl \jb@do@if@multiple@bibetal zur leichteren Umdefinition
+ (wenn mehrere `<Autor>$~et~al.' existieren) geschaffen;
+ \space-Befehl in \jb@makecheckednameibidem entfernt
+v0.4m babel-Support verbessert, veränderte Sprachunterstützung (nun abhängig von der Hauptsprache)
+ `superscriptedition=switch' und \jbsseditionkerned implementiert;
+ Für Nicht-Juristen jbformattedpages implementiert;
+ in .bst innerhalb von output.bibitem missing$ durch empty$ ersetzt, da Fehlermeldungen bei leeren Feldern
+ \citeswithoutentry implementiert -- zur Angabe einzelner Werke, die nicht im Literaturverzeichnis
+ erscheinen sollen;
+ Möglichkeit einer lokalen Konfigurationsdatei geschaffen
+v0.4l Bug bei `howcited' beseitigt (gemeldet von Christian.Meyn@gmx.de);
+ Optionen authorformat=year/indexed/and eingeführt;
+ auf mehrfachen Wunsch `titleformat=noreplace' eingeführt;
+ \Bibetal optimiert;
+ `backref'-Option von hyperref funktioniert nun auch bei bibformat=tabular vernünftig;
+ Ausrichtung der Autoren bei bibformat=tabular verbessert
+ Optionen `superscriptedition=commented|all' und `bibformat=ibidem' auf Anregung von
+ Tilman Finke (Tilman.Finke@web.de) implementiert;
+ Sortierfehler in .bst korrigiert
+v0.4k Fehlendes Leerzeichen zwischen \Bibvolume und Inhalt des volume-Feldes beseitigt;
+ Möglichkeit der Einstellung, ob in .bib-Datei eingetragene Seitenangaben im
+ Zitat erscheinen oder nicht (\jbalwayspageranges setzt immer Seitenzahlen,
+ \jbtestedpageranges dagegen nur dann, wenn das für die Fundstelle
+ vorgesehene optionale Argument leer ist);
+ IS[S/B]N-Handhabung überarbeitet (doppelte Angabe bei crossref entfernt);
+ \jb@only@for@citations eingeführt -- damit sind lokale Definitionen möglich,
+ die nur in den Zitaten wirken (z.B. zur individuellen Einstellung der Querverweise);
+ \nextcite-Befehle um \nextcitenotitle erweitert
+v0.4j \nextcite-Befehle und \noibidem eingeführt;
+ kleinere Bugfixes
+v0.4I Kompatibilität mit hyperref verbessert;
+ multiple-Wert für howcited eingeführt;
+ kleinere Bugs behoben;
+ Entfernung von Seitenzahl(en) im Zitat, die nur in der Bibliographie erscheinen sollen
+v0.4i umfangreiche Überarbeitung insbesondere der BibTeX-Stile;
+beta
+ korrekte Behandlung von Querverweisen (vollständig LaTeX-seitig;
+ formatierbar durch Markup -- neue Option `crossref' ermöglicht
+ Wahl des Ausmaßes des Querverweises);
+ `lookat'-Option implementiert (ermöglicht automatisierte Verweise
+ auf Fußnoten) und `english'-Option eingeführt;
+ `replace' entfernt (Ersetzung nun automatisch);
+ language-Feld hinzugefügt, nun sprachspezifische Umschaltung für
+ jeden einzelnen Eintrag möglich;
+ \nobibliography<bibfile>} eingeführt (unterdrückt Ausgabe der Bibliographie)
+ Kompatibilität mit chapterbib.sty (\b@citeb durch \b@citeb\@extra@b@citeb ersetzt)
+ und bibunits.sty hergestellt (dafür \jb@@cite durch \@citex ersetzt);
+ ibidem-Funktionalität erweitert (strictdoublepage- und nostrict-Werte eingefügt);
+ Warnungen bei Ersetzung von juratitle durch title eingeführt;
+ footcite*-Befehle innerhalb von footnote abgefangen;
+ babel-Kompatibilität verbessert
+v0.4h kleinere Bugfixes in \thebibliography (bibtopic sucht nach bib@heading,
+ dieses muß am Anfang der thebibliography-Umgebung stehen, deshalb Leerung
+ von \jbatsep hinter \bib@heading verlagert) und \@lbibitem (Sollte ohne
+ Autor und Herausgeber zitiert werden, Leerung von \bibansep für diesen
+ Eintrag, danach Wiederherstellung von \bibansep)
+v0.4g Mit Hilfe von Oren Patashnik Funktionalität von add.period$ durch
+ .bst-Funktionen ersetzt, nun keine Satzzeichen (\bibatsep) mehr,
+ wenn Titel mit Punkt, Ausrufezeichen oder Fragezeichen endet;
+ \jb*authorsep gekürzt
+v0.4f Optionsnamen verändert, jetzt Benutzung von keyval.sty
+v0.4e neue Befehle \fullcite und \footfullcite, erstellen Vollzitat aus der Bibliographie
+ Optionen `citefull', `bibformat' und `see' implementiert
+v0.4d Option `ibidem' eingeführt und erweitert, kein "`a.a.O."' bei erstem Zitat
+ auf einer Seite
+v0.4c BibTeX-Stile verbessert, Abfragen zum Setzen des Titels hinter eingefügte
+ Warnungen verlagert;
+ vorläufige, eingeschränkte Kompatibilität von alphanum mit hyperref
+ durch Definition von \toclevel@*-Makros, hyperref-spezifischen Zählern
+ und Leerung von \J@SetCurrent sowie Redefinition von \J@LongToc;
+ \Hy@backout und \backcite redefiniert; Zuweisung der \cite-Befehle geändert;
+ \biburlfont in Abhängigkeit von geladenem hyperref definiert;
+ Warnungen bei mehrdeutigen Zitaten und Benutzung von \[foot]cite* eingefügt;
+ Beispieldokument zu bibtopic bereinigt
+v0.4b Testdokument verändert, Kompatibilität mit hyperref hergestellt;
+ neue Befehle \footcite*, generieren automatisch Fußnoten
+v0.4a Automatisches Ersetzen von fehlenden juraauthor- oder juratitle-Feldern
+ durch Teile des author-Feldes (Detektion der Nachnamen) bzw. title-Feldes
+ (bei Büchern), bei Artikeln wird Kurztitel aus journal und year
+ zusammengesetzt;
+ neue Option `replace', ersetzt (fehlenden) juratitle durch title;
+ Ligaturauflösung bei "`Auflage"' verändert;
+ Formatierung bei Generation der Namenskürzel verbessert;
+ Bestimmung der verwendeten \cite-Befehle verbessert;
+ erheblich übersichtlicherer Code bei cite; neuer Befehl \cite*,
+ unterdrückt immer Ausgabe des Titels;
+ konfigurierbare Separationszeichen
+v0.4 viele kleine Änderungen, CTAN-Update
+v0.3f howcited-Flag eingeführt
+v0.3e Option `howcited=compare' eingeführt -- diese vergleicht
+ *title-Felder, bevor Zitiervermerk gesetzt wird;
+ Problem mit entry-string-size behoben;
+ korrekte Behandlung von Dissertationen -- auch solchen, die
+ als Buch erschienen sind
+v0.3c Halbwegs realistisches Beispieldokument eingefügt;
+ BibTeX-Stile an zahlreichen Stellen verbessert
+v0.3b @COMMENTED für Kommentare eingeführt, `citedas' heißt
+ nun `howcited', dies effizienter implementiert;
+ Querverweise werden jetzt korrekt behandelt;
+ viele kleine Verbesserungen
+v0.3a Neue Option `citedas'
+v0.3 Dokumentation verbessert, erstmalig auf CTAN verfügbar
+v0.2c @PERIODICAL ist nun benutzbar, Klammerung formatierbar
+v0.2b viele marginale Änderungen
+v0.2a Erstmals jurabib.dtx und jurabib.ins
+v0.2 Dynamisches Setzen des Titels bei Zitaten mit
+ verschiedenen Werken implementiert;
+ überflüssiges entfernt
+v0.1 Erste Version, alpha-Stadium
+ Kompatibilität mit bibtopic.sty hergestell
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2aa9fcfbe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97bdb2c5c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/english/jbendoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,2254 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\usepackage[commabeforerest,titleformat=commasep]{jurabib}
+\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000 \raggedbottom
+\newif\ifHtml
+\newcommand{\mymarginpar}[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\NEW}[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1~{\large NEW\,!}}}}
+\newcommand{\CH} [1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1~{\large CHANGED\,!}}}}
+\newcommand{\REM}[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1~{\large REMOVED\,!}}}}
+\makeatletter
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{%
+ \let\pdfoutput\@undefined
+ \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
+ }{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \let\pdfoutput\@undefined
+ \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
+ \else
+ \usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true,plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels,linktocpage]{hyperref}%
+ \hypersetup{%
+ pdftitle={Documentation for jurabib package},%
+ pdfauthor={Jens Berger},%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+\makeatother \pagestyle{headings}
+\newcommand\bibentry[1]{\par\medskip{\renewcommand\jbauthorfont{\textbf}\renewcommand\jbauthorfnfont{\textbf}\noindent\qquad\fullcite{#1}}\par\medskip}
+\AtEndDocument{\bibliography{jbtest,jbtesthu}}
+\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Contents}
+\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\href[2]{#2}
+\providecommand\texorpdfstring[2]{#1}
+\newenvironment{bibexample}{%
+ \begin{description}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-2.5em}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{2.5em}
+ }{\end{description}}
+\newenvironment{Options}%
+ {\begin{list}{}{%
+ \renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfill}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{-.5\parsep}
+ \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{xxx\space}}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}%
+ } {\end{list}}
+\def\jbfileversion{v0.6}
+\def\jbfiledate{\today}
+\title{The \textsf{jurabib} Package}
+\author{{\Large Jens Berger}\thanks{Translated into English by Maarten Wisse.}\\
+ \href{mailto:jb@jurabib.org}{\texttt{jb@jurabib.org}}\\[1.8ex]
+ {\small Stefan Ulrich}}
+\date{\jbfiledate \qquad \textsf{\jbfileversion}\\[1ex]
+ {\footnotesize CTAN:
+ \href{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/jurabib/}{\texttt{macros/latex/contrib/supported/jurabib/}}}%
+}%
+\begin{document}
+ \ifHtml
+ \renewcommand{\href}[2]{\HCode{<a href=#1>}#2\HCode{</a>}}
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\DescribeMacro\@gobble
+ \let\NEW\@gobble
+ \let\CH\@gobble
+ \let\REM\@gobble
+ \let\mymarginpar\@gobble
+ \makeatother
+ \fi
+
+\maketitle
+
+ \begin{abstract}
+ \noindent This package enables automated citation with \BibTeX{} for legal
+ studies and the humanities. In addition, the package provides commands for
+ specifying annotators in a commentary in a convenient way. Simplified
+ formatting of the citation as well as the bibliography entry is
+ also provided. It is possible to display the (short) title of a
+ work only if an authors is cited with multiple works. Giving a full
+ citation in the text, conforming to the bibliography entry, is
+ supported. Several options are provided which might be of special
+ interest for those outside legal studies---for instance,
+ displaying multiple full citations. In addition, the format of last
+ names and first names of authors may be changed easily. Cross
+ references to other footnotes are possible. Language dependent
+ handling of bibliography entries is possible by the special
+ \texttt{language} field.
+ \end{abstract}%
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}\setcounter{page}{1}
+
+Up till now, support for citation according to the rules used in legal studies
+was only available by the environment \texttt{jurabibliography} from
+\textsf{jura.cls}. However, this environment does not work with \BibTeX.
+\textsf{jurabib.sty} should solve this problem. The package primarily counts as
+an extension to \textsf{jura.cls}, but it is built in such a way that it works
+well together with all \LaTeX\ standard classes and also with the
+\textsf{KOMA-Script}-classes \texttt{scrbook}, \texttt{scrreprt} and
+\texttt{scrartcl}. Hence, it is possible to use the package together with
+\textsf{alphanum} and the \texttt{book}-class, for writing a doctoral
+dissertation.
+
+\textsf{jurabib.sty} (re)defines \cs{[foot]cite} in such a way that it now
+contains two optional arguments, so that possible annotators of a publication may
+be specified in the second optional argument. Apart from this, the
+\BibTeX-styles (\texttt{jurabib.bst} and \texttt{jureco.bst} which are
+delivered with the package enable it to
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item automatically recognize the lastnames of the authors and cite
+ these accordingly in short citations.
+
+\item automatically generate short title information from article and
+ periodical citations.
+
+\item nevertheless explicitly specify a short form of the author's
+ name or title.
+
+\item (default) give the short title only if multiple works of the author are cited.
+\end{enumerate}
+The functionality described above is exclusively carried out by the
+\BibTeX-styles \texttt{jurabib.bst}, \texttt{jurunsrt.bst} and \texttt{jureco.bst}.
+
+\section{Prequisities}
+After processing \texttt{jurabib.ins} with \LaTeX{}, the following files should
+be created at least:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \texttt{jurabib.sty}
+ \item \texttt{jurabib.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jureco.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jurunsrt.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jox.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jbtesthu.bib}
+ \item \texttt{jbtest.bib}
+ \item \texttt{jurabib.cfg}
+ \item some \texttt{.ldf} files
+ \item some \texttt{jbtest*.tex} files
+\end{itemize}
+In a TDS-conforming \TeX-System the \texttt{.sty}-files and the
+\texttt{.ldf}-files should be in \texttt{\slash [local]texmf\slash tex\slash
+latex\slash jurabib}, the \texttt{.bst}-files in \texttt{\slash
+[local]texmf\slash bibtex\slash bst\slash jurabib} and the \texttt{.bib}-files in
+\texttt{\slash [local]texmf\slash bibtex\slash bib\slash jurabib}.
+May be it's necessary to update a ``Filename Database''. If you are using
+teTeX, run \texttt{texhash}, if you are using MiKTeX, run \texttt{initexmf -u}
+on a DOS prompt or the appropriate graphical frontends. All mentioned files
+could also be placed in the directory in which \LaTeX\ is executed. The files
+\texttt{jbtest.tex} and \texttt{jbtest.bib} demonstrate the use of the
+\textsf{jurabib}-package.
+
+\texttt{jbtestbt.tex} serves as a demonstration of \textsf{jurabib.sty} in
+cooperation with \textsf{bibtopic.sty} for generating bibliographies by topic.
+
+\texttt{jbtestmb.tex} serves as a demonstration of \textsf{jurabib.sty} in
+cooperation with \textsf{multibib.sty} for generating multiple bibliographies.
+
+\texttt{jbtestcb.tex} serves as a demonstration of \textsf{jurabib.sty} in
+cooperation with \textsf{chapterbib.sty} for generating bibliographies for each chapter.
+
+\texttt{jbtestbu.tex} serves as a demonstration of \textsf{jurabib.sty} in
+cooperation with \textsf{bibunits.sty} for generating multiple bibliographies too.
+
+One enables the package in the following way:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{usepackage}\oarg{Options}\texttt{\{jurabib\}}
+
+ \noindent{\footnotesize You can use \cs{jurabibsetup} in the preamble or in the
+ configurations file:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \jurabibsetup{
+ authorformat=smallcaps,
+ commabeforerest,
+ titleformat=colonsep,
+ bibformat=tabular
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ You can place several values of some keys into a pair of braces:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \jurabibsetup{bibformat={tabular,ibidem,numbered}}
+ \end{verbatim}}
+ \end{quote}
+
+At the point where the bibliography should be placed, the following should be
+specified:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{bibliography}\marg{{\upshape\BibTeX}-database}
+\end{quote}
+followed by
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{bibliographystyle}\marg{{\upshape\BibTeX}-stylefile}
+\end{quote}
+
+Now, the package is ready to work. When you are new to \BibTeX{} please
+remember that for \BibTeX{} working properly, a sequence of one \LaTeX{} run, one
+\BibTeX{} run, and two subsequent \LaTeX{} runs are required:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latex data
+ bibtex data
+ latex data
+ latex data
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{If you are working with a Windows-Distribution}
+You have to (!) use a large version of \BibTeX{} (\texttt{bibtex8}) with a huge
+amount of memory enabled. \marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{\Huge !!!}} You can achieve that by using a command-line
+parameter like |--huge| or |--wolfgang|, otherwise you will get error
+messages like that:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ The style file: jurabib.bst
+ 5017: Sorry---you've exceeded BibTeX's wizard-defined function space 3000
+ (That was a fatal error)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This is problem can be solved by using one of the command line parameters of |bibtex8|:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ bibtex8 --wolfgang file
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{If you are working with a Unix/Linux-Distribution}
+As a user of the te\TeX- or \TeX Live-Distribution you do not need |bibtex8|,
+because those Bib\TeX{} executables were compiled with enough memory enabled.
+But it is not senseless to use |bibtex8|\,! If you are using author names or titles with umlauts,
+|bibtex8| is able to handle this by default, the normal Bib\TeX{} requires
+translation into |{\"u}| etc. At the moment only \TeX live comes with |bibtex8|, it is missed in te\TeX.
+You would need to compile it yourself, you will find the sources on CTAN.
+
+\section[An Example]{An Example\footnotemark[1]}
+
+\footnotetext[1]{For all examples---if not explicitly specified
+differently---the options \texttt{titleformat=commasep} and
+\texttt{commabeforerest} as well as the command \cs{cite} have been used.}
+
+Suppose one wants to cite a juridical work. Then, the first thing to do is to
+add the work to the bibliography database:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer},
+ title = {Stra{\ss}enrecht},
+ shortauthor = {Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer},
+ shorttitle = {StrR},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = {5},
+ pages = {30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Look at the fields \texttt{shortauthor} and \texttt{shorttitle}. These are
+provided by the \BibTeX-styles belonging to the package.
+\texttt{shortauthor} and \texttt{shorttitle} are the equivalent fields
+available. There, the required short forms of the author and title
+are provided. (on this, see section~\ref{auto} on page~\pageref{auto}).
+
+\section{The Tools}
+\subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\cs{cite}}{cite} command}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\cite}
+A citation is specified as usual:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cite[\S~12]{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+Instead of the standard layout:
+
+\medskip
+
+ [1, \S~12]
+
+\medskip\noindent
+the citation now looks like:
+
+\cite[\S~12]{kkstrr}
+
+The short form of the title (StrR) would only be cited when Kodal and
+Kr{\"a}mer were cited with another work or the option \texttt{titleformat=all}
+is given. Then, the citation would look as follows:
+
+\citetitle[\S~12]{kkstrr}
+
+Because the command \cs{cite} is redefined by \textsf{jurabib.sty}, it has now
+two optional arguments instead of one:
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent\CH{0.6}
+\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+{\Large\itshape Attention: since v0.6 the order of optional arguments has changed\,!}
+\begin{quote}
+\cs{cite}\oarg{page range}\marg{key}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{annotator}{\ttfamily[]}\marg{key}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{annotator}\oarg{page range}\marg{key}\\
+ with \texttt{see}\\
+\cs{cite}{\ttfamily[Vgl.]}\oarg{page range}\marg{key}
+\end{quote}
+The compatibility option \texttt{jurabiborder} lets you compile old documents:
+\begin{quote}
+\cs{cite}\oarg{page range}\marg{key}\\
+\cs{cite}{\ttfamily[]}\oarg{annotator}\marg{key}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{page range}\oarg{annotator}\marg{key}\\
+with \texttt{see}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{page range}{\ttfamily[see]}\marg{key}
+\end{quote}
+\end{minipage}}
+
+\medskip
+
+Here's a short table with the new syntax:
+
+\medskip
+
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\hline
+Source & Output \\
+\hline
+|\cite{broxbgb}| & \cite{broxbgb}\\
+|\cite[p.~12]{broxbgb}| & \cite[p.~12]{broxbgb}\\
+|\cite[Bassenge][]{broxbgb}| & \cite[Bassenge][]{broxbgb}\\
+|\cite[Bassenge][p.~12]{broxbgb}| & \cite[Bassenge][p.~12]{broxbgb}\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+So, a possible annotator will be specified as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cite[Bassenge][\S~12]{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+ The following citation would emerge from this cite
+command---provided that multiple works by Kodal and Kr{\"a}mer are cited:
+
+\medskip
+
+\cite[Bassenge][\S~12]{kkstrr} % Kodal/Krämer/Bassenge, StrR, \S~12.
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent The bibliography entry belonging to this citation would then be: \par
+
+\bibentry{kkstrr}
+
+If it might happen that one does not want to give pageranges, margin numbers or
+the like, and \emph{nevertheless} wants to specify an annotator, then, the first
+optional argument should be left empty:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cite[Bassenge][]{kkstrr}% before 0.6: \cite[][Bassenge]{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\citetitle} The command \cs{citetitle} basically behaves like
+\cs{cite}, but may be used for explicitly citing by short title, independent
+from the author's being cited with multiple works. Otherwise, the same goes for
+\cs{citetitle} as for \cs{cite}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\cite*} This asterisk-from of the \cs{cite} command cites
+\emph{always} without title. In this case, it doesn't matter whether the
+\texttt{shorttitle}-field has been provided in the database. The options
+\texttt{citefull=all} too, are deactivated in this case. (see
+section~\ref{opt}). Note, however, that hereby, ambiguous\mymarginpar{!}
+citations might occur, since the automatical specification of short title/full
+title is deactivated for this citation. Therefore, this command should be used
+with care.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\citetitlefortype} This command can be used to declare a list of
+publication types, for those the titles should appear always:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \citetitlefortype{article,book, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\citenotitlefortype} For use together with the option
+\texttt{titleformat=all} to declare a list of publication types, for those the
+titles shouldn't appear:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \citenotitlefortype{article,book, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\cs{footcite}}{footcite} commands}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\footcite} \DescribeMacro{\footcite*}
+\DescribeMacro{\footcitetitle}
+ These commands are different from the \cs{cite} commands, in that they
+ automatically generate a footnote and place a period at the end of
+ it. A space before the \cs{footcite} commands is ignored:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ... Annahme. \footcite[Rn.~357]{medicus}
+ ... Annahme.\footcite[Rn.~357]{medicus}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+shows in both cases:
+
+\medskip
+\dots{}~Annahme.\footnote{Medicus, Rn.~357.}
+
+\noindent However, a combination of multiple citations should be provided as
+usual:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \footnote{\cite[S.~13--34]{brox:bgb}; \cite[S.~24]{canaris}.}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This results in:
+\par\medskip
+\dots{}~Annahme.\footnote{Brox, BGB, S.~13--34; Canaris, S.~24.} Here, people
+should remember the period themselves, regrettably.
+
+ If you are using some |\footcite| or |\footnote| commands \NEW{0.5f} subsequently,
+ \textsf{jurabib} is able to put a comma between the superscripted footnote marks.
+ This is the same behavior as known from the |multiple| option from the \textsf{footmisc} package. An example:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ ... \footcite{brox:bgb}\footcite{brox:schr}\footcite{brox:ja}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \vspace{-1em}
+ produces:
+
+ \medskip
+ \dots{}\textsuperscript{1,2,3}
+
+\subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\cs{fullcite}}{fullcite} commands}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\fullcite} \DescribeMacro{\footfullcite} These commands generate
+a full citation, i.e., the complete entry from the bibliography is inserted
+here. A possibly present annotator will be placed before the citation and
+separated from the author by ``in''.\footnote{This reflects the automatic
+activation of the option \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in} for \emph{this} citation.} The
+page range will be added at the end.
+
+\subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\cs{nextcite}}{nextcite} commands}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\nextciteshort} \DescribeMacro{\nextcitefull}
+ With these commands you can determine with a comma-separated (without whitespaces\,!) list of keys, how a cited work should appear
+ from now on:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextciteshort{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+in a short or
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextcitefull{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+in a long kind.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextcitenotitle{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+With that command all given works appear from now on without title. \emph{All
+three commands are overriding the \cs{fullcite}- and \cs{cite*} commands\,!}
+
+\smallskip
+\noindent With \DescribeMacro{\nextcitereset}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextcitereset{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+you can switch back to the normal citation kind (specified by the chosen
+options).
+
+\DescribeMacro{\citeswithoutentry} The new command \cs{citeswithoutentry} is
+very similar to the \cs{nextcite} commands. You are able to specify a list of
+works, which should not appear in the bibliography, but you can use all of the
+\cs{cite} commands normally. Note, that the \cs{nextcitereset} command will not work here.
+
+\subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\cs{citefield}}{citefield} command}
+With that command you have access to the contents of the fields
+\texttt{author}, \texttt{shortauthor}, \texttt{title}, \texttt{shorttitle},
+\texttt{url}, \texttt{apy} (Address-Publisher-Year) and
+\texttt{year}. You have to give the field name as the first mandatory argument,
+the key as the second mandatory argument. Furthermore you can give a
+page(range) with the optional argument:
+\begin{quote}
+ {\small\cs{citefield}\oarg{pagerange}\marg{field}\marg{key}}
+\end{quote}
+With the following entry
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{brox:bgb,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~AT},
+ year = 1996,
+ language = {german},
+ address = {K{\"o}ln, Berlin, Bonn, M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = 20
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+we get with a \verb+\citefield{title}{brox:bgb}+: Allgemeiner Teil des
+B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches. \verb+\citefield[\S~23]{shorttitle}{brox:bgb}+
+gives: BGB~AT,~\S~23. This command is especially for non-lawyers. It is
+independent of all \textsf{jurabib}-specific automatisms, e.g. it is ignored by
+the \texttt{ibidem}-options. If you are using the \textsf{hyperref}-package, a
+link to the bibliography entry will be created.
+
+\textsf{jurabib} is able to emulate some basic citation commands of the \textsf{natbib} package:
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+|\[foot]citep{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & (Kraft et al., 1937) \\
+|\[foot]citet{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & Kraft et al. (1937)\\
+|\[foot]citealt{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & Kraft et al. 1937\\
+|\[foot]citealp{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & Kraft et al., 1937\\
+|\[foot]citeauthor{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & Kraft et al.\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\section{Automations}\label{auto}
+
+\subsection{Empty \texttt{shortauthor}-field}
+
+The package is now capable of automatically figuring out the lastname of the
+author, in case of empty or failing \texttt{shortauthor}-field. Up till three
+authors are typed out, separated by a slash. In case of more than three
+authors, the name of the first author is typed out, along with ``et~al.''. So,
+for instance, we leave the \texttt{shortauthor}-field out in our example entry
+and add a third author:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer
+ and Hans Mustermann},
+ title = {Stra{\ss}enrecht},
+ shorttitle = {StrR},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = {5.},
+ pages = {S.\,30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then, the citation looks as follows:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer/Mustermann, StrR, \S~12.
+\par\medskip
+
+\noindent Separation marks may be modified in the following way.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbbtasep}{ and } % bta = between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand{\jbbfsasep}{, } % bfsa = between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand{\jbbstasep}{ and }% bsta = between second and third author sep
+\end{verbatim}
+
+shows, for instance, instead of the example shown above:
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Kodal, Kr{\"a}mer and Mustermann, StrR, \S~12.
+\par\medskip
+
+\noindent Separation marks in the bibliography remain untouched by this
+modification. Those can be modified by the following commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibbtasep}{ and } % bta = between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand{\bibbfsasep}{, } % bfsa = between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand{\bibbstasep}{ and }% bsta = between second and third author sep
+and for the editors:
+ \renewcommand{\bibbtesep}{ and } % bte = between two editors sep
+ \renewcommand{\bibbfsesep}{, } % bfse = between first and second editor sep
+ \renewcommand{\bibbstesep}{ and }% bste = between second and third editor sep
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If we add a fourth author (we save work by skipping the code), then the
+citation looks like:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Kodal et~al., StrR, \S~12.
+
+\subsection{Empty \texttt{shorttitle}-field}
+
+If the \texttt{shorttitle}-field is empty or nonexistent, the following happens:
+The full title specified in the \texttt{title}-field will be
+used\footnote{Exceptions are \texttt{@ARTICLE}- and \texttt{@PERIODICAL}
+entries.}, if (locally) the command \cs{[foot]citetitle} or (global) the option
+\texttt{citefull=all} is being used \emph{or multiple works of the author have
+been cited}.
+
+In case one wants author's name only for a particular work---regardless what
+kind of option have been activated---then, the command \cs{[foot]cite*} should
+be used. This may lead to ambiguous citations, of which you will get a warning
+in the \texttt{.log}-file.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer
+ and Hans Mustermann},
+ title = {Stra{\ss}enrecht},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = {5.},
+ pages = {S.\,30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Result:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer/Mustermann, Stra\ss{}enrecht, \S~12.
+\par\medskip
+
+An alleviation should also be the fact that, in case of Article and Periodical
+citations, \textsf{jurabib} now automatically cites (\meta{journal}
+\meta{year}). Therefore, in these cases, specification of \texttt{shorttitle} is
+no longer required---if no special requirements are present. In the following
+example, neither
+ \texttt{shortauthor} nor
+\texttt{shorttitle} has been specified:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @ARTICLE{brox:ja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ year = 1980,
+ pages = {S.\,449ff},
+ edition = {20.},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Nevertheless, \cs{citetitle}\verb+{brox:ja}+ results in:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980.
+\par\medskip
+\noindent If you want something different, you can use the \texttt{short*}-fields:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @ARTICLE{brox:ja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ shortauthor = {Hans Brox},
+ shorttitle = {JA},
+ year = 1980,
+ pages = {S.\,449ff},
+ edition = {20.},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+and you get:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Hans Brox, JA.
+\par\medskip
+
+\DescribeMacro{author = } You should notice that the dynamic generations of the
+juridical short titles is possible only, when the contents of the
+\texttt{author}-fields in the \texttt{.bib}-file are \emph{absolutely
+identical}\,! Suppose \textsc{Kodal} and \textsc{Kr{\"a}mer} have published a
+second work, then, the entries in the database should look as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer},
+ title = {Stra{\ss}enrecht}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkanything,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer},
+ title = {anything}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Options}\label{opt}
+The following default behavior of the package has been implemented: The author
+and editor in the citation are shown in normal font, in the bibliography,
+however, in bold font. The editor is put after the author, separated by a
+slash. This default behavior can be modified by the options of the package.
+
+\subsection{Tweaking the Format of the Citation in the Text}
+
+\subsubsection{Format of the Author and Editor}
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[authorformat=smallcaps] Puts author and annotator in small caps:
+ \textsc{Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer\slash Bassenge}, StrR, \S~12
+
+\item[authorformat=italic] Puts author and annotator in italic font:
+ \textit{Kodal}\slash\textit{Kr{\"a}mer}\slash\textit{Bassenge}, StrR,
+ \S~12
+
+\item[authorformat=dynamic] The font of the author depends on whether
+ an annotator is present or not. If not, the authors retain their font
+ as specified in the command \cs{jbactualauthorfont} as \cs{textit}
+ (default): \textit{Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer}, StrR,
+ \S~12. If an annotator has been specified, the annotator is formatted
+ according to the setting of \cs{jbactualauthorfont}, and the authors
+ are formatted according to \cs{jbauthorfontifcoauthor} (
+ \cs{normalfont}): Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer\slash\textit{Bassenge}, StrR,
+ \S~12.
+
+\item[authorformat=citationreversed] Using this option together with options
+ \texttt{citefull=first}, \texttt{ibidem=name} and
+ \texttt{ibidem=name\&title} firstnames appear before last names: Hans
+ \textsc{Brox}: BGB~AT, S.~23. instead of \textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB~AT, S.~23.
+
+\item[authorformat=allreversed] By this option, the behavior mentioned
+ in the previous option works also in the bibliography.
+
+\item[authorformat=firstnotreversed] Sometimes, strange requirements
+ are set on authors. Therefore, this option exists, which puts all
+ authors in \meta{Firstname} \meta{Lastname}, \emph{apart from the
+ first author}: \textsc{Kodal}, Kurt\slash Joachim \textsc{Kr{\"a}mer}\slash Hans \textsc{Mustermann}.
+
+\item[authorformat=reducedifibidem] If this option is active together
+ with \texttt{ibidem=name} only the last name of the author is shown
+ in recurring citations.
+
+\item[authorformat=and] Instead of the default slashes
+ the authors will be separated by ``,'' and ``, and''.
+
+\item[authorformat=year] The year will appear after the author name. \cs{jbyearaftertitle} puts the year after the title.
+ Formatting is possible by using \cs{jbcitationyearformat}:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbcitationyearformat}[1]{(#1)}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\item[authorformat=indexed] All authors (independently) are indexed.
+ You have to use the \textsf{makeidx}-package correctly:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{jurabib} % load before makeidx.sty!
+ \usepackage{makeidx}
+ \makeindex
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ \printindex
+ \end{document}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ This options works for |\nobibliography| too (since 0.51).
+
+ If you want to have not cited authors (e.g. by using \cs{nocite}) indexed, you can use
+ \cs{jbindexbib} in your preamble.
+
+ To emphasize the authors in the \NEW{0.52} index, you can determine the font of the indexed authors via |\jbauthorindexfont|:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbauthorindexfont}{\textit}% or \textsf,
+ % \textsc,
+ % \textbf
+ \end{verbatim}
+ If you are using a non-standard |.ist| file (|makeindex| style file), it is possible
+ that you have to use |\jbmakeindexactual| to use the correct `actual' operator. The default is |@|.
+ If your |.ist| file contains
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ actual '='
+ \end{verbatim}
+ you should use:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbmakeindexactual}{\=}%
+ \end{verbatim}
+% I don't know why the backslash is necessary.
+
+An often requested feature was \NEW{0.6} to provide some macros to tune the indexing of authors and editors.
+Here it is, these commands should be used in the preamble as usual:
+
+{\small\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\hline
+|\jbdonotindexeditors| & Do not index editors\\
+|\jbdonotindexauthors| & Do not index authors\\
+|\jbdonotindexorganizations| & Do not index organizations\\
+|\jbindexolyfirsteditors| & Do index editors only for first citation\\
+|\jbindexonlyfirstauthors| & Do index authors only for first citation\\
+|\jbindexolyfirstorganizations| & Do index organizations only for first citation\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+
+\medskip
+
+\item[authorformat=abbrv] Since version 0.5 the \BibTeX-styles
+ \texttt{jurplain.bst} and \texttt{jurabbrv.bst}
+ are obsolete, the abbreviated form can be determined by using this option.
+
+\item[annotatorformat=italic (formerly known as: coauthorformat=italic)] Puts the annotator in italics: Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer\slash \textit{Bassenge}.
+
+\item[annotatorformat=normal (formerly known as: coauthorformat=normal)] Puts the annotator upright:
+ \textit{Kodal}\slash \textit{Kr{\"a}mer}\slash Bassenge.
+
+\item[round] Round brackets around (non-footnote-) citation:
+ (\textsc{Kodal}\slash \textsc{Kr{\"a}mer}).
+
+\item[square] Square brackets around (non-footnote-) citation:
+ [\textsc{Kodal}\slash \textsc{Kr{\"a}mer}].
+
+\item[superscriptedition=all] Places a superscripted edition number in the citation.
+ Some examples:
+ \par
+ Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$, \S~12.\\
+ Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer, Stra"senrecht$^{3}$, \S~12.\\
+ Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$--Bassenge, \S~12.\\
+ Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer--Bassenge, Stra\ss{}enrecht$^{3}$, \S~12.\\
+ Bassenge in Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$, \S~12.
+ \par\medskip
+
+\item[superscriptedition=commented] Same like above, but only for \texttt{@COMMENTED}.
+
+\item[superscriptedition=switch] With the new field \texttt{ssedition} you can specify
+ the appearence of the superscripted edition number explicitly:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{soergel,
+ author = {Hans Theodor Soergel},
+ title = {Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ address = {Stuttgart, Berlin, K{\"o}ln, Mainz},
+ year = 1987,
+ edition = 12,
+ ssedition = 1, <=== !
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\item[superscriptedition=kerning] This option\NEW{0.51h} replaces the command |\jbsseditionkerned| and does some kerning:
+
+Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.\\
+Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer, Stra{\ss}enrecht$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.\\
+Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$--Bassenge, \S~12.\\
+Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer--Bassenge, Stra{\ss}enrecht$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.\\
+Bassenge in Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.
+\par\medskip
+\item[superscriptedition=bib/address] superscripted edition numbers \CH{0.51j} in the bibliography (before address).
+\item[superscriptedition=year] superscripted edition numbers \NEW{0.51j} in the bibliography (before year).
+\item[superscriptedition=multiple] This option enables \NEW{0.51h} the output of a superscripted edition number
+for the case that different editions of the same work were cited. The output of the shorttitle is suppressed.
+\end{Options}
+
+If a coauthor was given via the second optional argument, the superscripted edition number
+appears after the coauthor, as long as you are using the default or one of the |annotatorlastsep| options:
+
+\medskip
+
+Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer--Bassenge$^{3}$, \S~12.
+
+\medskip
+
+If you like to have the superscripted number immediately after the author, please use the
+following command in the preamble of your document:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \jbsuperscripteditionafterauthor
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Should result in:
+
+\medskip
+
+Kodal/Kr{\"a}mer$^{3}$--Bassenge, \S~12.
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[biblikecite] Bibliography will be automatically formatted like the citations (as far as possible\,!).
+\item[edby] (Only for \texttt{@INCOLLECTION}!) The sequence ``Lipcoll, David~J. (ed.)'' will be changed
+ to ``edited by Lipcoll, David~J.''\par
+For redefinitions please use:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \def\edbyname{ed. by}%
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+\item[endnote] The \texttt{note} field appears at the end of the bibliographic entry, and if you are using
+|dotafter=bibentry|, \emph{after} the closing period.
+\end{Options}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\jbauthorfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\jbcoauthorfont}
+ If these options do not generate the desired result, one can realize
+ many things by redefining several commands.
+
+The formats of the authors and annotators are directed by the commands
+ \cs{jbauthorfont} and \cs{jbcoauthorfont} and may be modified in the
+ following way (these examples presuppose the default values):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbauthorfont}{\textit}
+ \renewcommand{\jbcoauthorfont}{\textsl}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\jbactualauthorfont} \DescribeMacro{\jbauthorfontifcoauthor}
+Analogically, the following commands exist \emph{only} if option
+\texttt{authorformat=dynamic} is active:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbactualauthorfont}{\textsc}
+ \renewcommand{\jbauthorfontifcoauthor}{\textsl}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+These redefinitions should be placed in the preamble of the \TeX-file, i.e.
+before \cs{begin}\verb+{document}+. One should notice that \cs{text} commands
+should be used, for example, \cs{textit}, \cs{textbf} etc.), and \emph{not}
+those starting with \texttt{series}, \texttt{family} or ending with
+\texttt{shape} (declaration form, for instance, \cs{bfseries}, \cs{slshape},
+\cs{sffamily})!
+
+\subsubsection{Title Format}
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[titleformat=italic] Puts title in italics: Kodal\slash
+ Kr{\"a}mer\slash Bassenge, \textit{StrR}, \S~12.
+
+\item[titleformat=all] Provides short titles in \emph{all} cases,
+ regardless whether an author has been cited with multiple works.
+
+\item[titleformat=colonsep] Separates author and title by a colon
+ (only if a title is displayed):
+ Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer\slash Bassenge: StrR, \S~12.
+
+\item[titleformat=commasep] Separates author and title by a comma:
+ Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer\slash Bassenge, StrR, \S~12.
+
+\item[titleformat=noreplace] You can disable globally the
+ default replacement of the missing \texttt{shorttitle} by \texttt{title}.
+ See also the \cs{cite*}- and \cs{nextcitenotitle} commands.
+\end{Options}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\jbtitlefont} For changing the format of the short title, the
+command \cs{jbtitlefont} is available, which may be tweaked analogically:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbtitlefont}{\textit}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\jbhowsepbeforetitle} For options \texttt{titleformat=commasep}
+and \texttt{titleformat=colonsep} is specific formatting of the separation
+marks possible by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}{; } .
+\end{verbatim}
+
+One of both options mentioned above should be active in this case.
+
+\subsubsection{Separation of the annotator}
+
+As explained above, the format of the annotator after the author(s) and the
+separation by a slash have been set by default. These may be modified by
+options.
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[annotatorlastsep=divis (formerly known as: colastsep=divis)] This option changes the slash as separation
+ mark to an (en)-dash: Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer--Bassenge StrR, \S~12.
+
+\item[annotatorfirstsep=in (formerly known as: cofirstsep=in)] The annotator appears first in the citation,
+ followed by `` in ''\,: Bassenge in Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer
+ StrR, \S~12.
+
+\item[annotatorfirstsep=comma (formerly known as: cofirstsep=comma)] This option works like \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in},
+ but `` in '' is now replaced by a comma: Bassenge,
+ Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer StrR, \S~12.
+\end{Options}
+
+\subsubsection{Behaviour in Recurring Citations}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[ibidem or ibidem=strict] If an author is cited several times
+ after each other, it may be useful to replace the short citation by
+ the shorthand ``ibid.'' \emph{The use of this shorthand is not
+ accepted by everyone because it does not improve readability of
+ the text.} In this respect, \textsf{jurabib} has been configured
+ in such a way that `ibid' will be displayed only if the recurrence
+ immediately follows the previous citation, and the recurring
+ citation is not the first on the actual page (see the examples).
+ By contrast, in the humanities the use of ``ibid.'' is often compulsory:
+ it can be an error to repeat a citation in full. Because of this fact,
+ \texttt{ibidem=strict} is the default for the humanities.
+
+\item[ibidem=nostrict] If one wants to suppress the settings mentioned
+ above, one could use this option, which allows the shorthand be
+ placed as the first on a page. One should be careful with this
+ option. It is useful only if one uses basically one author in the
+ document, so that it is clear to whom one refers.
+
+\item[ibidem=strictdoublepage] Granted, this option is of an academic
+ nature, because it quite carefully sorts out whether an first
+ citation or short citation occurs on the facing page of the
+ recurring citation.(Many thanks to \textsc{Stefan \mbox{Ulrich}}) If
+ so, ibidem is allowed as first citation on the page. If not, short
+ citation is used for recurring citations. Of course, this is useful
+ only when two-side printing is concerned, i.e. if the
+ \texttt{book}-class is used or the class option
+ \texttt{twoside}. Compare the following survey:
+\end{Options}%
+
+\begin{center}
+\noindent{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+{\footnotesize\cs{footcite}|..|}& {\footnotesize|ibidem|/|ibidem=strict|}&
+{\footnotesize|ibidem=strictdoublepage|} &
+{\footnotesize|ibidem=nostrict|}\\\hline\\[-2ex]
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{1}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. & $^{1}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. & $^{1}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12.\\
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{2}$ibid. & $^{2}$ibid. & $^{2}$ibid.\\
+|..[\S~20]{erm}| & $^{3}$ibid., \S~20. & $^{3}$ibid., \S~20. & $^{3}$ibid., \S~20.\\
+|..{mueko}| & $^{4}$\textsc{M{\"u}Ko}. & $^{4}$\textsc{M{\"u}Ko}. & $^{4}$\textsc{M{\"u}Ko}.\\
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{5}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. & $^{5}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. & $^{5}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12.\\
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{6}$ibid. & $^{6}$ibid. & $^{6}$ibid.\\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{4}{@{}c@{}}{\emph{Pagebreak from odd (right) to even (left)}}\\[1.6ex]
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{7}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. & $^{7}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!} & $^{7}$ibid. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!}\\
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{8}$ibid. & $^{8}$ibid. & $^{8}$ibid.\\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{4}{@{}c@{}}{\emph{Pagebreak from even (left) to odd (right)}}\\[1.6ex]
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{9}$\textsc{Erman}, \S~12. & $^{9}$ibid. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!} & $^{9}$ibid. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!}\\
+|..[\S~12]{erm}| & $^{10}$ibid. & $^{10}$ibid. & $^{10}$ibid.\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\noibidem} Disables the \texttt{ibidem}-mechanism for the next
+(\emph{and only for the next\,!}) citation.
+
+\subsubsection{Remaining Options}
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[commabeforerest] If active, a comma will be placed before page
+ ranges, margin numbers or the like: Kodal\slash
+ Kr{\"a}mer\slash Bassenge: StrR, \S~12.
+\item[silent (formerly known as: \cs{jbsilent})] Suppresses all \textsf{jurabib} warnings.
+\end{Options}
+
+\subsection{Tweaking the Format of the Bibliography}
+
+\subsubsection{Font Commands}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\biblnfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibelnfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibfnfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibefnfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibtfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibbtfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibjtfont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibapifont}
+\DescribeMacro{\bibsnfont}
+ The possibilities for formatting are limited to the
+ modification of font formats of particular parts of entries in the
+ bibliography. For this purpose, the following commands are
+ available. \cs{biblnfont}, for formatting the last name of the
+ author and \cs{bibelnfont} for the last name of the editor. \cs{bibfnfont}, for formatting the first name of
+ author and \cs{bibefnfont} for the first name of editor. \cs{bibtfont}, for modification of the title of
+ books etc. \cs{bibbtfont}, for formatting the title of collections
+ of essays. \cs{bibjtfont}, for formatting the title of the journal
+ in article entries. With \cs{bibsnfont} you can determine the appearence of the series name.
+
+Additionally available are \cs{bibapifont}, for formatting the title of an
+article or essay in a collection. This command is active for the entry types
+\texttt{@ARTICLE}, \texttt{@PERIODICAL} and \texttt{@INCOLLECTION}. The default
+format reflects the following definitions:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\biblnfont}{\bfseries}
+ \renewcommand{\bibfnfont}{\bfseries}
+ \renewcommand{\bibtfont}{}
+ \renewcommand{\bibbtfont}{}
+ \renewcommand{\bibjtfont}{}
+ \renewcommand{\bibapifont}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+Modification is possible analogically to the examples shown above. You should
+notice here, too, that commands should be used which start with \cs{text} (Font
+switch commands with arguments, for instance, \cs{textit}, \cs{textbf} etc.),
+and \emph{not} those starting with \texttt{series}, \texttt{family} or ending
+with \texttt{shape} (declaration form, for instance, \cs{bfseries},
+\cs{slshape}, \cs{sffamily})!
+
+\subsubsection{Options for the Bibliography}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[bibformat=nohang] Hereby, the default indent of the second and
+ following lines in a bibliography entry will be suppressed.
+\noindent If one wants to set the indent to a certain length, one should put
+the following in the preamble of one's document:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setlength{\jbbibhang}{1.5em}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+An indent of 2.5\,em is the default.
+ \item[bibformat=tabular] In this case, the bibliography will be
+ displayed in two-column tabular form. The authors appear in the
+ left column, and the remainder of the entry in the right column. The
+ width of the columns may be customized by the following commands
+ (the values indicated are the defaults):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibleftcolumn}{\textwidth/3}
+ \renewcommand{\bibrightcolumn}{\textwidth-\bibleftcolumn-1cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+Modification of the alignment within the columns is also possible by redefining
+the following (defaults are displayed):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibleftcolumnadjust}{\raggedright}
+ \renewcommand{\bibrightcolumnadjust}{\raggedright}
+\end{verbatim}
+ For better hyphenation, use of the package \mbox{\textsf{ragged2e.sty}} is \emph{highly} recommended:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{ragged2e}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Loading the package \textsf{ragged2e} is sufficient. Redefinition of the necessary commands is
+ handled automatically.
+\item[bibformat=numbered] This option results in a numbered bibliography. The format of the number can be determined by redefining |\bibnumberformat|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibnumberformat}[1]{(#1)}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item[bibformat=ibidem] Replaces recurring authors name(s) by a dash (or whatever you want),
+ if multiple works of the author appearing in the bibliography. \textsf{jurabib} is built in such a way,
+ that the replacement is suppressed, when a recurring entry lies on top of a page. Note that
+ it may be necessary to do several (up to four or more\,!) \LaTeX-runs to make this mechanism work.
+
+ Modifications can be done by using (only an example\,!):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibauthormultiple}{The same}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item[lookforgender] Uses the |gender|-field given in the |.bib| file.With these field you are able to determine gender-specific abbreviations while using |bibformat=ibidem|. Following abbreviations are defined:
+\end{Options}
+\noindent{\footnotesize
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}}
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ Abbrv. & Meaning & Citation & Defined by: & Bibliography & Defined by:\\
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ |sf| & single female & Idem/idem & |\idem[S,s]fname| & Idem/idem & |\bibidem[S,s]fname|\\
+ |sm| & single male & Idem/idem & |\idem[S,s]mname| & Idem/idem & |\bibidem[S,s]mname|\\
+ |pf| & plural female & Idem/idem & |\idem[P,p]fname| & Idem/idem & |\bibidem[P,p]fname|\\
+ |pm| & plural male & Idem/idem & |\idem[P,p]mname| & Idem/idem & |\bibidem[P,p]mname|\\
+ |sn| & single neutrum & Idem/idem & |\idem[S,s]nname| & Idem/idem & |\bibidem[S,s]nname|\\
+ |pn| & plural neutrum & Idem/idem & |\idem[P,p]nname| & Idem/idem & |\bibidem[P,p]nname|\\
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ \end{tabular}}
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent If you want to redefine the idem replacement for a single women author:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \renewcommand\idemSfname{Eadem}%
+ \renewcommand\idemsfname{eadem}%
+ \renewcommand\bibidemSfname{Eadem}%
+ \renewcommand\bibidemsfname{eadem}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[bibformat=ibidemalt] An alternative format of the bibliography, especially for German law students.
+\item[bibformat=compress] The bibliography will be printed more compact, i.\,e. the vertical space between the items will be reduced.
+\item[bibformat=raggedright] The bibliography will be printed with right ragged margin. The use is recommended especially
+ when using |bibformat=tabular| too or when you are using a small textwidth.
+\item[annote] The content of the |annote| field will be printed (only for the bibliography\,!).
+ It is possible -- similar to \textsf{natbib}~-- to leave the |annote| field empty
+ and let \textsf{jurabib} \NEW{0.51s} use an annote file instead. This file will be used
+ if it is named like the database entry key with |.tex| extension.
+ Nothing will be printed out, if |annote| field is empty and no annote file exists.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\bibAnnotePath}
+ With |\bibAnnotePath| you can specify a path to annote files.
+ The syntax is the same as for |\graphicspath|: |\bibAnnotePath{{annotes/}}|
+ uses the annote files from subdirectory |annotes| of the current directory.
+\item[super] will convert all\NEW{0.6} |\cite| commands into |\footcite|'s,
+\item[config=\meta{file}] you are able to use \NEW{0.6} several |.cfg| files. This option will load the named file. Please do not add the extension |.cfg|\,!
+\item[dotafter=bibentry (formerly known as: \cs{jbdotafterbibentry})] places a dot at the end of each entry in the bibliography.
+\item[dotafter=endnote (formerly known as: \cs{jbdotafterendnote})] places a dot at the end of each endnote (if you are using \textsf{endnotes.sty}).
+\end{Options}
+
+\subsubsection{Further Possibilities for Customisation}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\bibbtsep} \DescribeMacro{\bibjtsep} Because of usually
+different opinions about what citations should look like, the commands
+\cs{bibbtsep} and \cs{bibjtsep} are available. They function as
+``\textbf{b}ook\textbf{t}itle \textbf{sep}aration'' and
+``\textbf{j}ournal\textbf{t}itle \textbf{sep}aration''.
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Brinkmann, Franz~Josef:} Der Zugang der
+ Willenserkl{\"a}rungen, M{\"u}nsterische Beitr{\"a}ge zur Rechtswissenschaft,
+ Bd.~3 Berlin, 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+If one, for instance, wants ``in~'' preceding book titles or journal titles,
+then, the following redefenitions are required:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibbtsep}{in }
+ \renewcommand{\bibjtsep}{in }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+After redefinition, the following comes out:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Brinkmann, Franz~Josef:} Der Zugang der Willenserkl{\"a}rungen, in M{\"u}nsterische
+Beitr{\"a}ge zur Rechtswissenschaft, Bd.~3 Berlin, 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\bibansep} \DescribeMacro{\bibatsep} \DescribeMacro{\bibbdsep}
+The separation marks between authors, titles and between address and
+month\slash\ year are a matter of discussion. This problem is countered by the
+commands \cs{bibansep} (\textbf{a}fter \textbf{n}ame \textbf{sep}aration),
+\cs{bibatsep} (\textbf{a}fter \textbf{t}itle \textbf{sep}aration) and
+\cs{bibbdsep} (\textbf{b}efore \textbf{d}ate \textbf{sep}aration).
+
+If one, for instance, wants no colon after the author's name, a period after
+the title and no comma between address and year, one could accomplish this by
+the following redefinitions:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibansep}{}
+ \renewcommand{\bibatsep}{.}
+ \renewcommand{\bibbdsep}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The result is as follows:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Brinkmann, Franz~Josef} Der Zugang der
+ Willenserkl{\"a}rungen. M{\"u}nsterische Beitr{\"a}ge zur Rechtswissenschaft,
+ Bd.~3 Berlin 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\subsubsection{Cited as \ldots}
+
+\DescribeMacro{howcited=normal} \DescribeMacro{howcited=multiple}
+\DescribeMacro{howcited=compare} \DescribeMacro{howcited=all} The
+\texttt{howcited}-options put (under certain conditions) a commentary behind
+selected entries, which indicates how the work has been cited in the text. The
+commentary changes dynamically, just as we know that from the citation itself,
+i.e. the form in the bibliography always reflects the \emph{final} form of the
+citation in the text. In case of article and periodical citations, the default
+is that no indication of the way of citation is given---this is the default for
+all \texttt{howcited}-options---except of \texttt{howcited=all}---because the
+way of citation is in these cases always author's name and journal
+title.\footnote{Special thanks to \textsc{Christian Meyn} for this suggestion.}
+
+If you want to have the howcited-remark for articles and periodicals too:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \jb@allow@howcited@art@periodtrue
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+These options can be enabled in the following way:
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[howcited=normal]\DescribeMacro{howcited=}
+ The option \texttt{howcited=normal} displays the remark
+ ``(cited: \meta{author})'', if in the \texttt{.bib}-file the
+ field \texttt{howcited} has been specified.\footnote{By this option,
+ one can avoid unwanted automation of howcited remarks which may occur
+ when using the option \texttt{howcited=compare}. Thus, it is possible
+ to specify for each work whether it should have a howcited remark and
+ if it must have, what it should look like.}
+
+ Two possibilities exist for utilizing this field. The field functions as a switch when putting
+ \texttt{1} in the field. This results in displaying the original citation from the text in the
+ bibliography. An example:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{enne:nipp,
+ author = {Ludwig Enneccerus and Hans Carl Nipperdey},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Rechts},
+ year = 1960,
+ volume = 1,
+ address = {T{\"u}bingen},
+ edition = 15,
+ howcited = 1
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Displays the following (use of \cs{[foot]cite} presupposed):
+ \begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Enneccerus, Ludwig\slash Nipperdey, Hans~Carl:}
+ Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Rechts. Bd.~1, 15.~Auf\/lage,
+ T{\"u}bingen 1960 (cited: Eneccerus\slash Nipperdey)
+ \end{bibexample}
+ In case you want to let the howcited remark differ from the original citation, then, you should
+ simply put in the field what you want to be displayed. An example:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{enne:nipp,
+ author = {Ludwig Enneccerus and Hans Carl Nipperdey},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Rechts},
+ year = 1960,
+ volume = 1,
+ volumetitle = {zweiter Halbband},
+ address = {T{\"u}bingen},
+ edition = {15.},
+ howcited = {Enneccerus/Nipperdey, B{\"u}rgerliches Recht}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Shows:
+ \begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Enneccerus, Ludwig\slash Nipperdey, Hans~Carl:}
+ Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Rechts. Bd.~1, zweiter Halbband, 15.~Auf\/lage,
+ T{\"u}bingen 1960 (cited: Enneccerus\slash Nipperdey, B{\"u}rgerliches Recht)
+ \end{bibexample}
+ In order to ensure consequent layout when using options which affect font format of author's
+ names, one could insert fontcommands in the field.
+
+\item[howcited=compare]\DescribeMacro{howcited=compare}
+ Displays the additional ``(cited: \meta{author})'' only,
+ \emph{if an entry contains the field \texttt{shorttitle}}, \emph{and} the information in this field
+ differs from that specified in \texttt{title}. The field \texttt{howcited} in the
+ \texttt{.bib}-file will now be ignored. Decisive for displaying the remark is now only the
+ difference between \texttt{shorttitle} and \texttt{title}\,! That is the case in the following
+ example, cited with \cs{[foot]citetitle}:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer},
+ title = {Stra{\ss}enrecht},
+ shorttitle = {StrR},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = {5.},
+ pages = {S.\,30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Kodal, K.\slash Kr{\"a}mer, J.:} Stra\ss{}enrecht, 5.~Auf\/lage M{\"u}nchen, 1995
+ (cited: Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer, StrR)
+ \end{bibexample}
+
+\item[howcited=multiple]\DescribeMacro{howcited=multiple}
+ This option places ``(cited: \meta{author})'',
+ if more than one work of an author is cited. There is an exception for commentaries by
+ default (the remark will be displayed always), but this could be changed
+ (\cs{jb@@arg}$=$\texttt{1}, if more than one work of the same author is cited):
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand{\jb@make@howcited@multiple}{%
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@arg}{1}}{%
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited
+ }{%
+ \let\bibhowcited\@empty
+ \let\bibcommenthowcited\@empty
+ \let\bibartperiodhowcited\@empty
+ }%
+ }%
+ \makeatother
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \item[howcited=all]\DescribeMacro{howcited=all}
+ The \texttt{howcited}-remark appears for all entries.
+\end{Options}
+
+The default for the remark is ``(cited: \meta{author})''. Customization is
+possible by the following commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand*{\bibhowcitedprefix}{-- as }
+ \newcommand*{\bibhowcitedsuffix}{ cited.}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Notice the spaces used. This results in:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Kodal, K.\slash Kr{\"a}mer, J.:} Stra\ss{}enrecht, 5.~Auf\/lage M{\"u}nchen, 1995
+---as Kodal\slash Kr{\"a}mer, StrR cited.
+\end{bibexample}
+If you want to put something in the bibliography, but it has not been cited in
+the text, you can use command \cs{nocite}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nocite{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Or, in order to put \emph{all} works which are not cited in the bibliography:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nocite{*}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Then, the commentary contains the actual meaning of the command
+\cs{bibnotcited}. This command is empty by default. It might easily be modified
+by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibnotcited}{(not cited)}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Shows the following:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Kodal, K.\slash Kr{\"a}mer, J.:} Stra\ss{}enrecht, 5.~Auf\/lage M{\"u}nchen, 1995 (not cited)
+\end{bibexample}
+
+Of course, for this to happen, one of the two option \texttt{howcited=normal}
+or \texttt{howcited=compare} should be active.
+
+Now \NEW{0.51} all useful combinations of |howcited| options are possible.
+
+Remark: using these options without using the option \texttt{citefull=all} or
+for some citations the command \cs{[foot]citetitle}, seems not useful.
+
+
+\subsubsection{More Entry Fields and Types}
+
+\DescribeMacro{url =} Although citing the World Wide Web is not widely
+practised in law studies, I nevertheless added an extra field \texttt{url}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{urldate =} A field \texttt{urldate} is available, which enables one to specify the date on which
+one visited the link which has been specified in \texttt{url}. The default for
+this command is ``visited on '' and may be customized by redefining:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand*{\urldatecomment}{accessed on }} .
+\end{verbatim}
+The separation between URL and |\urldatecomment| is configurable and represented by |\bibbudcsep|.
+It is defined as "` -- "' by default.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\biburlprefix} \DescribeMacro{\biburlsuffix}
+\DescribeMacro{\biburlfont} One can customize the format of the
+\texttt{url}-field in two ways. On
+ the one hand, by modifying \cs{biburlprefix}, which inserts the
+ prefix ``URL:'' before the link. On the other hand, by modifying
+ the command \cs{biburlfont}, which specifies the font format of the
+ link. Defaults are:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\biburlprefix}{\jblangle{}URL:}
+ \renewcommand*{\biburlsuffix}{\jbrangle{}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Customisation is analog to the other commands by using \cs{renewcommand}. In
+order to properly break URLs and properly display characters like \verb+~+ and
+\verb+_+, \textsf{jurabib} is loading the \textsf{url}-package.
+The |\biburlfont| command was changed in version \CH{0.51}0.51. You can modify the url font
+with the following syntax (only these four values are possible\,!)
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \biburlfont{tt} % typewriter
+ \biburlfont{rm} % roman
+ \biburlfont{sf} % sans serif
+ \biburlfont{same} % same as text
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\DescribeMacro{@WWW}
+New entry type for URL's. Required is only
+\texttt{url}, optional are \texttt{urldate}, \texttt{author}, and
+\texttt{title}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{@PERIODICAL} After a suggestion by \textsc{Andreas Stefanski},
+I've added a new entry type \texttt{@PERIODICAL} for periodicals which are not
+cited by year, but by volume number. This entry type satisfies the requirement
+to put the year between square brackets. Additionally, the specification of the
+volume is possible:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @PERIODICAL{oellers,
+ author = {Bernd Oellers},
+ title = {Doppelwirkung im Recht?},
+ journal = {AcP},
+ year = 1969,
+ volume = 169,
+ pages = {S.\,67ff}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This shows the following:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Oellers, Bernd:} Doppelwirkung im Recht? AcP 169 [1969], S.\,67ff
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\bibpldelim} \DescribeMacro{\bibprdelim} Changing the format of
+the brackets is possible by redefining the commands \cs{bibpldelim}
+(\textbf{p}eriodical \textbf{l}eft \textbf{delim}iter) and \cs{bibprdelim}
+(\textbf{p}eriodical \textbf{r}ight \textbf{delim}iter):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibpldelim}{(}
+ \renewcommand{\bibprdelim}{)}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Oellers, Bernd:} Doppelwirkung im Recht? AcP 169 (1969), S.\,67ff
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{@COMMENTED} By definition of the entry type \texttt{@COMMENTED}
+it is possible to cite commentaries as such. In connection with the option
+\texttt{howcited=normal} (cited as \meta{author}\slash annotator) or (cited as
+annotator in \meta{author}) appears at the end of the bibliography entry.
+
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{M{\"u}nchener Kommentar:} Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch, Bd.~2,
+\mbox{--~Schuldrecht~--} Allgemeiner Teil, 3.~Auf\/lage, M{\"u}nchen, 1994,
+\S\kern-.8pt\S~241--432 (cited: M{\"u}Ko\slash annotator)
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{updated =} This new field \NEW{0.51e} will be recognized while using |@COMMENTED|
+to give the date of last update.
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{M"unchener Kommentar:} Kommentar zum B"urgerlichen Gesetzbuch, Bd.~2,
+\mbox{--~Schuldrecht~--} Allgemeiner Teil, 3rd edition, M"unchen, last update: May~1994
+\end{bibexample}
+|updated| does not overwrite the |year| field\,! The separation from the
+|address|\slash|publisher|/|year| block is done by the |\updatesep| macro, which is
+defined as comma by default.
+In front of the content of the |updated| field appears ``last update''. This is configurable via |\updatename|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \def\updatesep{.}
+ \def\updatename{updated:}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If one doesn't use this entry type, although the entry is a commentary, (cited
+as \meta{author} appears, which is incorrect, because the actual citation looks
+different. Those who do not use the option \texttt{howcited=normal} cannot
+avoid using the entry type \texttt{@COMMENTED}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{volumetitle} By the field \texttt{volumetitle} it is possible
+to specify a volume title which appears after the volume number. This field is
+available for the entry types \texttt{@COMMENTED}, \texttt{@BOOK},
+\texttt{@INBOOK} and \texttt{@INCOLLECTION}.
+
+\DescribeMacro{titleaddon =}
+ This field can be used to place a commentary, a note, some remarks about translators, coauthors etc. after the title.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{mueko,
+ [...]
+ title = {Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ titleaddon = {Unter Mitarbeit von Hans Mustermann},
+ [...]
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+shows us:
+\begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{M{\"u}nchener Kommentar:} Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch, Unter Mitarbeit von Hans Mustermann, Bd.~2,
+ \mbox{--~Schuldrecht~--} Allgemeiner Teil, 3.~Auflage, M{\"u}nchen, 1994, \S\kern-.8pt\S~241--432
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{booktitleaddon =}
+ The same as |titleaddon| for booktitles in |@INCOLLECTION|'s.
+
+\DescribeMacro{editortype =}
+ If you want to place something other than ``(eds.)'' after a person, which isn't
+ really an editor, you can use the field |editortype|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{palandt,
+ editor = {Otto Palandt},
+ editortype = {Begr.},
+ title = {B{\"u}rgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einf{\"u}hrungsgesetz [...]},
+ [...]
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Palandt, Otto (Begr.):} B{\"u}rgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einf{\"u}hrungsgesetz [...],
+ 59.~Auflage, M{\"u}nchen, 2000
+\end{bibexample}
+ This works for |@INCOLLECTION| too.
+\par\medskip\par
+\DescribeMacro{sortkey =}
+ It seems to be required sometimes to determine the sorting of some works different from the normal sorting algorithm.
+ This problem can be solved with the |sortkey| field, which can be used to sort the work with highest priority -- contrary to
+ the standard |key| field, which is mostly a fallback if |author| and |editor| are missing.
+
+\DescribeMacro{annote =}
+ Some people wrote me they would need the |annote| field to give a short abstract or something similar at the end of the bibliographic entry.
+ This is working now. You are able to switch this feature on and off by using the |annote| option in the preamble or in your local |jurabib.cfg| file.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{palandt,
+ editor = {Otto Palandt},
+ title = {B{\"u}rgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einf{\"u}hrungsgesetz [...]},
+ annote = {Some people wrote me they ...},
+ [...]
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Palandt, Otto:} B{\"u}rgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einf{\"u}hrungsgesetz [...],
+ 59.~Auflage, M{\"u}nchen, 2000 \par {\small Some people wrote me they would need the |annote| field to
+ give a short abstract or something similar at the end of the bibliographic entry. This is working now.
+ You are able to switch this feature on and off by using the |annote| option in the preamble or in your
+ local |jurabib.cfg| file.}
+\end{bibexample}
+ The content of the field is printed out in |\small| by default.
+ If you want change that:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbannoteformat}[1]{{\footnotesize\begin{quote}#1\end{quote}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Palandt, Otto:} B{\"u}rgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einf{\"u}hrungsgesetz [...],
+ 59.~Auflage, M{\"u}nchen, 2000 \par {\footnotesize\begin{quote} Some people wrote me they would need the |annote|
+ field to give a short abstract or something similar at the end of the bibliographic entry.
+ This is working now. You are able to switch this feature on and off by using the |annote| option
+ in the preamble or in your local |jurabib.cfg| file.\end{quote}}
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{textedition =}
+ In v0.51e \CH{v0.51e} this field was removed again, because enclosing the |edition| in
+ curly brackets will have the same result.
+
+\subsubsection{Citing Juridical Dissertations and the Like}
+
+\DescribeMacro{dissyear =} Of course one can cite juridical dissertations as
+normal dissertations, but a juridical dissertation may have been published as a
+book as well. In the first case, the entry type \texttt{@JURTHESIS} (or
+\texttt{@PHDTHESIS}/\texttt{@MASTERSTHESIS}) should be used. In the second
+case, using the entry type \texttt{@BOOK} should be preferred. For this reason,
+a new field \texttt{dissyear} has been created, which enables one to specify
+the year in which a book appeared as doctoral dissertation. Furthermore, if
+\texttt{dissyear} is present, fields \texttt{school} and \texttt{type} are
+available for \texttt{@BOOK} as well. If \texttt{dissyear} is not present,
+\texttt{type} and \texttt{school} are ignored. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1985,
+ address = {Baden-Baden},
+ type = {Habil.},
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen},
+ dissyear = 1984
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+shows the following:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Alexy, Robert:} Theorie der Grundrechte, Baden-Baden 1985 (also Habil. G{\"o}ttingen 1984)
+\end{bibexample}
+
+Suppose this work had not been published as a book, the following entry would
+have been appropriate::
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @PHDTHESIS{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ type = {Habil.},
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+and would have shown the following:
+\begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Alexy, Robert:} Theorie der Grundrechte, Habil. G{\"o}ttingen 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+The default for this type is ``Jur. Diss.'':
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @PHDTHESIS{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Alexy, Robert:} Theorie der Grundrechte, Jur. Diss. G{\"o}ttingen 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\SSS}
+The command \cs{SS} is no longer redefined by \textsf{jurabib}\,!
+The new command \cs{SSS} defines two section marks with reduced space in
+between the two. Compare \cs{S}\cs{S}: \S\S\ and \cs{SSS}: \S\kern-.8pt\S
+
+\section{Remaining things~\dots}
+
+Some helpful commands, which were introduced into the package without any
+announcement.
+
+\begin{Options}
+ \item[pages=format] (Primarily for the humanities) You can switch on
+ preformatting of the pages given by the \texttt{pages}-field.
+ You are able to write \texttt{pages = \{22-34\}} instead of
+ \texttt{pages = \{pp.\~{}22-34\}}. Not enough, you are able to do
+ the same with the pages given by the optional argument of your
+ |\cite| command. If you want to give something else as page(ranges)s
+ or if you want to add something after a page(range),
+ please use the |\nopage| and |\pageadd| command (see below for an example).
+ \textsf{jurabib} will insert the appropriate and---if you are using babel---it
+ will use the chosen main document language. \textsf{jurabib} makes a
+ difference between a page and a pagerange. If you like to change the defaults:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \def\jbpagename{page}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{pages}%
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+With version 0.51g \NEW{0.51g} you can use separate macros for the bibliography. The macros are named
+|\bibpagename| and |\bibpagesname|. Please note that the definitions of |\bibpage[s]name|
+are the same as for |\jbpage[s]name|. This means, if you are redefining |\jbpage[s]name|, this
+will have effect on the meaning of |\bibpage[s]name| unless you are redefining
+|\bibpage[s]name| separately.
+
+ Let's take a look what \textsf{jurabib} can do to minimize your work\footnote{This rewritten option was
+ inspired by \textsf{pageranges.sty}, available at CTAN, and completely contributed by Stefan Ulrich. Thanks a lot.}:
+ \begin{center}
+ {\small
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ |\cite[45]{<key>} |& \dots{}, p.~45\\
+ |\cite[45--47]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45--47\\
+ |\cite[45, 47 and 49]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45, 47 and 49\\
+ |\cite[45f]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45f.\\
+ |\cite[45ff]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45ff.\\
+ |\cite[\nopage{I, III and IV}]{<key>} |& \dots{}, I, III and IV\\
+ |\cite[13,\pageadd{something text}]{<key>} |& \dots{}, p.~13, something text\\
+ | ^ No whitespace here!!! |& \\
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{center}
+
+\item[pages=test] By default, page(range)s, which are given via the \texttt{pages}-field in
+ the \texttt{.bib}-file, are suppressed in the citation. With \texttt{pages=test} it will be tested,
+ if a page(range) is given by the optional argument of the \cs{cite} command. If so, that one will be used.
+ If there's no optional page(range) given, the one from the \texttt{.bib}-file will be used.
+\item[pages=always] The page(range) given by the \texttt{.bib}-file are printed always.
+
+\item[hypercite=false] Disables the automated \NEW{0.51c} conversion of citations into hyperlinks when using the
+ \textsf{hyperref} package.
+
+\end{Options}
+
+\begin{description}
+%\item[\cs{jbdotafterbibentry}] places a dot at the end of each entry in the bibliography.
+%\item[\cs{jbdotafterendnote}] places a dot at the end of each endnote (if you are using \textsf{endnotes.sty}).
+\item[\cs{jbedseplikecite}] Separation of the editors in the bibliography will be the same like in the citation.
+\item[\cs{jbdisablecitationcrossref}] Disables crossrefs, which aren't \texttt{@INCOLLECTION}s.
+%\item[\cs{jbsilent}] Suppresses all \textsf{jurabib} warnings.
+\item[\cs{formatpages} \textit{formerly known as} \cs{formatarticlepages}] This command allows
+ you to determine the appearance of page(range)s of citations of all types.
+ \textsf{jurabib} is able to extract the starting page from a given pagerange (in the database).
+ Since v0.5f this command can be used with all publication types.
+ You can specify a list of publication types by using the first mandatory argument.
+ This command takes \textit{two\,!} \CH{0.51o} optional and three mandatory arguments:
+\begin{center}
+ \small\cs{formatpages}\oarg{after start page separator}\oarg{before start page separator}%
+ \marg{typelist}\marg{left delim}\marg{right delim}
+\end{center}
+ If you type |\formatpages[: ]{article,periodical}{(}{)}|, \textsf{jurabib} will format the citation |\cite[48]|\marg{key}
+ with the follwowing database entry:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @ARTICLE/PERIDOCAL{broxja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1980,
+ pages = {45--60},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+ like that:
+ \par\medskip
+ \qquad Brox, JA 1980, 45: (48).
+ \par\medskip
+ If you want format only the pages given by the optional argument of |\cite|, you can leave the optional arguments
+ empty:
+ \par\medskip
+ |\formatarticlepages{article}{[}{]}|
+ \par\medskip
+ \qquad Brox, JA 1980, [48].
+ \par\medskip
+
+If you are using both |\formatpages| \NEW{0.52b} and |pages=format|, it is default now to suppress
+formatting of pages given by the optional argument of |\cite|, e.g. you have written
+|\formatpages[, ]{article}{}{}| into your preamble and you are using |pages=format| too,
+then the ouput will look like:
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980 p.~45, 48.
+\par\medskip
+
+If you want to have a formatted second page number, you can use
+|\jbnoformatafterstartpagefalse| in the preamble:
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980 p.~45, p.~48.
+
+
+\item[\cs{jbfirstcitepageranges}] If you have given \NEW{0.52h} a pagerange via the |pages|-field for
+ |@ARTICLE| or |@PERIODICAL| type, this pagerange will be printed out for first (using |citefull=first|)
+ and full citations done by using |\[foot]fullcite|. This works independently from the |pages| options\,!
+ If you add a page using the optional argument of the |\[foot]cite| command, this page will be added
+ after the pagerange, separated by ``here:'', which is represented by the macro |\herename|:
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad [\dots], p.~45, here: p.~48.
+\par\medskip
+
+Redefinition as usual:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \def\herename{there:}%
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{The Configuration file \texttt{jurabib.cfg}}
+ That file can be used to save redefinitions and options. The name has to be \texttt{jurabib.cfg} and
+ it has to live in the working directory or in the same directory where \textsf{jurabib} lives.
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \jurabibsetup{%
+ authorformat=smallcaps,
+ commabeforerest,
+ titleformat=colonsep,
+ bibformat={tabular,ibidem,numbered}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Options for Other Academic Disciplines}\label{sec:nichtjur}
+The following options are not intended primarily for juridical work, but
+satisfy the needs of, among others, historians, philosophers, etc. They are the
+(provisional) answers to the most different questions which were proposed to
+me. I hope them to be useful. Suggestions for improvement are welcome.
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[ibidem=name] By this option, more extensive data will be
+ inserted then by using \texttt{ibidem/ibidem=strict}. If this option
+ is active, the complete name of the author will be given (If not the
+ option \texttt{authorformat=reducedifibidem} is active, because then, only
+ the last name will be given). This option is intended for use
+ together with \texttt{citefull=first}, and therefor, that option
+ will be activated automatically.
+
+If an author is cited with multiple works, it may happen that \textsf{jurabib}
+automatically switches to the next option, for guaranteeing the unambiguity of
+the citation. You will find a hint to this in the \texttt{.log}-file.
+
+\item[ibidem=name\&title] Just like \texttt{ibidem=name}, but in this
+ case, the title will be given as well. Also here, the option
+ \texttt{citefull=first} will be active.
+\end{Options}
+This is a survey to the options explained above:
+\begin{center}
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}p{4.55cm}r@{}p{4.55cm}@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+{\footnotesize\cs{footcite}|..|} & & {\footnotesize|ibidem=name|} & &{\footnotesize|ibidem=name&title|}\\\hline\\[-2ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{1}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans: \textit{Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches.} 20.\,Auf\/lage, K{\"o}ln, Berlin, Bonn, M{\"u}nchen 1996.
+ & $^{1}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans: \textit{Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches.} 20.\,Auf\/lage, K{\"o}ln, Berlin, Bonn, M{\"u}nchen 1996.\\[.3ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{2}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, ibid. & $^{2}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.3ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{3}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, ibid. & $^{3}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.3ex]
+|..{oellers}| & $^{4}$ &\textsc{Oellers}, Bernd:\,\textit{Doppelwirkung im Recht\,?} AcP 169 [1969].
+ & $^{4}$ &\textsc{Oellers}, Bernd:\,\textit{Doppelwirkung im Recht\,?} AcP 169 [1969]. \\[.5ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{5}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, ibid. & $^{5}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.3ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{6}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, ibid. & $^{6}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.8ex]
+ \multicolumn{5}{@{}c@{}}{\emph{Pagebreak}}\\[1.6ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{7}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, ibid. & $^{7}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.3ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{8}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, ibid. & $^{8}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.8ex]
+ \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\emph{now with |authorformat=citationreversed|:}}\\[.8ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{9}$ & Hans \textsc{Brox}, ibid. & $^{9}$&Hans \textsc{Brox}: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.8ex]
+ \multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\emph{or with |authorformat=reducedifibidem|:}}\\[.8ex]
+|..{brox:bgb}| & $^{10}$ &\textsc{Brox}, ibid. & $^{10}$&\textsc{Brox}: BGB AT, ibid. \\[.3ex]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[\texttt{ibidem=name\&title\&auto}]
+ This option \NEW{0.5f} can be useful for often repeated citations of different work of the same author.
+ For the first citation the full entry is printed (|citefull=first| is automatically used).
+ As long as the same work from an author is cited, only the name of the author will be used
+ (this is equal to |ibidem=name|).
+
+ If the work is cited again some footnotes later,
+ name and title will be printed out (|ibidem=name&title|).
+ This will avoid ambiguity if an author is cited with more than one work.
+ If the immediately following citations are from the same author, only the name will be printed out.
+
+ If you are using |ibidem=name| only, \textsf{jurabib} will check if the citations
+ seems to be ambiguous and then, |ibidem=name&title&auto| will be used automatically. You will find a
+ remark in the |.log| file.
+ \end{Options}
+ Here a survey:
+ \begin{center}
+ {\small
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}p{9.5cm}@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+ {\footnotesize\cs{footcite}|..|} & & {\footnotesize|ibidem=name&title&auto|}\\\hline\\[-2ex]
+ |..{brox:bgb}| & $^{1}$&\textsc{Brox}: \textit{Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches.} 20.\,Auflage, K{\"o}ln, Berlin, Bonn, M{\"u}nchen 1996.\\[.3ex]
+ |..{brox:schr}| & $^{2}$&\textsc{Brox}: \textit{Besonderes Schuldrecht.} 20.\,Auf\/lage, M{\"u}nchen 1995.\\[.3ex]
+ |..{brox:bgb}| & $^{5}$&\textsc{Brox}, ibid.\\[.8ex]
+ \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\hfill\emph{now another work is cited\,!}}\\[.8ex]
+ |..{brox:schr}| & $^{6}$&\textsc{Brox}: SchR~BT, ibid.\\[.8ex]
+ |..{brox:schr}| & $^{7}$&\textsc{Brox}, ibid.\\[.8ex]
+ \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\hfill\emph{\dots{} and we are switching back again\,!}}\\[.8ex]
+ |..{brox:bgb}| & $^{8}$&\textsc{Brox}: BGB AT, ibid.\\[.8ex]
+ |..{brox:bgb}| & $^{8}$&\textsc{Brox}, ibid.\\[.8ex]
+\hline
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{center}
+
+\noindent Changing the sequence of ``ibid.'' is possible by redefining the
+commands \cs{ibidemname} and \cs{ibidemmidname}:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \renewcommand{\ibidemname}{Ibid.}
+ \renewcommand{\ibidemmidname}{ibid.}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+\cs{ibidemname} is used by the options \texttt{ibidem=strict},
+\texttt{ibidem=strictdoublepage} and \texttt{ibidem=nostrict} and appears at
+the beginning of the---suppressed---citation (It is therefore possible to
+capitalize it). \cs{ibidemmidname} however, appears together with the options
+\texttt{ibidem=name} and \texttt{ibidem=name\&title} and can be written in
+lowercase---which depends on your preference.
+
+Now it's possible to make a difference \NEW{0.51} between a subsequent citation
+with same page(s) and a subsequent citation with different page(s).
+For the first case, the macros |\samepageibidemname| or |\samepageibidemmidname|
+will be used internally. Its definiton is the same as for |\ibidemname| or
+|\ibidemmidname| by default.
+For the second case, the macros |\diffpageibidemname| or |\diffpageibidemmidname|
+are used. If you like to make a difference between these two cases, you can
+redefine the macros to your needs. I don't know useful abbreviations for the
+English language, so I will demonstrate it with a dummy:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\samepageibidemname}{[same pages]}
+\end{verbatim}
+A short table will explain more:
+\begin{center}
+{\small\begin{tabular}{@{}lcl@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+|\footcite[45]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{1}Brox, 45.\\
+|\footcite[45--47]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{2}Ibid., 45--47.\\
+|\footcite[45--47]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{3}[same pages]\\
+|\footcite[45f]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{4}Ibid., 45\,f.\\
+\hline\\[-2ex]
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[citefull=first] By aid of this option, it is possible to show
+ the full bibliography entry in the first citation. For all
+ subsequent citations, a short form will be used. To force a full
+ citation in later citations, use the commands \cs{fullcite} and
+ \cs{footfullcite}. With this option, annotators appear before author's
+ names, separated by `in''. In order to get uniform citation and to
+ avoid confusion of the reader, this option automatically activates
+ the option \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in} and thus activates options
+ which are presupposed by that option. Apart from that, the
+ \texttt{howcited}-options are deactivated.
+\item[citefull=chapter] switches on \texttt{citefull=first} automatically and resets each chapter.
+\item[citefull=section] switches on \texttt{citefull=first} automatically and resets each section.
+\item[citefull=all] This option shows all citations as full citations.
+ It switches also all separators to \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in}. The
+ \texttt{howcited}-options are deactivated. However, combination
+ with \texttt{ibidem} is possible.
+\item[see] Because those outside law studies don't need the second
+ optional argument of the \cs{cite*} commands, by this option, one
+ can add phrases like ``See'' or ``Compare'' before the citation.
+ This option works globally.
+\item[natoptargorder] Hereby, the sequence of the optional parameters
+ is reversed, for instance because of making the document compatible
+ with \texttt{natbib.sty} (before writing it).
+\item[crossref=dynamic] You can use the other \texttt{crossref}-options
+ together with that option to achieve crossrefs, which are different
+ in their length---longer, if a work is cited the first time---shorter
+ if it is cited again.
+ Please compare the lonely use of \texttt{crossref=dynamic} (for better
+ understanding you may find the crossrefs inside square brackets):
+ \begin{quote}
+ \small $^1$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In
+ [Lipcoll/Lawrie/Sameh: High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization].\\
+ $^2$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll/Lawrie/Sameh].
+ \end{quote}
+ with the combination of \texttt{crossref=dynamic} with \texttt{crossref=long}:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \small $^1$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll, David~J./Lawrie,
+ D.~H./Sameh, A.~H. (eds.):
+ High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization.
+ 3rd edition, New York: Academic Press, September 1977 (Fast Computers 23)].\\
+ $^2$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll/Lawrie/Sameh:
+ High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization].
+ \end{quote}
+
+\item[crossref=normal] (Default) Hereby, cross references specified by
+ the special field \texttt{crossref} in the
+ bibliography are displayed with author
+ (\texttt{shortauthor} prevailing over \texttt{author}) and title
+ (\texttt{shorttitle} if available, else
+ \texttt{title}).
+
+\item[crossref=short] If no ambiguities result, title is left out with
+ this option. In case a title is needed, \texttt{shorttitle} prevails
+ over \texttt{title}.
+
+\item[crossref=long] With this option, the cross reference will be
+ displayed as full citation.
+
+\item[lookat] Hereby, references to footnotes are enabled which
+ contain the full citation to which is referred. This is possible
+ \emph{only} when using the \cs{footcite} command in connection with
+ the option \texttt{citefull=first}. This may be useful for
+ articles which do not contain bibliographies. For this purpose, the command
+ \par\medskip
+ \qquad \cs{nobibliography}\marg{bibfile}\DescribeMacro{\nobibliography}
+ \par\medskip
+ is available, which suppresses bibliography generation.\footnote{This command is primarily for
+ use with \texttt{lookat}, but it doesn't require \texttt{lookat}. But one of the \texttt{citefull}-options
+ has to be enabled. Thanks to \textsc{Stefan Ulrich}.}
+ In later citations, short forms of citation are used, accompanied by a hint to the footnote in
+ which the full citation can be found.\footnote{Example: \textsc{Brox}: BGB AT (wie Anm.
+ \textit{$\langle$Nr.$\rangle$}), Rn.~168.}
+
+ Please notice that for correct parsing of the references with
+ \texttt{lookat}, after running \BibTeX, \emph{three} \LaTeX-runs are
+ necessary!
+
+ In case you want to use the package \textsf{varioref} or
+ \textsf{fancyref}, then instead of \cs{ref} the command
+ \cs{vref} will be used, resulting in different references, in
+ particular if the full citation is one or two pages away.
+ In case you want to use the package \textsf{varioref} or
+ \textsf{fancyref} in your document, without consequences for your
+ citations, you can put the command\DescribeMacro{\jbignorevarioref}
+ \cs{jbignorevarioref} in the preamble of your document.
+
+ It is possible to customize the behavior of the \texttt{lookat} option by the following commands:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\lookatprefix}{\space(see footnote~}
+ \renewcommand{\lookatsuffix}{)}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ \texttt{lookat} \emph{may} be used in connection with the
+ {ibidem}-options, but such is not recommended.\par When using
+ \cs{cite} commands in the main text (outside footnotes!) \emph{and} \cs{footcite}
+ commands \mymarginpar{CAVE\,!}
+ (or \cs{cite} commands inside footnotes)
+ errors may occur from \textsf{alphanum}
+ or---if used---\textsf{varioref}.
+ \textsf{alphanum} may complain in the following way:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ ! Package alphanum Error: Self-reference detected!.
+ [...]
+ ?
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ In this case, you have cited a work in the main text for the first time, to which one refers in the
+ same section by a \cs{footcite} command. Because the first citation is not inside a footnote, the
+ section number will be taken as reference label. Because by using the option \texttt{lookat},
+ following citations refer to the first citation, and this citation is in the same section,
+ \textsf{alphanum} complains as mentioned above.\par Another error report which is caused by the
+ same problem might look as follows:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ ! Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup.
+ \J@refP ...nta #1\,\J@INumberRoot {#1}{#2}
+ [...]
+ ?
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ The solution is to put at least the first citation inside a footnote (whether one uses
+ \cs{footcite} or \cs{cite} inside a \cs{footnote} makes no difference.).
+
+ \emph{The \texttt{lookat}-option cannot be used with documents based
+ on the \texttt{book}- or \texttt{report}-class or their
+ derivatives.} Use of this option with the
+ \textsf{footnpag.sty}-package is equally impossible.
+
+ Using \texttt{lookat} in connection with \texttt{book}- or \texttt{report}-classes is possible
+ by the \textsf{remreset}-package. This package disables resetting the footnote counter at the
+ start of a new chapter, thus enabling unambiguous references. In order to do so, you should insert
+ the following in your preamble:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{remreset}
+ \makeatletter
+ \@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter}
+ \makeatother
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ In oder to gain consequent results, you should also properly set the counters of images and tables:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{remreset}
+ \makeatletter
+ \@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter}
+ \@removefromreset{figure}{chapter}
+ \renewcommand{\thefigure}{\@arabic\c@figure}
+ \@removefromreset{table}{chapter}
+ \renewcommand{\thetable}{\@arabic\c@table}
+ \makeatother
+ \end{verbatim}
+\end{Options}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[\texttt{idem}]
+ This new option is very similar to the |ibidem| option, but there
+ is not the whole citation replaced by an abbreviation. If the author is cited
+ again, his name will be replaced by ``Idem'' or ``idem''. |idem| is working
+ together with all |ibidem| options. The following values are possible: |idem|
+ (same as |idem=strict|), |idem=strictdoublepage| and |idem=nostrict|.
+ The behavior of |idem| at page breaks is the same as for the |ibidem| options, therefore I did not make any survey.
+
+ Redefinitions as usual:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \renewcommand*{\idemname}{Eadem}
+ \renewcommand*{\idemmidname}{eadem}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \end{Options}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{\noidem} |\noidem| is working analogous to |\noibidem| and disables the |idem| mechanism for the following citation.
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[\texttt{opcit}]
+ This option is at experimental stage and places the abbreviation ``\textit{op.\,cit.}''
+ (opere citato: already cited) in the citation.
+ An example:\\[1.5ex]
+ {\footnotesize\textsuperscript{1}\,Aamport, \textit{Gnats and Gnus} (1986), p.\,25.}\\
+ {\footnotesize [\ldots]}\\
+ {\footnotesize\textsuperscript{5}\,Aamport, \textit{op.\,cit.}, p.\,37.}
+
+ If you like to modify:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\opcit}{\textit{op.\,cit.}}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{opcit=chapter}
+ \DescribeMacro{opcit=section}
+ |opcit| can be resetted at the begin of each chapter/section with the values
+ |chapter|/|section|. This is analogous to |citefull=chapter| or |citefull=section|.
+ \end{Options}
+
+\section{Linguistic Stuff}
+
+Because of increasing use of the \textsf{jurabib} package by people outside
+law studies, I have reworked the \BibTeX-styles in such a way that it is
+possible to switch between different languages.
+
+\DescribeMacro{language =} It is now possible, to specify the language of a
+certain \BibTeX-entry by providing the field \texttt{language} with the
+appropriate language. At the moment, only English, German, French, Dutch, Spanish and Italian are
+implemented:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ @INCOLLECTION{incollection-crossref,
+ author = {Daniel D. Lincoll},
+ title = {Semigroups of Recurrences},
+ pages = {179--183},
+ language = {english}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+If \texttt{language = \marg{other language}} is specified here, then the
+\emph{hyphenation patterns} for that entry will be modified, not the keywords
+like ``editor'' and so on\,! For the correct translation of the keywords
+\textsf{jurabib} will detect the used main language (e.g. if you are using the
+\textsf{babel}-package or one of the following packages: \textsf{german},
+\textsf{french}, \textsf{frenchle}, \textsf{pmfrench}, \textsf{mlp}).
+\begin{quote}
+\emph{\textsf{jurabib} doesn't switch the keywords, but the hyphenation
+patterns for each bibliographic entry, for which a language is given\,!}
+\end{quote}
+You should notice, that (for German users: contrary to the
+\texttt{bibgerm}-package) only the relevant entries (which differs from the
+main language) should be provided with \texttt{language}-fields. You can modify
+the defaults by using the \cs{AddTo} functionality:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{\def\editorname{ed.}}
+ \end{verbatim}\vspace{-1em}
+The macro for English is \cs{bibsenglish}, for French \cs{bibsfrench}, for
+Dutch \cs{bibsdutch}, for Spanish \cs{bibsspanish}.
+
+If I've forgotten something which has to do with language support, please
+e-mail me. The same goes for supporting more languages.
+
+\section{Across the bounderies}
+
+\subsection{\textsf{jura.cls}}
+
+As I said already, use of \textsf{\mbox{jura.cls}} is possible.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{bibtopic.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib.sty} is already for a long time---under certain
+conditions---compatible with \textsf{bibtopic.sty}: All short titles should be
+specified, because otherwise, ambiguous citations may occur. At this moment, it
+is not possible to use automatic generation of short titles when separated
+bibliography files are in use. Therefore, the option \texttt{titleformat=all}
+is activated automatically, if \textsf{bibtopic.sty} has been loaded. Note: You
+should use at least version \texttt{1.0j}.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{hyperref.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib} is compatible with
+\textsf{hyperref}.\footnote{ \textsc{Stefan Ulrich} was behind this
+ feature as well.} However, incompatibility still exists with
+\textsf{alphanum}, of which the result is that the \cs{ref} mechanism of
+\textsf{alphanum} functions only to a limited extent. That means primarily that
+the command \cs{ref*} provides relative references only. If you want to use
+\textsf{alphanum} and \textsf{hyperref} without \textsf{jurabib}, you should
+put the following in your preamble:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\J@SetCurrent\relax
+ \def\toclevel@lvla{0}\def\toclevel@lvlb{1}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlc{2}\def\toclevel@lvld{3}
+ \def\toclevel@lvle{4}\def\toclevel@lvlf{5}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlg{6}\def\toclevel@lvlh{7}
+ \def\toclevel@lvli{8}\def\toclevel@lvlj{9}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlj{10}\def\toclevel@lvll{11}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvla}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlb}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlc}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvld}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvle}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlf}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlg}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlh}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvli}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlj}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlk}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvll}{\J@Number}
+ \renewcommand{\J@LongToc}[2][]{
+ \@startsection{lvl\alph{tiefe}}{\number\value{tiefe}}{0pt}
+ {\ifnum\value{tiefe}=1 -4ex plus-1,5ex minus-0,ex\else
+ -2,7ex plus-0,8ex minus-0,2ex\fi}{\ifnum\value{tiefe}>7
+ -1em plus-0,5em\relax\else 0,6ex plus0,3ex minus0,1ex\fi}
+ {\sectfont\csname lvl\alph{tiefe}style\endcsname}[#1]{#2}
+ }
+ \makeatother
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\textsf{babel.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib} is compatible with \textsf{babel}. Please make sure that \textsf{jurabib} is loaded after \textsf{babel}\,!
+
+\subsection{\textsf{chapterbib.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib} is compatible with \textsf{chapterbib}.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{bibunits.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib} is fully compatible with \textsf{bibunits}, you should use
+v2.1n or higher.
+
+ \subsection{\textsf{index.sty}}
+
+ If you are using the \textsf{french}-, \textsf{pmfrench}- or the \textsf{frenchle}-packge, you are not
+ able to use this feature at the moment.
+
+ With the option \texttt{authorformat=indexed} you can index all cited authors.
+ If you want to generate a separate author index, it's possible to use the \textsf{index} package by
+ \textsc{David M. Jones}, which is part of the \textsf{camel} bundle.
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ [...]
+ \usepackage{index}
+ \newindex{default}{idx}{ind}{Index} % for the normal Index
+ \newindex{aut}{adx}{and}{Authorindex} % for the new author Index
+ \renewcommand{\jbindextype}{aut} %
+ [...]
+ \begin{document}
+ [...]
+ \printindex % for the normal Index
+ \printindex[aut] % for the new author Index
+ \end{document}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Please note that \cs{jbindextype} has to contain the same value as the first argument of \cs{newindex}.
+
+ To generate the index, run:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ makeindex -o datei.and datei.adx
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Then you have to run \LaTeX{} again. For further explanations please take a look at the
+ \textsf{index} package documentation.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{endnotes.sty}}
+\textsf{jurabib} \NEW{0.51} is now compatible to \textsf{endnotes}.
+With a simple |\usepackage{endnotes}| in your preamble all your |\foot[full]cite| citations
+are converted into endnotes, which are appearing where you typed |\theendnotes|.
+Citations, which are enclosed in |\footnote| commands or normal |\cite| commands,
+were not converted by default\,! If you need this feature, please use the option
+`|citetoend=true|' or consult the documentation of the \textsf{endnotes} package.
+
+Endnotes does not have a closing dot by default. If you would have a closing period, please use
+|dotafter=endnote| in the preamble of your document.
+
+\section{Cooperators}
+This package would have never been come into existence without the powerful
+support of \textsc{Stefan Ulrich}, \textsc{Andreas Stefanski} and \textsc{Oren
+Patashnik}. It is especially due to \textsc{Stefan Ulrich} that the package now
+exists in its present form and not stumbled in its provisional stage of
+development. To him, my special thanks. \textsc{Heiko Oberdiek} provided some
+valuable hints. \textsc{Andreas Stefanski} was my unexhaustible tester and
+advisor in juridical formalities. Not to omit \textsc{Oren Patashnik}, who
+provided important parts of the \BibTeX-styles which enable the dynamic
+generation of the juridical shorttitles. \textsc{Bernard Gaulle} has done a lot
+for compatiblity with the french packages and gave many other helpful hints,
+especially about the linguistic stuff. I want to thank \textsc{Maarten Wisse}
+for translating the documentation, for his patience and for a lot of helpful
+hints during implementation of the basic humanities features. \textsc{Peter
+Flynn} and \textsc{P\'{a}draig de~Br\'{u}n} also suggested a lot of new
+features for the humanities. And there are lots of people who worked as beta
+testers and reported bugs: \textsc{Alexander Wisspeintner}, \textsc{Andreas K.~Foerster},
+\textsc{Arne Engels}, \textsc{Axel Sodtalbers}, \textsc{Bastian Kruse},
+\textsc{Christian Folini}, \textsc{Christian Meyn}, \textsc{David Feest},
+\textsc{Daniel M.~Grisworld}, \textsc{H\'{e}l\`{e}ne Fernandez}, \textsc{Henning Eiden},
+\textsc{Holger Pollmann}, \textsc{Hubert Selhofer}, \textsc{Ivan Blatter},
+\textsc{Jean-Pierre Drucbert}, \textsc{Joachim Trinkwitz}, \textsc{Max Dornseif},
+\textsc{Moritz Moeller-Herrmann}, \textsc{Nikolai Warneke}, \textsc{Olaf Meltzer},
+\textsc{Oliver Schilling}, \textsc{Peter Wuesten}, \textsc{Ralph Sinkus},
+\textsc{Rebekka Rieger}, \textsc{Robert Goulding},
+\textsc{Thorsten Manegold} and \textsc{Tilman Finke}.
+
+\section{Response requested \dots}
+Questions, recommendations and critique or the like can be sent to:
+\texttt{jb <at> jurabib <dot> org}
+
+\newpage
+
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db822a228c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d194352e7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/docs/german/jbgerdoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,2422 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{ae}
+\usepackage[commabeforerest,titleformat=commasep]{jurabib}
+\usepackage{german}
+\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000
+\raggedbottom
+\newif\ifHtml
+\newcommand{\mymarginpar}[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\NEW}[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1~{\large NEU\,!}}}}
+\newcommand{\CH} [1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1~{\large ÄNDERUNG\,!}}}}
+\newcommand{\REM}[1]{\marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{#1~{\large ENTFERNT\,!}}}}
+\makeatletter
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{%
+ \let\pdfoutput\@undefined
+ \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
+ }{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \let\pdfoutput\@undefined
+ \ExecuteOptions{dvips}%
+ \else
+ \usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true]{hyperref}%
+ \hypersetup{%
+ pdftitle={Documentation for jurabib package},%
+ pdfauthor={Jens Berger},%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+\makeatother \pagestyle{headings}
+\providecommand\mymarg[1]{{\unskip\ttfamily\char`\{}{\ttfamily#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}}
+\newcommand\bibentry[1]{\par\medskip{\renewcommand\jbauthorfont{\textbf}\renewcommand\jbauthorfnfont{\textbf}\noindent\qquad\fullcite{#1}}\par\medskip}
+\AtEndDocument{\bibliography{jbtest,jbtesthu}}
+\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Inhalt}
+\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\href[2]{#2}
+\providecommand\texorpdfstring[2]{#1}
+\newenvironment{bibexample}{%
+ \begin{description}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-2.5em}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{2.5em}
+ }{\end{description}}
+\newenvironment{Options}{\begin{list}{}{%
+ \renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfill}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{-.5\parsep}
+ \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{xxx\space}}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}%
+}{\end{list}}
+\def\jbfileversion{v0.6}
+\def\jbfiledate{\today}
+\title{Das \textsf{jurabib}-Paket}
+\author{{\Large Jens Berger}\\
+ \href{mailto:jb@jurabib.org}{\texttt{jb@jurabib.org}}\\[1.8ex]
+ {\small Stefan Ulrich}}
+\date{\jbfiledate \qquad \textsf{\jbfileversion}\\[1ex]
+ {\footnotesize CTAN:
+ \href{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/jurabib/}%
+ {\texttt{macros/latex/contrib/supported/jurabib/}}}%
+}%
+\begin{document}
+ \ifHtml
+ \renewcommand{\href}[2]{\HCode{<a href=#1>}#2\HCode{</a>}}
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\DescribeMacro\@gobble
+ \let\NEW\@gobble
+ \let\CH\@gobble
+ \let\REM\@gobble
+ \let\mymarginpar\@gobble
+ \let\marginpar\@gobble
+ \makeatother
+ \fi
+
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+\noindent Dieses Paket ermöglicht die automatisierte Erstellung in der
+Rechtswissenschaft und in den Geisteswissenschaften üblicher Zitate mittels
+\BibTeX. Es stellt Befehle zur Verfügung, die es Juristen ermöglichen, Bearbeiter in
+Kommentaren komfortabel anzugeben. Desweiteren wird eine vereinfachte
+Formatierung sowohl der Zitate als auch der Einträge im Literaturverzeichnis
+unterstützt. Außerdem ist es möglich, den (Kurz)Titel eines Werkes erst im
+Zitat erscheinen zu lassen, wenn ein Autor mehrfach mit verschiedenen Werken
+zitiert wurde. Die Verwendung eines Vollzitates, welches identisch mit dem
+Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis ist, wird ebenfalls unterstützt. Es sind
+diverse Optionen verfügbar, die insbesondere für Nicht-Juristen interessant
+sind -- so z.\,B. die Möglichkeit, verschieden ausführliche Wiederholungszitate
+ausgeben zu lassen. Desweiteren läßt sich die Formatierung von Namen und
+Vornamen der Autoren bezüglich der Reihenfolge sehr einfach verändern. Es sind
+Querverweise auf andere Fußnoten möglich. Eine sprachspezifische Behandlung von
+Literatureinträgen ist über das \texttt{language}-Feld zugänglich.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Einleitung}\setcounter{page}{1}
+
+Bislang gab es für Juristen als Unterstützung der juristischen Zitierweise nur die
+Umgebung \texttt{jurabibliography} aus \textsf{jura.cls}. Diese ist jedoch
+nicht auf eine Zusammenarbeit mit \BibTeX{} ausgelegt. Dieses Problem wird von
+\textsf{jurabib.sty} behoben.
+
+\textsf{jurabib.sty} definiert \cs{[foot]cite} so (um), daß es nun zwei
+optionale Argumente besitzt, so daß die Angabe eines evtl. Bearbeiters über
+dieses zweite optionale Argument erfolgen kann. Außerdem werden von den
+dazugehörigen \BibTeX-Stilen (\texttt{jurabib.bst}, \texttt{jurunsrt.bst},
+\texttt{jureco.bst} und \texttt{jox.bst})
+Funktionen bereitgestellt, die es ermöglichen, daß
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item das Paket selbständig die Nachnamen der Autoren erkennt und daraus die
+ übliche Kurzform für das Zitat generiert.
+\item für Zitate aus Zeitschriften und Periodika zudem automatisch das
+ übliche Kürzel aus Zeitschriftentitel und Jahr generiert wird.
+\item in der \texttt{.bib}-Datei trotzdem eine explizite Angabe der zu
+ verwendenden Abkürzung sowohl des Autorennamens als auch des
+ Titels gemacht werden kann.
+\item ein Kurztitel erst dann im Zitat erscheint, wenn der Autor mit mehr als
+ einem Werk zitiert wurde.
+\end{enumerate}
+Alle Funktionen werden \emph{ausschließlich} von o.g. \BibTeX-Stilen unterstützt.
+
+\section{Startvorbereitungen}
+
+Nachdem Sie \texttt{jurabib.ins} mit \LaTeX{} bearbeitet haben, entstehen im
+wesentlichen folgende Dateien:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \texttt{jurabib.sty}
+ \item \texttt{jurabib.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jureco.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jurunsrt.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jox.bst}
+ \item \texttt{jbtesthu.bib}
+ \item \texttt{jbtest.bib}
+ \item \texttt{jurabib.cfg}
+ \item diverse \texttt{.ldf} Dateien
+ \item diverse \texttt{jbtest*.tex} Dateien
+\end{itemize}
+In einem TDS-konformen \TeX-System sollten \texttt{.sty}-Dateien und
+\texttt{.ldf}-Dateien in \texttt{\slash [local]texmf\slash tex\slash
+latex\slash jurabib} liegen, die \texttt{.bst}-Datei in \texttt{\slash
+[local]texmf\slash bibtex\slash bst\slash jurabib} und \texttt{.bib}-Dateien in
+\texttt{\slash [local]texmf\slash bibtex\slash bib\slash jurabib}. Je nach
+verwendetem System kann es erforderlich sein, eine eventuell vorhandene
+"`Filename Database"' zu aktualisieren. Wenn Sie teTeX verwenden, müssen Sie
+\texttt{texhash}, bei MiKTeX \texttt{initexmf -u} oder die jeweiligen
+graphischen Pendants benutzen. Alle genannten Dateien können auch im aktuellen
+Arbeitsverzeichnis liegen. Die Dateien \texttt{jbtest.tex} und
+\texttt{jbtest.bib} sollen die Verwendung des \textsf{jurabib}-Paketes
+demonstrieren.
+
+\texttt{jbtestbt.tex} dient der Demonstration von \textsf{jurabib.sty} mit
+\textsf{bibtopic.sty} zur Erzeugung gegliederter Literaturverzeichnisse.
+
+\texttt{jbtestmb.tex} dient der Demonstration von \textsf{jurabib.sty} mit
+\textsf{multibib.sty} zur Erzeugung mehrerer Literaturverzeichnisse.
+
+\texttt{jbtestcb.tex} dient der Demonstration von \textsf{jurabib.sty} mit
+\textsf{chapterbib.sty} zur Erzeugung von Kapitel-Literaturverzeichnissen.
+
+\texttt{jbtestbu.tex} dient ebenfalls der Demonstration von \textsf{jurabib.sty} mit
+\textsf{bibunits.sty} zur Erzeugung untergliederter Literaturverzeichnisse.
+
+\bigskip
+
+Das Paket wird folgendermaßen eingebunden:
+
+\begin{quote}
+\cs{usepackage}\oarg{Optionen}\texttt{\{jurabib\}}
+
+\noindent Ein kleiner Vorgriff:
+
+\noindent{\footnotesize Optionen lassen sich via \cs{jurabibsetup} in der Präambel
+oder in der Konfigurationsdatei ablegen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \jurabibsetup{
+ authorformat=smallcaps,
+ commabeforerest,
+ titleformat=colonsep,
+ bibformat=tabular
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Sie können verschiedene Werte für dieselbe Option
+zusammenfassen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \jurabibsetup{bibformat={tabular,ibidem,numbered}}
+\end{verbatim}}
+\end{quote}
+
+An der Stelle, wo später Ihr Literaturverzeichnis erscheinen soll, muß
+folgendes stehen:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{bibliography}\marg{Datenbank}
+\end{quote}
+gefolgt von
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{bibliographystyle}\mymarg{jurabib}
+\end{quote}
+
+Damit ist das Paket einsatzbereit. Sollten Sie bislang nicht mit \BibTeX{}
+gearbeitet haben, beachten Sie bitte, daß zu einer korrekten Auflösung aller
+Referenzen einmal \LaTeX{} aufgerufen werden muß, dann einmal \BibTeX{} und im
+Anschluß noch zweimal \LaTeX:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latex datei
+ bibtex datei
+ latex datei
+ latex datei
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Wenn Sie eine Windows-Distribution verwenden}
+Sie müssen hier eine große Bib\TeX-Version (|bibtex8|) verwenden, bei der
+der \marginpar{\raggedleft\textsf{\Huge !!!}} Speicher von vornherein sehr groß
+oder zur Laufzeit erweiterbar ist. Anderenfalls werden Sie in etwa folgende
+Fehlermeldung erhalten:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ The style file: jurabib.bst
+ 5017: Sorry---you've exceeded BibTeX's wizard-defined function space 3000
+ (That was a fatal error)
+\end{verbatim}
+Dieses Problem beheben Sie durch Angabe des Parameters \texttt{--big} (bzw.
+\texttt{--huge} oder \texttt{--wolfgang}), so daß Ihr BibTeX-Aufruf ungefähr so
+aussehen sollte:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ bibtex8 --wolfgang datei
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Wenn Sie eine Unix/Linux-Distribution verwenden}
+Hier ist bei Verwendung von aktuellen te\TeX- oder \TeX Live-Distributionen keine Verwendung von
+|bibtex8| nötig, da sie mit ausreichend großem Speicher kompiliert wurden. Trotzdem möchte die
+Verwendung von |bibtex8| empfehlen, da es die korrekte Sortierung von Einträgen mit Umlauten
+ermöglicht, ohne daß man diese in eine dem normalen Bib\TeX{} genehme Form (|{\"u}|) etc. bringen
+muss. Dies ist demzufolge bei Verwendung des normalen Bib\TeX{} nötig\,! Leider ist bislang
+|bibtex8| nur in der \TeX Live-Distribution enthalten, bei te\TeX{} fehlt es. Dort müssen Sie
+sich die Sourcen selbst übersetzen, Sie finden sie im CTAN.
+
+\section[Ein Beispiel]{Ein Beispiel\footnotemark[1]}
+\footnotetext[1]{Für alle Beispiele sind -- sofern nicht anders angegeben --
+die Optionen \texttt{titleformat=commasep} und \texttt{commabeforerest} sowie
+der Befehl \cs{cite} verwendet worden.}
+
+Ein Werk soll zitiert werden. Dazu fügen Sie dieses Werk der
+Literaturdatenbank hinzu:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Krämer},
+ title = {Straßenrecht},
+ shortauthor = {Kodal/Krämer},
+ shorttitle = {StrR},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {München},
+ edition = {5.},
+ pages = {30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Man beachte die Felder \texttt{shortauthor} und \texttt{shorttitle}. Sie werden
+von dem zum \textsf{jurabib}-Paket gehörenden \BibTeX-Stil bereitgestellt. Dort
+werden die gewünschten Kurzformen von Autor und Titel eingetragen (siehe dazu
+auch Abschnitt~\ref{auto} auf Seite~\pageref{auto}).
+
+\section{Das Werkzeug}
+
+\subsection{Die \texorpdfstring{\cs{cite}}{cite}-Befehle}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\cite}
+Ein Zitat wird wie gewohnt angegeben:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cite[\S~12]{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+Anstelle dieses Erscheinungsbildes:
+
+\medskip
+
+[1, \S~12]
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent sieht das Ergebnis nun so aus:
+
+\medskip
+
+\cite[\S~12]{kkstrr}
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent Die Kurzform des Titels (StrR) würde hier erst zitiert werden, wenn Kodal und
+Krämer mit einem anderen Werk zitiert werden. Dann sähe das Ganze so aus:
+
+\medskip
+
+\citetitle[\S~12]{kkstrr}
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent Da der Befehl \cs{cite} durch \textsf{jurabib.sty} umdefiniert wird, besitzt er
+jetzt statt einem optionalen Argument derer zwei:
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent\CH{0.6}
+\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+{\Large\itshape Achtung: Mit Version 0.6 ist die Reihenfolge der optionalen Argumente geändert worden\,!}
+\begin{quote}
+\cs{cite}\oarg{Fundstelle}\marg{Kürzel}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{Bearbeiter}{\ttfamily[]}\marg{Kürzel}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{Bearbeiter}\oarg{Fundstelle}\marg{Kürzel}\\
+bzw. (mit \texttt{see})\\
+\cs{cite}{\ttfamily[Vgl.]}\oarg{Fundstelle}\marg{Kürzel}
+\end{quote}
+Zur Abwärtskompatibilität wird mit der Option \texttt{jurabiborder} die alte Reihenfolge der optionalen
+Argumente wiederhergestellt:
+\begin{quote}
+\cs{cite}\oarg{Fundstelle}\marg{Kürzel}\\
+\cs{cite}{\ttfamily[]}\oarg{Bearbeiter}\marg{Kürzel}\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{Fundstelle}\oarg{Bearbeiter}\marg{Kürzel}\\
+bzw. (mit \texttt{see})\\
+\cs{cite}\oarg{Fundstelle}{\ttfamily[Vgl.]}\marg{Kürzel}
+\end{quote}
+\end{minipage}}
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent Hier eine kleine Übersicht der ab Version 0.6 geltenden Verhältnisse:
+
+\medskip
+
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\hline
+Quellcode & Ausgabe\\
+\hline
+|\cite{broxbgb}| & \cite{broxbgb}\\
+|\cite[S.~12]{broxbgb}| & \cite[S.~12]{broxbgb}\\
+|\cite[Bassenge][]{broxbgb}| & \cite[Bassenge][]{broxbgb}\\
+|\cite[Bassenge][S.~12]{broxbgb}| & \cite[Bassenge][S.~12]{broxbgb}\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\noindent Ein eventuell vorhandener Bearbeiter wird also nun folgendermaßen angegeben:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cite[Bassenge][\S~12]{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+Daraus würde --~eine mehrfache Zitierung von Kodal und Krämer vorausgesetzt~--
+folgendes Zitat entstehen:
+
+\medskip
+
+\cite[Bassenge][\S~12]{kkstrr} % Kodal/Krämer/Bassenge, StrR, \S~12.
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent Der dazugehörige Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis wäre dann:
+
+\bibentry{kkstrr}
+
+Möchten Sie ibn einem Zitat keine Seitenzahlen, Randnummern oder ähnliches,
+jedoch einen Bearbeiter angeben, müssen Sie das zweite (neu\,!) optionale Argument von
+\cs{cite} leer lassen:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cite[Bassenge][]{kkstrr}% vor 0.6: \cite[][Bassenge]{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{\citetitle}
+Der Befehl \cs{citetitle} verhält sich prinzipiell wie \cs{cite}, kann aber
+dazu benutzt werden, ein Werk explizit mit dem Kurztitel zu zitieren,
+unabhängig davon, ob ein weiteres Werk dieses Autors zitiert wird. Ansonsten
+gilt für diesen Befehl das zu \cs{cite} Gesagte.
+
+ \DescribeMacro{\cite*}
+Diese Sternform des \cs{cite}-Befehls zitiert \emph{grundsätzlich ohne} Titel.
+Es ist dabei völlig unerheblich, ob das \texttt{shorttitle}-Feld besetzt ist.
+Auch die Option \texttt{citefull=all} (siehe Abschnitt~\ref{opt}) zeigt hier
+keinerlei Wirkung. Zu beachten ist hierbei jedoch, daß hierdurch bei Zitierung
+mehrerer verschiedener Werke eines Autors
+\emph{zweideutige\mymarginpar{\hfill\Large!} Zitate} entstehen können, da auch
+das Feature des automatischen Setzens des Kurztitels/Volltitels für dieses
+Zitat deaktiviert wird. Von daher sollte die Benutzung dieses Befehls die
+Ausnahme sein und mit Bedacht gewählt werden.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\citetitlefortype}
+Auf mehrfachen Wunsch hin ist nun mit diesem
+Befehl die Angabe der Publikationstypen möglich, bei denen der Titel immer
+erscheinen soll:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \citetitlefortype{article,commented, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+Dies kann zum Beispiel sinnvoll sein, wenn man (nur) bei Aufsätzen den Titel
+des Journals angeben möchte und ansonsten \textsf{jurabib} die Entscheidung
+überlassen möchte, wann es den Titel eines Werkes setzt (nämlich erst, wenn ein
+Zitat mehrdeutig zu werden droht). \DescribeMacro{\citenotitlefortype} Falls es
+viele (aber eben nicht alle) Publikationstypen sind, bei denen Sie den Titel
+auszugeben wünschen, können Sie nach Setzen der Option \texttt{titleformat=all}
+mit
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \citenotitlefortype{article,commented, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+diejenigen Typen deklarieren, bei denen der Titel nicht erscheinen soll.
+
+\subsection{Die \texorpdfstring{\cs{footcite}}{footcite}-Befehle}
+\DescribeMacro{\footcite} \DescribeMacro{\footcite*}
+\DescribeMacro{\footcitetitle} Sie unterscheiden sich lediglich dadurch von den
+\cs{cite}-Befehlen, daß sie automatisch eine Fußnote generieren und dabei am
+Ende der Fußnote einen Punkt setzen. Ein Leerzeichen vor den
+\cs{footcite}-Befehlen wird ignoriert:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ... Annahme. \footcite[Rn.~357]{medicus}
+ ... Annahme.\footcite[Rn.~357]{medicus}
+\end{verbatim}
+erzeugt in beiden Fällen:
+
+\medskip
+\dots{}~Annahme.\footcite[Rn.~357]{medicus}
+\medskip
+
+\noindent Eine Zusammenfassung mehrerer Zitate innerhalb einer Fußnote erfolgt
+jedoch wie bisher:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \footnote{\cite[S.~13--34]{brox:bgb}; \cite[S.~24]{canaris}.}
+\end{verbatim}
+Dieses liefert uns:
+
+\medskip
+\dots{}~Annahme.\footnote{\cite[S.~13--34]{broxbgb}; \cite[S.~24]{canaris}.} Hier muß man
+leider selbst an den Punkt denken.
+
+Sollten Sie mehrere |\footcite|- oder |\footnote|-Befehle
+unmittelbar hintereinander benutzen, ist \textsf{jurabib} in Verbindung
+mit dem \textsf{footmisc}-Paket und dessen |multiple|-Option in der Lage,
+automatisch ein Komma zwischen die Fußnotenmarken zu setzen. Ein Beispiel:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ... zu finden\footcite{broxbgb}\footcite{broxschr}\footcite{broxja}
+\end{verbatim}
+erzeugt:
+
+\medskip
+\dots{}~zu finden \textsuperscript{1,2,3}
+
+
+\subsection{Die \texorpdfstring{\cs{fullcite}}{fullcite}-Befehle}
+ \DescribeMacro{\fullcite}
+ \DescribeMacro{\footfullcite}
+Diese Befehle generieren ein Vollzitat, d.\,h. hier wird der komplette Eintrag
+aus dem Literaturverzeichnis als Zitat verwendet. Ein eventuell vorhandener
+Bearbeiter wird vor dem Zitat plaziert und mit "`in"' vom Autor
+getrennt.\footnote{Dies entspricht der automatischen Aktivierung der Option
+\texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in} für \emph{dieses} Zitat.} Die Fundstelle wird am Ende
+angefügt.
+
+\subsection{Die \texorpdfstring{\cs{nextcite}}{nextcite}-Befehle}
+ \DescribeMacro{\nextciteshort}
+ \DescribeMacro{\nextcitefull}
+Mit Hilfe dieser Befehle können Sie für bestimmte Werke festlegen, ob sie im
+Weiteren in der Kurzform bzw. der Langform erscheinen sollen. Dazu können Sie
+einfach eine kommaseparierte Liste (\emph{ohne Leerzeichen\,!}) als Argument
+dieser Kommandos angeben:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextciteshort{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+läßt ab sofort \texttt{brox:bgb} und \texttt{canaris} als Kurzzitat erscheinen.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextcitefull{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+läßt alle weiteren Zitate von \texttt{brox:bgb} und \texttt{canaris} als
+Vollzitat erscheinen.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextcitenotitle{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+läßt alle weiteren Zitate von \texttt{brox:bgb} und \texttt{canaris} als Zitat
+ohne Titel erscheinen. \emph{Den drei Kommandos ist gemein, daß sie die
+\cs{fullcite}- und \cs{cite*}-Befehle übersteuern!}
+
+\smallskip
+\noindent Mit \DescribeMacro{\nextcitereset}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nextcitereset{brox:bgb,canaris, ... }
+\end{verbatim}
+schalten Sie für die angegebenen Werke wieder auf normale Zitierweise zurück.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\citeswithoutentry} Das neue Kommando \cs{citeswithoutentry} ist
+eng verwandt mit den \cs{nextcite}-Befehlen. Mit ihm können Sie am Anfang des
+Dokumentes die Werke angeben, die \emph{nicht} im Literaturverzeichnis
+erscheinen sollen. Die Verwendung erfolgt analog zu den \cs{nextcite}-Befehlen.
+Allerdings wirkt sich hier -- aus verständlichen Gründen~-- der
+\cs{nextcitereset}-Befehl nicht aus.
+
+\subsection{Der \texorpdfstring{\cs{citefield}}{citefield}-Befehl}
+Mit diesem Befehl haben Sie Zugriff auf den Inhalt der Felder \texttt{author},
+\texttt{shortauthor}, \texttt{title}, \texttt{shorttitle}, \texttt{url}, \texttt{apy}
+(Address-Publisher-Year) und \texttt{year}.
+Diesen Feldnamen (\emph{der in Kleinschreibung anzugeben ist\,!}) geben Sie als erstes obligatorisches Argument an, das Kürzel als zweites obligatorisches Argument. Die Angabe einer Fundstelle ist über den
+optionalen Parameter möglich:
+\begin{quote}
+ {\small\cs{citefield}\oarg{Fundstelle}\marg{Feldname}\marg{Kürzel}}
+\end{quote}
+Mit folgendem Eintrag
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{broxbgb,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuches},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~AT},
+ year = 1996,
+ language = {german},
+ address = {Köln, Berlin, Bonn, München},
+ edition = 20
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+liefert uns ein \verb+\citefield{title}{broxbgb}+: Allgemeiner Teil des
+Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuches. \verb+\citefield[\S~23]{shorttitle}{broxbgb}+
+liefert: BGB~AT, \S~23.
+
+Dieser Befehl ist in erster Linie für Nicht-Juristen vorgesehen. Er ist von
+allen \textsf{jurabib}-spezifischen Automatismen unabhängig, d.\,h. er wird
+u.a. nicht von den \texttt{ibidem}-Optionen erfaßt, da er lediglich dazu dient,
+auf einzelne Felder zuzugreifen.
+
+Bei Verwendung des \textsf{hyperref}-Paketes erzeugt dieser Befehl
+jedoch einen Link ins Literaturverzeichnis.
+
+\textsf{jurabib} beherrscht auch einige grundlegende Befehle aus dem \textsf{natbib}-Paket:
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+|\[foot]citep{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citep{Kraft74}\\
+|\[foot]citep{Kraft74,helm82}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citep{Kraft74,helm82}\\
+|\[foot]citep[][S.~34]{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citep[][S.~34]{Kraft74}\\
+|\[foot]citep[Vgl.][S.~34]{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citep[Vgl.][S.~34]{Kraft74}\\
+|\[foot]citet{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citet{Kraft74}\\
+|\[foot]citet{Kraft74,helm82}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citet{Kraft74,helm82}\\
+|\[foot]citealt{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citealt{Kraft74}\\
+|\[foot]citealt{Kraft74,helm82}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citealt{Kraft74,helm82}\\
+|\[foot]citealp{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citealp{Kraft74}\\
+|\[foot]citealp{Kraft74,helm82}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citealp{Kraft74,helm82}\\
+|\[foot]citeauthor{Kraft74}| & $\rightarrow$ & \citeauthor{Kraft74}\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\section{Automatisierungen}\label{auto}
+
+\subsection{Leeres \texttt{shortauthor}-Feld}
+
+Bei einem nicht besetzten oder fehlenden \texttt{shortauthor}-Feld ist
+\textsf{jurabib} in der Lage, die Nachnamen der Autoren selbständig zu erkennen
+und als Ersatz zu verwenden. Dabei werden bis zu drei Autoren ausgeschrieben,
+getrennt durch einen Schrägstrich. Bei mehr als drei Autoren wird der erste
+Autor mit dem Kürzel "`et\,al."' versehen verwendet. Angenommen, in unserem
+obigen Beispiel lassen wir das \texttt{shortauthor}-Feld weg und fügen einen
+dritten Autor hinzu:
+\begin{verbatim}
+@BOOK{LunWalThis99,
+ editor = {Lundin, Roger and Walhout, Clarence and Thiselton, Anthony C.},
+ gender = {pm},
+ year = 1999,
+ title = {The Promise of Hermeneutics},
+ publisher = {Eerdmans},
+ address = {Grand Rapids},
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+dann sieht das Zitat folgendermaßen aus:
+
+\par\medskip
+\cite{LunWalThis99}
+\par\medskip
+
+\noindent Dabei lassen sich die Separationszeichen an eigene Vorstellungen
+anpassen.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbtasep}{ und } % bta = between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbfsasep}{, } % bfsa = between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbstasep}{ und }% bsta = between second and third author sep
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent Die Separation der Autoren im Literaturverzeichnis bleibt davon
+unberührt. Sie läßt sich über die folgenden Befehle beeinflussen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtasep}{ und } % bta = between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbfsasep}{, } % bfsa = between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbstasep}{ und }% bsta = between second and third author sep
+ ... und für die Herausgeber:
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtesep}{ und } % bte = between two editors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbfsesep}{, } % bfse = between first and second editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbstesep}{ und }% bste = between second and third editor sep
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Fügen wir einen vierten Autor hinzu (den Quellcode dazu sparen wir uns), ändert
+sich das Erscheinungsbild nochmals:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Lundin~et\,al.
+
+\subsection{Leeres \texttt{shorttitle}-Feld}
+Für ein leeres \texttt{shorttitle}-Feld gilt folgendes: Es wird als Ersatz der
+\emph{volle} Inhalt des \texttt{title}-Feldes verwendet\footnote{Davon
+ausgenommen sind Einträge des \texttt{@ARTICLE}- und \texttt{@PERIODICAL}
+Typs.},
+ sofern entweder (lokal) der Befehl \cs{[foot]citetitle} oder (global) die Option
+\texttt{citefull=all} verwendet wird \emph{oder der betreffende Verfasser mit
+noch weiteren Werken zitiert wird}.
+
+Möchte man, daß bei einem bestimmten Werk immer -- egal welche Optionen
+aktiviert sind -- lediglich der Autorenname erscheint, dann ist der Befehl
+\cs{[foot]cite*} zu verwenden. Allerdings kann dies zu zweideutigen Zitaten
+führen. Sie werden jedoch dazu eine Warnung in der \texttt{.log}-Datei finden.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Krämer
+ and Hans Mustermann},
+ title = {Straßenrecht},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {München},
+ edition = {5.},
+ pages = {30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Ergebnis:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Kodal/Krämer/Mustermann, Straßenrecht, \S~12.
+\par\medskip
+
+Eine Erleichterung sollte auch die Tatsache sein, daß \textsf{jurabib} in
+der Lage ist, die bei Artikeln und Periodika übliche Zitierung (\meta{journal}
+\meta{year}) zu automatisieren. Daher ist eine Angabe von \texttt{shorttitle}
+nunmehr nur noch nötig, wenn man davon abweichende Vorstellungen hat. Im folgenden
+Beispiel ist weder \texttt{shortauthor} noch \texttt{shorttitle} angegeben:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @ARTICLE{broxja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ year = 1980,
+ pages = {449ff},
+ address = {München}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Trotzdem erhält man mit \cs{citetitle}\verb+{brox:ja}+ folgendes Zitat:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980.
+\par\medskip
+\noindent Möchte man dagegen etwas anderes verwenden, benutzt man die
+\texttt{jura*}-Felder:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @ARTICLE{broxja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ shortauthor = {Hans Brox},
+ shorttitle = {JA},
+ year = 1980,
+ pages = {449ff},
+ address = {München}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+und man erhält:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Hans Brox, JA.
+\par\medskip
+
+\DescribeMacro{author = } Es ist zu beachten, daß das dynamische Setzen des
+juristischen Kurztitels nur unterstützt werden kann, wenn die Inhalte der
+\texttt{author}-Felder in der \texttt{.bib}-Datei \emph{absolut identisch}
+sind! Angenommen, \textsc{Kodal} und \textsc{Krämer} haben ein zweites Werk
+verfaßt, dann sollten die Einträge in der Literaturdatenbank so aussehen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Krämer},
+ title = {Straßenrecht}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkirgendwas,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Krämer},
+ title = {irgendwas}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Optionen}\label{opt}
+Folgendes Erscheinungsbild ist voreingestellt: Die Autoren und Bearbeiter im
+Zitat werden in Standardschrift, im Literaturverzeichnis fett gesetzt. Der
+Bearbeiter ist dem Autor nachgestellt, die Trennung erfolgt durch einen
+Schrägstrich. Diese Formatierungen lassen sich über Optionen beeinflussen.
+
+\subsection{Möglichkeiten der Formatierung des Zitates}
+
+\subsubsection{Formatierung von Autor und Bearbeiter}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[authorformat=smallcaps] setzt Autoren (und Bearbeiter) in Kapitälchen:
+ \textsc{Kodal\slash Krämer\slash Bassenge}, StrR, \S~12
+ \item[authorformat=italic] setzt Autoren (und Bearbeiter) kursiv:
+ \textit{Kodal}\slash\textit{Krämer}\slash\textit{Bassenge}, StrR, \S~12
+ \item[authorformat=dynamic] die Autoren erhalten einen Schrift"-schnitt, der davon
+ beeinflußt wird, ob ein Bearbeiter angegeben wurde oder nicht.
+ Sofern kein Bearbeiter angegeben ist, erhalten die Autoren über den Befehl
+ \cs{jbactualauthorfont} den Font \cs{textit} (voreingestellt) zugewiesen:
+ \textit{Kodal\slash Krämer}, StrR, \S~12.
+ Ist ein Bearbeiter angegeben worden, erhält \emph{dieser} nun die
+ aktuelle Bedeutung
+ von \cs{jbactualauthorfont}, und die Autoren werden über den Befehl
+ \cs{jbauthorfontifcoauthor} formatiert (Voreinstellung \cs{normalfont}):
+ Kodal\slash Krämer\slash\textit{Bassenge}, StrR, \S~12.
+ \item[authorformat=citationreversed] Hier erscheinen \emph{im Zitat} bei den Optionen
+ \texttt{citefull=first}, \texttt{ibidem=name} und
+ \texttt{ibidem=name\&title} die Vornamen vor den Nachnamen:
+ Hans \textsc{Brox}: BGB~AT, S.~23. statt \textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB~AT, S.~23.
+ \item[authorformat=allreversed] Mit dieser Option erstreckt sich obiges Verhalten auch auf
+ das Literaturverzeichnis.
+ \item[authorformat=firstnotreversed] Hiermit hat man die Möglichkeit, alle
+ Autorennamen \emph{nach} dem ersten Autor in der Form \meta{Vorname}
+ \meta{Name} zu setzen: \textsc{Kodal}, Kurt/Joachim
+ \textsc{Krämer}/Hans \textsc{Mustermann}.
+ \item[authorformat=reducedifibidem] Hier wird bei aktivierter Option \texttt{ibidem=name} im
+ Wiederholungszitat nur der Nachname ausgegeben.
+ \item[authorformat=and] Statt der voreingestellten Schrägstriche werden die Autoren
+ nun mit "`,"' und "`und"' getrennt.
+ \item[authorformat=year] Nach den Autoren wird die Jahreszahl ausgegeben.
+ Eine Formatierung ist möglich über \cs{jbcitationyearformat}:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbcitationyearformat}[1]{(#1)}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Diese Option ist vorrangig für die Benutzung mit \texttt{jureco.bst} gedacht.
+ \item[authorformat=indexed] führt automatisch \emph{alle} Autoren unabhängig
+ voneinander im Index auf. Voraussetzung ist eine korrekte
+ Verwendung des \textsf{makeidx}-Paketes.
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{makeidx}
+ \makeindex
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ \printindex
+ \end{document}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Eine Indizierung ist auch bei Verwendung des Befehls |\nobibliography| möglich.
+
+ \emph{Nur} im Literaturverzeichnis genannte Autoren tauchen per Voreinstellung
+ nicht im Index auf. Möchte man dies ändern, benutzt man den Befehl
+ \cs{jbindexbib} am Anfang des Dokumentes.
+
+ Um die Autoren im Index hervorzuheben ist es möglich, ihnen über den Befehl |\jbauthorindexfont| einen Font zuzuweisen:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbauthorindexfont}{\textit}% oder \textsf, \textsc, \textbf
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Falls Sie eine angepasste |.ist|-Datei (|makeindex| style file) benutzen, kann es nötig sein,
+ den |makeindex|-eigenen `actual' operator über |\jbmakeindexactual| anzupassen. Die (englische)
+ Voreinstellung ist |@|. Sollte Ihre |.ist|-Datei folgende Zeile enthalten:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ actual '='
+ \end{verbatim}
+ sollten Sie folgendes benutzen:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbmakeindexactual}{\=}%
+ \end{verbatim}
+Es wurde vielfach der Wunsch geäußert, die \NEW{0.6} Indizierung genauer steuern zu können. Die folgenden Befehle leisten das hoffentlich:
+
+{\small\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\hline
+|\jbdonotindexeditors| & Herausgeber nicht indizieren\\
+|\jbdonotindexauthors| & Autoren nicht indizieren\\
+|\jbdonotindexorganizations| & Organisationen nicht indizieren\\
+|\jbindexolyfirsteditors| & Herausgeber nur für Erstzitat indizieren\\
+|\jbindexonlyfirstauthors| & Autoren nur für Erstzitat indizieren\\
+|\jbindexolyfirstorganizations| & Organisationen nur für Erstzitat indizieren\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+
+\medskip
+
+% Ich weiß leider momentan noch nicht, warum ausgerechnet bei diesem Zeichen ein
+% backslash nötig ist, da |makeindex| ohne ihn bei mir abstürzt (Mik\TeX{} 2.1).
+% Über Meldungen, wie das unter anderen Systemen ist, würde ich mich freuen.
+
+ \item[authorformat=abbrv] Abkürzung der Vornamen.
+ \item[annotatorformat=italic (früher: coauthorformat=italic)] setzt den Bearbeiter\CH{0.6} kursiv:
+ Kodal\slash Krämer\slash \textit{Bassenge}.
+ \item[annotatorformat=normal (früher: coauthorformat=normal)] setzt Bearbeiter\CH{0.6} aufrecht:
+ \textit{Kodal}\slash \textit{Krämer}\slash\/Bassenge.
+ \item[round] runde Klammern für das Zitat: (\textsc{Kodal}\slash
+ \textsc{Krämer}\slash\/\textsc{Bassenge}).
+ \item[square] setzt das Zitat in eckige Klammern: [\textsc{Kodal}\slash
+ \textsc{Krämer}\slash\/\textsc{Bassenge}].
+ \item[superscriptedition=all] Hiermit wird die Auflage bei allen Werken
+ als hochgestellte Zahl ausgegeben, wobei dies nicht für Vollzitate gilt.
+Hier ein paar Beispiele:
+\par
+Kodal/Krämer$^{3}$, \S~12.\\
+Kodal/Krämer, Straßenrecht$^{3}$, \S~12.\\
+Kodal/Krämer--Bassenge, Straßenrecht$^{3}$, \S~12.\\
+Bassenge in Kodal/Krämer$^{3}$, \S~12.
+\par\medskip
+ \item[superscriptedition=commented] Damit schränkt man oben genanntes Verhalten
+ auf Publikationen vom Typ \texttt{@COMMENTED} ein.
+ \item[superscriptedition=switch] Man kann hiermit für jedes
+ Werk individuell angeben, ob die Auflage hochgestellt erscheinen soll.
+ Dazu dient das ebenfalls neu geschaffene \texttt{ssedition}-Feld, das
+ analog zum \texttt{howcited}-Feld mit dem Wert \texttt{1} als Schalter
+ fungiert:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{soergel,
+ author = {Hans Theodor Soergel},
+ title = {Kommentar zum Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ address = {Stuttgart, Berlin, Köln, Mainz},
+ year = 1987,
+ edition = 12,
+ ssedition = 1,
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+% \item[superscriptedition=kerning] Die den hochgestellten Auflagen folgenden Zeichen werden
+% unterschnitten:
+%
+% Kodal/Krämer$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.\\
+% Kodal/Krämer, Straßenrecht$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.\\
+% Kodal/Krämer$^{3}$--Bassenge, \S~12.\\
+% Kodal/Krämer--Bassenge, Straßenrecht$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.\\
+% Bassenge in Kodal/Krämer$^{3}$\kern-1ex, \S~12.
+% \par\medskip
+
+\item[superscriptedition=bib/address] Hochgestellte Auflagen im Literaturverzeichnis
+ (vor address), für Nicht-Juristen.
+\item[superscriptedition=year] Hochgestellte Auflagen im Literaturverzeichnis
+ (vor year), für Nicht-Juristen.
+\item[superscriptedition=multiple] Mit Hilfe dieser Option wird die hochgestellte Auflage
+nur dann ausgegeben, wenn von ein und demselben Werk (vorzugsweise juristische Kommentare) mehrere verschiedene Auflagen
+zitiert werden. Bei diesen Fällen wird dann auf die Ausgabe des Kurz- oder Volltitels verzichtet, da dies hinreichend
+eindeutig ist und für den Leser kein Problem darstellt.
+
+Sollte ein Bearbeiter angegeben worden sein, erscheint die hochgestellte
+Auflage hinter dem Bearbeiter, sofern die Voreinstellung oder eine der
+|annotatorlastsep|-Optionen benutzt wird:
+
+\medskip
+
+Kodal/Krämer--Bassenge$^{3}$, \S~12.
+
+\medskip
+
+Möchten sie dies ändern, so daß die hochgestellte Auflage direkt hinter
+dem Autor erscheint, verwenden Sie folgendes in Ihrer Präambel
+oder Konfigurationsdatei:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \jbsuperscripteditionafterauthor
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Dann sollten Sie folgendes Ergebnis erhalten:
+
+\medskip
+
+Kodal/Krämer$^{3}$--Bassenge, \S~12.
+%\end{Options}
+%
+%\begin{Options}
+\item[biblikecite] Die Formatierung des Literaturverzeichnisses folgt
+ (soweit wie möglich) automatisch der Formatierung der Zitate.
+\item[edby] (Nur in \texttt{@INCOLLECTION}!) Die Sequenz "`Lipcoll,
+ David~J. (Hrsg.)"' wird geändert zu "`hrsg. v. Lipcoll, David~J."'\par
+Anpassungen sind möglich über:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \def\edbyname{herausgegeben von}%
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+\item[endnote] Der Inhalt des \texttt{note}-Feldes erscheint am Ende des bibliographischen Eintrags und wenn Sie
+ |dotafter=bibentry| benutzen, \emph{nach} dem abschließenden Punkt.
+\end{Options}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{\jbauthorfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\jbcoauthorfont}
+Sollten diese Optionen nicht das Gewünschte leisten, besteht die Möglichkeit,
+das angestrebte Ergebnis durch Umdefinieren von diversen Befehlen zu erreichen.
+
+Die Schriftarten der Autoren und Bearbeiter werden durch die Befehle
+\cs{jbauthorfont} und \cs{jbcoauthorfont} bestimmt und können folgendermaßen
+verändert werden (der typographische Wert dieser Beispiele geht gegen Null):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbauthorfont}{\textit}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbcoauthorfont}{\textsl}
+\end{verbatim}
+ \DescribeMacro{\jbactualauthorfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\jbauthorfontifcoauthor}
+Analoges gilt für die folgenden Befehle, die \emph{nur} in Verbindung mit der
+Option \texttt{authorformat=dynamic} wirksam sind:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbactualauthorfont}{\textsc}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbauthorfontifcoauthor}{\textsl}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Diese Redefinitionen sind in der Präambel vor \cs{begin}\verb+{document}+
+unterzubringen. Dabei ist zu beachten, daß Fontbefehle benutzt werden, die mit
+\cs{text} beginnen (Fontwechselbefehle mit Argumenten, z.\,B. \cs{textit},
+\cs{textbf} usw.), und \emph{nicht} solche, die mit \texttt{series},
+\texttt{family} oder \texttt{shape} enden (Deklarationsform, z.\,B.
+\cs{bfseries}, \cs{slshape}, \cs{sffamily})!
+
+\subsubsection{Formatierung des Titels}
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[titleformat=italic] setzt Titel kursiv: Kodal\slash Krämer\slash Bassenge, \textit{StrR}, \S~12.
+ \item[titleformat=all] Mit dieser Option werden bei \emph{allen} Zitaten die
+ Kurztitel gesetzt, unabhängig davon, ob ein Autor mit verschiedenen
+ Werken zitiert wurde oder nicht.
+ \item[titleformat=colonsep] Diese Option plaziert einen Doppelpunkt zwischen Autor und Titel
+ (sofern ein Titel zitiert wird):
+ Kodal\slash Krämer\slash Bassenge: StrR, \S~12.
+ \item[titleformat=commasep] Diese Option plaziert ein Komma zwischen Autor und Titel:
+ Kodal\slash Krämer\slash Bassenge, StrR, \S~12.
+ \item[titleformat=noreplace] Auf mehrfachen Wunsch hin habe ich diese Option geschaffen, mit der sich
+ das Ersetzen eines fehlenden \texttt{shorttitle}s durch den Inhalt des
+ \texttt{title}-Feldes global unterbinden läßt. Siehe dazu auch die
+ \cs{cite*}- und die \cs{nextcitenotitle}-Befehle.
+ \end{Options}
+\DescribeMacro{\jbtitlefont} Für eine Veränderung des Schriftschnittes des
+Kurztitels steht der Befehl \cs{jbtitlefont} zur Verfügung, der ganz analog an
+eigene Bedürfnisse angepaßt werden kann:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbtitlefont}{\textit}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}
+Für die Optionen \texttt{titleformat=commasep} und
+\texttt{titleformat=colonsep} ist eine individuelle Formatierung des
+Separationszeichens möglich mit
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}{; } .
+ Leerzeichen! ---------------^
+\end{verbatim}
+Eine der beiden vorgenannten Optionen sollte dann allerdings aktiv sein.
+
+\subsubsection{Separation des Bearbeiters}
+
+Wie bereits erwähnt, ist das Erscheinen des Bearbeiters nach dem Autor\slash
+den Autoren als auch die Trennung durch den Schrägstrich voreingestellt. Dies
+läßt sich über Optionen ändern.
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[annotatorlastsep=divis (früher: colastsep=divis)] Diese Option ändert das voreingestellte Erscheinungsbild,
+ so daß der Schrägstrich durch einen Bindestrich ersetzt
+ wird: Kodal\slash Krämer--Bassenge StrR, \S~12.
+ \item[annotatorfirstsep=in (früher: cofirstsep=in)] Der Bearbeiter erscheint im Zitat zuerst, die Trennung erfolgt
+ durch "` in "'\,: Bassenge in Kodal\slash Krämer StrR, \S~12.
+ \item[annotatorfirstsep=comma (früher: cofirstsep=comma)] Diese Option wirkt wie \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in}, allerdings
+ wird das "` in "' durch ein Komma ersetzt:
+ Bassenge, Kodal\slash Krämer StrR, \S~12.
+ \end{Options}
+
+
+\subsubsection{Verhalten bei Wiederholungszitaten}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[\texttt{ibidem} oder \texttt{ibidem=strict}] Sollte ein Autor mehrfach
+nacheinander zitiert werden, kann es erwünscht sein, die Wiederholung des
+Zitates durch das Kürzel "`a.\,a.\,O."' ersetzen zu lassen. \emph{Die
+Verwendung dieses und ähnlicher Kürzel ist umstritten und man sollte, wenn
+irgend möglich, auf die Verwendung dieser Option verzichten, da sie nicht dazu
+angetan ist, Lesbarkeit oder Übersichtlichkeit zu verbessern.} Dabei ist
+\textsf{jurabib} aus gutem Grund so konfiguriert, daß das Zitat nur dann durch
+"`a.\,a.\,O."' ersetzt wird, wenn die Wiederholung unmittelbar auf das
+Erstzitat folgt und wenn das Wiederholungszitat \emph{nicht} das erste auf der
+aktuellen Seite ist (siehe Beispiele).
+
+\item[ibidem=nostrict] Möchte man obiges
+Verhalten unterdrücken, bietet sich diese Option an, die es zuläßt, daß ein
+Wiederholungszitat -- auch wenn es das Erste auf der Seite ist -- durch
+"`a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt."' ersetzt wird. Der Einsatz dieser Option sollte
+wohlüberlegt sein. Er ist nur dann sinnvoll, wenn man im Dokument im
+Wesentlichen einen Autor zitiert und der Leser somit durchaus weiß, wer sich
+zuletzt hinter "`a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt."' verbarg.
+
+\item[ibidem=strictdoublepage] Zugebenermaßen ist diese Option, sagen wir,
+"`akademisch"', weil sie sehr spitzfindig unterscheidet, ob Erstzitat (bzw.
+volles Wiederholungszitat) und potentiell abgekürztes Wiederholungszitat auf
+gegenüberliegenden Seiten zu liegen kommen (Vielen Dank an \textsc{Stefan
+\mbox{Ulrich}}). Sollte das der Fall sein, wird "`a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt."' im
+ersten Zitat auf der neuen (rechten) Seite zugelassen. Liegt ein Umbruch von
+einer ungeraden (rechten) Seite auf eine gerade (linke) Seite vor, verhält sich
+die Option wie \texttt{ibidem/ibidem=strict}. Dies ist selbstverständlich nur
+bei zweiseitigem Druck von Interesse, also bei Benutzung einer
+\texttt{book}-Klasse oder der Klassenoption \texttt{twoside}. Vergleichen Sie
+in der folgenden Übersicht. \end{Options}%
+
+\begin{center}
+\noindent{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+{\footnotesize\cs{footcite}\texttt{..}}& {\footnotesize\texttt{ibidem}/\texttt{ibidem=strict}}& {\footnotesize\texttt{ibidem=strictdoublepage}} & {\footnotesize\texttt{ibidem=nostrict}}\\\hline\\[-2ex]
+\texttt{..[S.~12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{1}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. & $^{1}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. & $^{1}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. \\
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{2}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{2}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{2}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. \\
+\texttt{..[S.\,20]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{3}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt., S.\,20.& $^{3}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt., S.\,20. & $^{3}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt., S.\,20. \\
+\texttt{..\mymarg{mueko}} & $^{4}$\textsc{MüKo}. & $^{4}$\textsc{MüKo}. & $^{4}$\textsc{MüKo}. \\
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{5}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. & $^{5}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. & $^{5}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. \\
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{6}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{6}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{6}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. \\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{4}{@{}c@{}}{\emph{Seitenumbruch von ungerade (rechts) auf gerade (links)}}\\[1.6ex]
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{7}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. & $^{7}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!} & $^{7}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!}\\
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{8}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{8}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{8}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. \\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{4}{@{}c@{}}{\emph{Seitenumbruch von gerade (links) auf ungerade (rechts) = gegenüberliegende Seiten}}\\[1.6ex]
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{9}$\textsc{Erman}, S.\,12. & $^{9}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!} & $^{9}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. $\longleftarrow$ \textsf{!!!}\\
+\texttt{..[S.\,12]\mymarg{erm}} & $^{10}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{10}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{10}$a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\noibidem} Mit Hilfe des Befehls \cs{noibidem} können Sie den
+\texttt{ibidem}-Automatismus für das jeweils nächste (\emph{und nur für
+dieses!}) Wiederholungszitat abschalten.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Sonstiges}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[commabeforerest] Hier wird ein Komma vor evtl. angegebene Seitenzahlen, Randnummern
+ und dergleichen gesetzt: \cite[S.\,12]{kkstrr}.
+ \item[silent] unterdrückt alle \textsf{jurabib}-spezifischen Warnungen.
+ \end{Options}
+
+\subsection[Formatierung des Literaturverzeichnisses]
+ {Möglichkeiten der Formatierung des\\ Literaturverzeichnisses}
+\subsubsection{Schriftschnitte}
+Die Möglichkeiten der Formatierung beschränken sich auf die Modifikation von
+Schriftarten einzelner, ausgewählter Teile eines Eintrages im
+Literaturverzeichnis. Dazu existieren die Befehle \cs{biblnfont} für die
+Formatierung der Nachnamen der
+ \DescribeMacro{\biblnfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibelnfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibfnfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibefnfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibtfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibbtfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibjtfont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibapifont}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibsnfont}
+Autoren und \cs{bibelnfont} für die Herausgeber, \cs{bibfnfont} und \cs{bibefnfont}
+für die Formatierung der Vornamen
+selbiger, \cs{bibtfont} für die Anpassung der Titel von Büchern und anderem,
+\cs{bibbtfont} für die Formatierung der Titel bei Sammelwerken und
+\cs{bibjtfont} für die Modifizierung des Zeitschriftentitels bei Artikeln. Dazu
+kommt \cs{bibapifont}, um den Titel eines Artikels, eines Beitrages in einem
+Sammelwerk oder ähnliches zu formatieren. Dieser Befehl ist aktiv bei den
+Eintragstypen \texttt{@ARTICLE}, \texttt{@PERIODICAL}, \texttt{@INBOOK} und
+\texttt{@INCOLLECTION}, also bei unselbständigen Publikationsformen.
+Mit \cs{bibsnfont} können Sie das Aussehen des |series| Feldes bestimmen.
+
+Die voreingestellte Formatierung entspricht diesen Redefinitionen:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\biblnfont}{\bfseries}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibfnfont}{\bfseries}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibelnfont}{\bfseries}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibefnfont}{\bfseries}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibtfont}{}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtfont}{}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibjtfont}{}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibapifont}{}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibsnfont}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+Die Modifikation erfolgt analog zu den schon oben gezeigten Beispielen. Auch
+hier ist zu beachten, daß Fontbefehle benutzt werden, die mit \cs{text}
+beginnen (Fontwechselbefehle mit Argumenten, z.\,B. \cs{textit}, \cs{textbf}
+usw.), und \emph{nicht} solche, die mit \texttt{series}, \texttt{family} oder
+\texttt{shape} enden (Deklarationsform, z.\,B. \cs{bfseries}, \cs{slshape},
+\cs{sffamily})!
+
+\subsubsection{Optionen für das Literaturverzeichnis}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[bibformat=nohang] Hiermit wird der voreingestellte Einzug der zweiten und
+ aller folgenden Zeilen in einem Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis unterdrückt.
+\noindent Möchten Sie den Einzug in seiner Größe beeinflussen, so mögen Sie
+folgendes in die Präambel Ihres Dokumentes schreiben:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setlength{\jbbibhang}{1.5em}
+\end{verbatim}
+Voreingestellt ist ein Einzug von 2.5\,em.
+ \item[bibformat=tabular] Das Literaturverzeichnis wird in Form einer zweispaltigen Tabelle
+ ausgegeben. Die Autoren erscheinen links, der Rest des biblio"-graphischen Eintrages rechts.
+Die Breite der Spalten ist anpaßbar über folgende Befehle (die angegeben Werte
+sind voreingestellt):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibleftcolumn}{\textwidth/3}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibrightcolumn}{\textwidth-\bibleftcolumn-1cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+ Eine Einstellung der Ausrichtung innerhalb der Spalten ist ebenfalls möglich
+(auch hier die Voreinstellungen):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibleftcolumnadjust}{\raggedright}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibrightcolumnadjust}{\raggedright}
+\end{verbatim}
+Für einen besseren Umbruch sei die Benutzung von \mbox{\textsf{ragged2e.sty}}
+empfohlen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{ragged2e}
+\end{verbatim}
+Das oben gezeigte Laden des \textsf{ragged2e}-Paketes ist ausreichend. Es
+erfolgt automatisch die Umdefinition der entsprechenden Befehle. Von Versuchen,
+hier einen Blocksatz erzwingen zu wollen, rate ich ab. Für diesen speziellen
+Fall ist Rauhsatz geeigneter. Wer trotzdem Blocksatz erreichen will:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibrightcolumnadjust}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+ \item[bibformat=numbered] Hier werden die Einträge im Literaturverzeichnis numeriert. Das Format der Numerierung kann mit Hilfe von |\bibnumberformat| angepasst werden:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibnumberformat}[1]{(#1)}
+\end{verbatim}
+ \item[bibformat=ibidem] In -- nicht nur namentlicher -- Anlehnung an die "`großen"'
+ \texttt{ibidem}-Optionen kann diese Option
+ unmittelbare Wiederholungen von Autoren durch eine Linie (oder was auch immer) ersetzen.
+ Dabei testet \textsf{jurabib}, ob zwischen zwei Wiederholungen
+ ein Seitenumbruch liegt und verhindert entsprechend die Ausgabe der Ersetzung. Dabei können je
+ nach Umfang des Dokumentes auch drei, vier oder mehr(!) \LaTeX-Läufe nötig werden, bis dieser
+ Mechanismus vollständig greift. Also solange beim ersten Literaturverzeichniseintrag auf einer Seite
+ der Ersetzungstext erscheint, greift dieser Mechanismus noch nicht! (Dies gilt jedoch nicht
+ für gegenüberliegende Seiten bei Verwendung einer \texttt{*book}-Klasse oder der
+ \texttt{twoside}-Option.)
+\item[lookforgender] Es ist möglich, die im Deutschen nötige
+Unterscheidung zwischen männlichen und weiblichen Autoren durch Benutzung des
+neuen |gender|-Feldes bereits in der \BibTeX-Datenbank zu treffen. Diese Option bewirkt die Auswertung dieses Feldes.
+Dabei gelten folgende Abkürzungen:
+\end{Options}
+\noindent{\footnotesize
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}llllll@{}}
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ Abk. & Bedeutung & Zitatvariante & Definition über: & Bibliographievariante & Definition über: \\
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ |sf| & single female & Dies./dies. & |\idem[S,s]fname| & Dieselbe/dieselbe & |\bibidem[S,s]fname|\\
+ |sm| & single male & Ders./ders. & |\idem[S,s]mname| & Derselbe/derselbe & |\bibidem[S,s]mname|\\
+ |pf| & plural female & Dies./dies. & |\idem[P,p]fname| & Dieselben/dieselben & |\bibidem[P,p]fname|\\
+ |pm| & plural male & Dies./dies. & |\idem[P,p]mname| & Dieselben/dieselben & |\bibidem[P,p]mname|\\
+ |sn| & single neutrum & Dass./dass. & |\idem[S,s]nname| & Dasselbe/dasselbe & |\bibidem[S,s]nname|\\
+ |pn| & plural neutrum & Dies./dies. & |\idem[P,p]nname| & Dieselben/dieselben & |\bibidem[P,p]nname|\\
+ \hline\\[-2ex]
+ \end{tabular}}
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent Für eine einzelne Frau als Autorin wäre also für eine geänderte Darstellung ("`Dies."'/"`dies."' anstelle von "`Dieselbe"'/"`dieselbe"') im Literaturverzeichnis folgendes nötig:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \renewcommand\bibidemSfname{Dies.}%
+ \renewcommand\bibidemsfname{dies.}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{Options}
+\item[bibformat=ibidemalt] Eine alternative Darstellung des Literaturverzeichnisses,
+ speziell für Juristen. Diese Option geht auf Vorschläge von Tilman Finke zurück.
+\item[bibformat=compress] Das Literaturverzeichnis wird etwas kompakter gesetzt,
+ d.\,h. der Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Einträgen wird verringert.
+\item[bibformat=raggedright] Das Literaturverzeichnis wird mit Flattersatz gesetzt.
+ Diese sei speziell bei Benutzung von |bibformat=tabular| oder
+ bei geringer Textbreite empfohlen.
+\item[annote] Der Inhalt des |annote|-Feldes wird ausgegeben (nur im Literaturverzeichnis\,!).
+ Es besteht die Möglichkeit -- ähnlich wie bei \textsf{natbib}~-- das |annote|-Feld nicht zu
+ besetzen und \textsf{jurabib} stattdessen eine Datei benutzen zu lassen. Diese Datei wird
+ eingebunden, sofern sie den Namen des BibTeX-Datenbankeintrags besitzt und auf |.tex| endet.
+ Sollte das |annote|-Feld leer sein und keine annote-Datei existieren,
+ wird nichts ausgegeben.
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibAnnotePath}
+ Mit |\bibAnnotePath| läßt sich ein Pfad zu den Annote-Dateien angeben.
+ Die Syntax entspricht der von |\graphicspath|: |\bibAnnotePath{{annotes/}}|
+ verwendet die Annote-Dateien aus dem Verzeichnis |annotes| unterhalb
+ des aktuellen Verzeichnisses.
+\item[super] Konvertiert alle\NEW{0.6} |\cite|-Befehle in |\footcite|'s,
+\item[config=\meta{file}] Ermöglicht die\NEW{0.6} Nutzung von mehreren |.cfg| Dateien. Mit dieser Option laden Sie die gewünschte Datei. Bitte beachten Sie, daß es \emph{nicht} nötig ist, die Erweiterung |.cfg| anzugeben\,!
+\item[dotafter=bibentry] setzt einen \NEW{0.6}Punkt am Ende der Einträge in der Bibliographie.
+\item[dotafter=endnote] setzt einen \NEW{0.6} Punkt am Ende der Endnoten
+ (bei Verwendung von \textsf{endnotes.sty}).
+\end{Options}
+
+\subsubsection{Weitere Möglichkeiten der Anpassung}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibbtsep}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibjtsep}
+Da es durchaus unterschiedliche Ansichten dazu gibt, wie ein Zitat aus einem
+Sammelwerk oder einer Zeitschrift im Literaturverzeichnis zu erscheinen hat,
+gibt es die Befehle \cs{bibbtsep} und \cs{bibjtsep}. Sie stehen für
+"`\textbf{b}ook\textbf{t}itle \textbf{sep}aration"' und
+"`\textbf{j}ournal\textbf{t}itle \textbf{sep}aration"'.
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Brinkmann, Franz~Josef:} Der Zugang der Willenserklärungen, Münsterische
+Beiträge zur Rechtswissenschaft, Bd.~3 Berlin, 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+Möchte man beispielsweise, daß im Literaturverzeichnis ein "`in~"' vor den
+Buch\-titeln und dem Titel von Zeitschriften erscheint, dann wären die
+folgenden Umdefinitionen zu tätigen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtsep}{in }
+ \renewcommand*{\bibjtsep}{in }
+\end{verbatim}
+Nach obiger Redefinition bietet sich uns folgendes Bild:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Brinkmann, Franz~Josef:} Der Zugang der Willenserklärungen, in Münsterische
+Beiträge zur Rechtswissenschaft, Bd.~3 Berlin, 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibansep}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibatsep}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibbdsep}
+Auch was die Zeichensetzung nach Autoren, Titeln und zwischen Verlagsort und
+Monat\slash Jahr betrifft, gibt es verschiedene Auffassungen. Dieser Tatsache
+wird durch die Befehle \cs{bibansep} (\textbf{a}fter \textbf{n}ame
+\textbf{sep}aration), \cs{bibatsep} (\textbf{a}fter \textbf{t}itle
+\textbf{sep}aration) und \cs{bibbdsep} (\textbf{b}efore \textbf{d}ate
+\textbf{sep}aration) Rechnung getragen. Möchte man also beispielsweise nach dem
+Autor keinen Doppelpunkt, nach dem Titel anstelle des Kommas einen Punkt und
+kein Komma zwischen Ort und Jahr, dann kann man sein Ziel über folgende
+Redefinitionen erreichen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibansep}{}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibatsep}{.}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbdsep}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+Das Ergebnis sieht nun so aus:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Brinkmann, Franz~Josef} Der Zugang der Willenserklärungen. Münsterische
+Beiträge zur Rechtswissenschaft, Bd.~3 Berlin 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\subsubsection{Zitiert \dots}
+\DescribeMacro{howcited=normal} \DescribeMacro{howcited=multiple}
+\DescribeMacro{howcited=compare} \DescribeMacro{howcited=all} Die
+\texttt{howcited}-Optionen plazieren (unter unterschiedlichen Bedingungen)
+hinter \emph{ausgewählten} Einträgen im Literaturverzeichnis einen Kommentar,
+der angibt, wie das Werk im Text zitiert wurde. Dabei wird dieser Kommentar
+entsprechend dynamisch verändert, wie wir das schon vom Zitat selbst kennen,
+d.\,h. die Angabe im Literaturverzeichnis entspricht immer genau der
+\emph{zuletzt} im Text verwendeten Form. Bei Artikeln und Periodika wird per
+Voreinstellung keine Angabe über die Art der Zitierung gemacht -- dies gilt für
+alle \texttt{howcited}-Optionen (ausgenommen \texttt{howcited=all}) -- da dies
+üblicherweise über die Angabe des Autorennamens und des Zeitschriftentitels
+erfolgt und somit hinreichend eindeutig ist.\footnote{Vielen Dank an
+\textsc{Christian Meyn} für diesen Hinweis.} Sollte es erforderlich sein, daß
+der Vermerk auch bei Artikeln und Periodika erscheint, benutzen Sie folgendes:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \jb@allow@howcited@art@periodtrue
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{Options}
+\item[howcited=normal]\DescribeMacro{howcited=normal}
+ Die Option \texttt{howcited=normal} setzt dann den Vermerk "`(zitiert: \meta{Autor})"', wenn in
+ der \texttt{.bib}-Datei das Feld \texttt{howcited} besetzt
+ wurde.\footnote{Mit dieser Option läßt sich der unter Umständen unerwünschte
+ Automatismus der nachfolgenden Option \texttt{howcited=compare} ausschalten und man behält bei
+ jedem einzelnen Werk die Kontrolle, ob dort ein Vermerk über die Art des Zitats
+ erscheinen soll oder nicht und wenn er erscheinen soll, wie er auszusehen hat.}
+
+Nun gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten, dieses Feld zu benutzen. Im Sinne eines
+Schalters funktioniert der Wert \texttt{1} in diesem Feld. Er bewirkt, daß das
+Originalzitat, so wie es im Text erscheint, auch nach dem Eintrag im
+Literaturverzeichnis gesetzt wird. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{enne:nipp,
+ author = {Ludwig Enneccerus and Hans Carl Nipperdey},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen Rechts},
+ year = 1960,
+ volume = {1},
+ volumetitle = {zweiter Halbband},
+ address = {Tübingen},
+ edition = {15.},
+ howcited = {1}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Erzeugt folgendes (Benutzung von \cs{[foot]cite} vorausgesetzt):
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Enneccerus, Ludwig\slash Nipperdey, Hans~Carl:}
+ Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen Rechts. Bd.~1, zweiter Halbband, 15.~Auf"|lage,
+ Tübingen 1960 (zitiert: Eneccerus\slash Nipperdey)
+\end{bibexample}
+
+Sollte jedoch Bedarf bestehen, diesen Vermerk vom Originalzitat abweichen zu
+lassen, trägt man in dieses Feld einfach das ein, was anstelle des
+Originalzitates erscheinen soll. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{enne:nipp,
+ author = {Ludwig Enneccerus and Hans Carl Nipperdey},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen Rechts},
+ year = 1960,
+ volume = {1},
+ volumetitle = {zweiter Halbband},
+ address = {Tübingen},
+ edition = {15.},
+ howcited = {Enneccerus/Nipperdey, B"urgerliches Recht}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Erzeugt:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Enneccerus, Ludwig\slash Nipperdey, Hans~Carl:}
+ Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen Rechts. Bd.~1, zweiter Halbband, 15.~Auf"|lage,
+ Tübingen 1960 (zitiert: Enneccerus\slash Nipperdey, Bürgerliches Recht)
+\end{bibexample}
+Um ein einheitliches Layout auch bei der Veränderung von Optionen, die die
+Schriftschnitte der Autoren betreffen, sicherzustellen, sind u.\,U. Fontbefehle
+in das Feld einzufügen.
+
+\item[howcited=compare]\DescribeMacro{howcited=compare}
+Diese Option plaziert den Zusatz "`(zitiert: \meta{Autor})"' dann, \emph{wenn
+ein Eintrag im Feld \texttt{shorttitle} gemacht wurde}, und dieser vom Eintrag
+im Feld \texttt{title} abweicht. Das Feld \texttt{howcited} in der
+\texttt{.bib}-Datei wird nun ignoriert. Maßgeblich für die Plazierung des
+Vermerks ist allein die Abweichung des Feldes \texttt{shorttitle} vom Feld
+\texttt{title}! Das ist bei dem folgenden, mit \cs{[foot]citetitle} zitierten
+Beispiel der Fall:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Krämer},
+ title = {Straßenrecht},
+ shorttitle = {StrR},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {München},
+ edition = {5.},
+ pages = {30--34, \S~24}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Kodal, K.\slash Krämer, J.:} Straßenrecht, 5.~Auf"|lage München, 1995
+(zitiert: Kodal\slash Krämer, StrR)
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\item[howcited=multiple]\DescribeMacro{howcited=multiple}
+ Diese Option plaziert den Zusatz "`(zitiert: \meta{Autor})"' nur dann, wenn
+ mehr als ein Werk des betreffenden Autors zitiert wurde. Dies gilt per
+ Voreinstellung jedoch nicht für Kommentare (bei diesen wird der Vermerk
+ immer gesetzt), was sich jedoch ändern läßt (\cs{jb@@mult@switch} ist gleich
+ \texttt{1}, wenn mehr als ein Werk eines Autors zitiert wurde):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@make@howcited@multiple}{%
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{%
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited
+ }{%
+ \let\bibhowcited\@empty
+ \let\bibcommenthowcited\@empty
+ \let\bibartperiodhowcited\@empty
+ }%
+ }%
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+\item[howcited=all]\DescribeMacro{howcited=all}
+ Der \texttt{howcited}-Vermerk erscheint bei allen Einträgen.
+\end{Options}
+
+Voreingestellt ist der Wortlaut "`(zitiert: \meta{Autor})"'. Eine Anpassung ist
+möglich über die folgenden Befehle:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand*{\howcitedprefix}{-- als }
+ \newcommand*{\howcitedsuffix}{ zitiert.}
+\end{verbatim}
+Man beachte die Leerzeichen. Dies ergibt dann:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Kodal, K.\slash Krämer, J.:} Straßenrecht, 5.~Auf"|lage München, 1995
+ -- als Kodal\slash Krämer, StrR zitiert.
+\end{bibexample}
+Wenn das Werk nicht zitiert worden ist, aber in das Literaturverzeichnis
+aufgenommen werden soll, kann man sich des Befehls \cs{nocite} bedienen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nocite{kkstrr}
+\end{verbatim}
+Oder, um \emph{alle} nicht-zitierten Werke ins Literaturverzeichnis
+aufzunehmen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \nocite{*}
+\end{verbatim}
+Dann erhält der Vermerk die aktuelle Bedeutung des Befehls \cs{bibnotcited}.
+Standard ist die leere Definition dieses Befehls. Dies läßt sich jedoch einfach
+anpassen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibnotcited}{(nicht zitiert)}
+\end{verbatim}
+Erzeugt folgendes:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Kodal, K.\slash Krämer, J.:} Straßenrecht, 5.~Auf"|lage München, 1995
+ (nicht zitiert)
+\end{bibexample}
+Eine der \texttt{howcited}-Optionen muß dafür natürlich aktiviert sein.
+
+Mittlerweile sind alle sinnvollen Kombinationen von |howcited|-Optionen möglich.
+
+Noch ein Hinweis zur Benutzung der \texttt{howcited}-Optionen: Wenn Sie
+bemerken sollten, daß nicht die zuletzt im Text verwendete Zitierform im
+Literaturverzeichnis erscheint, löschen Sie bitte die \texttt{.aux}-Datei und
+bearbeiten Ihr Dokument erneut mit \LaTeX.
+
+\subsubsection{Weitere Eintragsfelder und Eintragstypen}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{url =}
+Auch wenn es vielleicht in der Rechtswissenschaft noch nicht zur Üblichkeit
+gehört, Quellen aus dem World Wide Web zu zitieren, habe ich neben den Feldern
+\texttt{shortauthor} und \texttt{shorttitle} noch das Feld \texttt{url}
+hinzugefügt.
+
+ \DescribeMacro{urldate =}
+Mit dem Feld \texttt{urldate} ist es möglich, das Datum des Zugriffs auf die Website anzugeben. Der vor dem
+Datum des Zugriffs erscheinende Wortlaut ist voreingestellt auf "`Zugriff am "'
+und läßt sich redefinieren über:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{\renewcommand*{\urldatecomment}{besucht am }} .
+\end{verbatim}
+Die Trennung zwischen URL und |\urldatecomment| ist konfigurierbar und durch das Makro |\bibbudcsep| repräsentiert.
+Es ist in der Voreinstellung als "` -- "' definiert.
+
+ \DescribeMacro{\biburlprefix}
+ \DescribeMacro{\biburlsuffix}
+In Zusammenhang damit ergibt sich die Möglichkeit, die Ausgabe des
+\texttt{url}-Feldes zu formatieren. Dies ist mit Hilfe des Befehls
+\cs{biburlprefix} möglich, welcher vor den eigentlichen URL-Eintrag
+beispielsweise "`URL:"' einfügt. Voreingestellt sind:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand*{\biburlprefix}{\jblangle{}URL: }
+ \newcommand*{\biburlsuffix}{\jbrangle{}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Eine Umdefinition erfolgt analog zu den anderen Befehlen via \cs{renewcommand}.
+Um ein Umbrechen des URL sowie die korrekte Ausgabe von Zeichen wie z.\,B.
+\verb+~+ und \verb+_+ zu ermöglichen, lädt \textsf{jurabib} das
+\textsf{url}-Paket. In Version 0.51 ist der Befehl \CH{0.51} |\biburlfont|
+geändert worden, eine Formatierung des URL ist nun folgendermaßen möglich (nur
+diese vier Werte sind möglich\,!):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \biburlfont{tt} % typewriter
+ \biburlfont{rm} % roman
+ \biburlfont{sf} % serifenlos
+ \biburlfont{same} % wie im Text
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{@WWW}
+ Neuer Eintragstyp für URL. Zwingend ist nur \texttt{url}, optional sind \texttt{urldate},
+\texttt{author} und \texttt{title}.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @WWW{testurl,
+ author = {Jens Berger},
+ title = {Home of jurabib},
+ url = {http://www.jurabib.org},
+ urldate = {06.12.2003}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Berger, Jens:} Home of jurabib, $\langle$URL:
+ |http://www.jurabib.org|$\rangle$~-- Zugriff am 06.12.2003
+\end{bibexample}
+ \DescribeMacro{@PERIODICAL}
+Auf einen Hinweis von \textsc{Andreas Stefanski} hin habe ich für Periodika --
+die nach Band und nicht nach Jahreszahl zitiert werden -- einen neuen
+Eintragstyp \texttt{@PERIODICAL} definiert, der die Anforderung erfüllt, die
+Jahreszahl in eckigen Klammern zu setzen. Zudem ist die Angabe des Bandes
+möglich:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @PERIODICAL{oellers,
+ author = {Bernd Oellers},
+ title = {Doppelwirkung im Recht?},
+ journal = {AcP},
+ year = 1969,
+ volume = 169,
+ pages = {67ff}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Dies erzeugt folgendes:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Oellers, Bernd:} Doppelwirkung im Recht? AcP 169 [1969], S.\,67ff
+\end{bibexample}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibpldelim}
+ \DescribeMacro{\bibprdelim}
+Über die Befehle \cs{bibpldelim} (\texttt{P}eriodical \texttt{L}eft
+\texttt{DELIM}iter) und \cs{bibprdelim} (\texttt{P}eriodical \texttt{R}ight
+\texttt{DELIM}iter) ist eine Änderung der Klammerung der Jahreszahl möglich:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibpldelim}{(}
+ \renewcommand*{\bibprdelim}{)}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Oellers, Bernd:} Doppelwirkung im Recht? AcP 169 (1969), S.\,67ff
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{@COMMENTED} Desweiteren wurde durch die Definition des
+Eintragstyps \texttt{@COMMENTED} eine Möglichkeit geschaffen, Kommentare auch
+als solche zu verwalten. Im Zusammenhang mit der Option
+\texttt{howcited=normal} erscheint dann auch für diesen Eintrag am Ende des
+Eintrags (zitiert: \meta{Autor}\slash Bearbeiter) oder (zitiert: Bearbeiter in
+\meta{Autor}).
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Münchener Kommentar:} Kommentar zum Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuch, Bd.~2,
+\mbox{--~Schuldrecht~--} Allgemeiner Teil, 3.~Auf"|lage, München, 1994,
+\S\kern-.8pt\S~241--432 (zitiert: MüKo\slash Bearbeiter)
+\end{bibexample}
+\DescribeMacro{updated =} Dieses neue Feld wird innerhalb des Typs |@COMMENTED|
+ausgewertet, um den jeweils letzten Stand z.\,B. von Loseblattsammlungen anzugeben.
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Münchener Kommentar:} Kommentar zum Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuch, Bd.~2,
+\mbox{--~Schuldrecht~--} Allgemeiner Teil, 3.~Auf"|lage, München, Stand: Mai~1994
+\end{bibexample}
+|updated| überschreibt \emph{nicht} das |year|-Feld\,! Die Abtrennung vom |address|\slash|publisher|/|year|-Block
+ist durch das |\updatesep|-Makro gegeben, welches per Voreinstellung als Komma ausgeführt ist.
+Vor den im Feld |updated| angegebenen Daten erscheint via Voreinstellung "`Stand:"'. Dies ist
+konfigurierbar über das Makro |\updatename|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \def\updatesep{.}
+ \def\updatename{Stand vom}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Wird dieser Eintragstyp nicht verwendet, obwohl es sich um einen Kommentar
+handelt, erscheint (zitiert: \meta{Autor}), was nicht korrekt ist, weil das
+tatsächliche Layout des Zitates anders aussieht. Wer allerdings die
+\texttt{howcited}-Optionen nicht benutzt, für den ist es unerheblich, welchen
+Eintragstyp er für die Eingabe von Kommentaren verwendet.
+
+\DescribeMacro{volumetitle =} Über das Feld \texttt{volumetitle} ist es
+möglich, einen Bandtitel anzugeben, der dann hinter der Nummer des Bandes
+erscheint. Dieses Feld steht für die Eintragstypen \texttt{@COMMENTED},
+\texttt{@BOOK}, \texttt{@INBOOK} und \texttt{@INCOLLECTION} zur Verfügung.
+
+\DescribeMacro{titleaddon =} Dieses Feld dient dazu, einen Kommentar, eine
+Notiz, Angaben zum Übersetzer, Mitarbeitern etc. zu machen. Es wird unmittelbar
+hinter dem Titel plaziert.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{mueko,
+ [...]
+ title = {Kommentar zum Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ titleaddon = {Unter Mitarbeit von Hans Mustermann},
+ [...]
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Erzeugt:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Münchener Kommentar:} Kommentar zum Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuch,
+ Unter Mitarbeit von Hans Mustermann, Bd.~2,
+\mbox{--~Schuldrecht~--} Allgemeiner Teil, 3.~Auf"|lage, München, 1994,
+\S\kern-.8pt\S~241--432
+\end{bibexample}
+
+\DescribeMacro{booktitleaddon =} Hier gilt ähnliches wie für das
+|titleaddon|-Feld, nur ist dieses Feld für Anmerkungen hinter dem Titel eines
+Sammelwerkes vorgesehen.
+
+\DescribeMacro{editortype =} Sollte man einmal vor dem Problem stehen, daß man
+(für einen einzelnen Eintrag in der Datenbank) nach dem Namen des Herausgebers
+etwas anderes als "`(Hrsg.)"' einsetzen möchte, etwa "`(Begr.)"' oder
+ähnliches, dann trägt man den gewünschten Ersetzungstext einfach in das Feld
+|editortype| ein:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{palandt,
+ editor = {Otto Palandt},
+ editortype = {Begr.},
+ title = {Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einführungsgesetz [...]},
+ [...]
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Palandt, Otto (Begr.):} Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einführungsgesetz [...],
+59.~Auf"|lage, München, 2000
+\end{bibexample}
+ Dies funktioniert auch für den Eintragstyp |@INCOLLECTION|.
+\par\medskip\par
+\DescribeMacro{sortkey =} Es scheint des öfteren notwendig zu sein, ein Werk an
+einer bestimmten Stelle im Literaturverzeichnis auftauchen zu lassen, die vom
+normalen Sortieralgorithmus abweicht. Dieses Problem löst das neue Feld
+|sortkey|, in das man einen Sortierschlüssel eintragen kann, der -- im
+Gegensatz zum Standard-Feld |key| -- nicht erst bei Fehlen von |author| und
+|editor| zum Sortieren benutzt wird, sondern mit höchster Priorität die
+Sortierung bestimmt. Gerade deshalb sollte er sorgfältig eingesetzt werden.
+
+\DescribeMacro{annote =} Auch der Wunsch nach einer Möglichkeit, eine (unter
+Umständen längere) Zusammenfassung nach dem Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis
+auszugeben, wurde mehrfach geäußert. Diesem Wunsch trage ich mit dem neuen
+|annote|-Feld Rechnung. Das Erscheinen des Inhaltes dieses Feldes läßt sich
+über die Option |annote=true| bzw. nur |annote| in der Präambel bzw. in der
+ |jurabib.cfg| an- und abschalten.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @COMMENTED{palandt,
+ editor = {Otto Palandt},
+ title = {Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einführungsgesetz [...]},
+ annote = {Auch der Wunsch nach einer ...},
+ [...]
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Palandt, Otto:} Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einführungsgesetz [...],
+59.~Auf"|lage, München, 2000 \par {\small Auch der Wunsch nach einer
+Möglichkeit, eine (unter Umständen längere) Zusammenfassung nach dem Eintrag im
+Literaturverzeichnis auszugeben, wurde mehrfach geäußert. Diesem Wunsch trage
+ich mit dem neuen |annote|-Feld Rechnung. Das Erscheinen des Inhaltes dieses
+Feldes läßt sich über die Option |annote=true| bzw. nur |annote| in der
+Präambel bzw. in der
+ |jurabib.cfg| an- und abschalten.}
+\end{bibexample}
+Per Voreinstellung wird dieses Feld in |\small| gesetzt.
+ Aber auch hier ist eine Anpassung an den eigenen Geschmack möglich:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\jbannoteformat}[1]{{\footnotesize\begin{quote}#1\end{quote}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Palandt, Otto:} Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch mit Einführungsgesetz [...],
+59.~Auf"|lage, München, 2000 \par {\footnotesize\begin{quote} Auch der Wunsch
+nach einer Möglichkeit, eine (unter Umständen längere) Zusammenfassung nach dem
+ Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis auszugeben, wurde mehrfach geäußert. Diesem
+ Wunsch trage ich mit dem neuen |annote|-Feld Rechnung. Das Erscheinen des
+ Inhaltes dieses Feldes läßt sich über die Option |annote=true| bzw. nur
+ |annote| in der Präambel bzw. in der |jurabib.cfg| an- und abschalten.
+ \end{quote}}\end{bibexample}
+
+\subsubsection{Zitieren von juristischen Dissertationen und ähnlichen Werken}
+
+\DescribeMacro{dissyear =} Juristische Dissertationen können einmal als reine
+Dissertation zitiert werden, andererseits besteht die Möglichkeit, daß eine
+juristische Dissertation auch als Buch erschienen ist. Für den ersten Fall ist
+vorrangig der Eintragstyp \texttt{@JURTHESIS} (oder \texttt{@PHDTHESIS} bzw.
+\texttt{@MASTERSTHESIS}) zu verwenden.\footnote{Die beiden letzteren sind im
+Falle von \texttt{jurabib.bst} absolut identisch.} Im zweiten Fall scheint es
+sinnvoll, die auch als Buch erschienene Dissertation mittels \texttt{@BOOK} zu
+erfassen. Es wurde nun ein neues Feld \texttt{dissyear} geschaffen, was
+gewissermaßen den Schalter darstellt, um ein Buch auch als Dissertation oder
+ein ähnliches Werk zu deklarieren. Desweiteren werden nun innerhalb von
+\texttt{@BOOK} auch die Felder \texttt{school} und \texttt{type} ausgewertet,
+jedoch nur, wenn \texttt{dissyear} angegeben wurde, sonst werden sowohl
+\texttt{type} als auch \texttt{school} ignoriert. Ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @BOOK{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1985,
+ address = {Baden-Baden},
+ type = {Habil.},
+ school = {Göttingen},
+ dissyear = 1984
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+erzeugt folgendes:
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Alexy, Robert:} Theorie der Grundrechte, Baden-Baden 1985 (zugl. Habil.
+Göttingen 1984)
+\end{bibexample}
+
+Angenommen, diese Arbeit wäre nicht als Buch erschienen, wäre die folgende
+Erfassung sinnvoll gewesen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @JURTHESIS{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ type = {Habil.},
+ school = {Göttingen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+und hätte folgendes erzeugt:
+\begin{bibexample}
+ \item \textbf{Alexy, Robert:} Theorie der Grundrechte, Habil. Göttingen 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+Die Voreinstellung bezüglich des Typs der Arbeit ist "`Jur. Diss."':
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @PHDTHESIS{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ school = {Göttingen}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{bibexample}
+\item \textbf{Alexy, Robert:} Theorie der Grundrechte, Jur. Diss. Göttingen 1984
+\end{bibexample}
+ \DescribeMacro{\SSS}
+Der Befehl \cs{SS} wird nicht mehr durch \textsf{jurabib} umdefiniert\,!
+Der Befehl \cs{SSS} repräsentiert zwei Paragraphenzeichen mit verkürztem Zwischenraum. Man
+vergleiche \cs{S}\cs{S}: \S\S\ und \cs{SSS}: \S\kern-.8pt\S
+
+\section{Diverses~\dots}
+Hier nun in loser Folge einige Optionen und Befehle, die nach und nach in das
+Paket eingeführt wurden.
+\begin{Options}
+\item[pages=format] Hiermit können Sie die mittels optionalem Argument und
+ \texttt{pages}-Feld angegebenen Seitenzahlen und Seitenzahlbereiche durch \textsf{jurabib}
+formatieren lassen. Sie können also in der \texttt{.bib}-Datei \texttt{pages = \{22-34\}}
+statt \texttt{pages = \{S.\textasciitilde22-34\}} schreiben und innerhalb des optionalen
+Argumentes der \cs{cite}-Befehle z.B. |\cite[45]{<key>}|. Möchten Sie einmal etwas anderes als
+Seitenzahlen angeben oder möchten Sie nach einer Seitenzahl noch etwas Text im optionalen
+Argument unterbringen, benutzen Sie bitte die Befehle \cs{nopage} bzw. \cs{pageadd} (siehe
+Übersicht). \textsf{jurabib} fügt nun eigenständig "`S."' ein und -- falls Sie \textsf{babel}
+verwenden -- benutzt es die jeweils eingestellte Hauptsprache. \textsf{jurabib} unterscheidet
+dabei auch zwischen einzelnen Seiten und Seitenzahlbereichen, nur macht sich das im Deutschen
+per Voreinstellung nicht bemerkbar, da beide verantwortlichen Makros mit `S.' definiert sind.
+Wenn Sie das ändern möchten, z.B.:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \def\jbpagename{Seite}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{Seiten}%
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+Es existieren eigene Makros für die Seitenangaben in der Bibliographie.
+Die Makronamen lauten |\bibpagename| und |\bibpagesname|. Ihre Definition entspricht per Voreinstellung
+der von |\jbpage[s]name|. Das heißt, wenn Sie |\jbpage[s]name| umdefinieren, wird auch automatisch
+|\bibpage[s]name| angepasst, es sei denn, Sie redefinieren |\bibpage[s]name| direkt.
+
+Hier eine Übersicht (zur Veranschaulichung der Unterscheidung zwischen
+Seitenzahlen und Seitenzahlbereichen hier mit dem englischen Pendant für
+"`S."'):
+\begin{center}
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+\hline\\[-2ex]
+|\cite[45]{<key>} |& \dots{}, p.~45\\
+|\cite[45--47]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45--47\\
+|\cite[45, 47 and 49]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45, 47 and 49\\
+|\cite[45f]{<key>} |& \dots{}, pp.~45f.\\
+|\cite[45ff]{<key>} |&\dots{}, pp.~45ff.\\
+|\cite[\nopage{I, III and IV}]{<key>} |& \dots{}, I, III and IV\\
+|\cite[13,\pageadd{etwas Text}]{<key>} |& \dots{}, p.~13, etwas Text\\
+| ^ Hier kein Leerzeichen!!!! |& \\
+\hline\\[-2ex]
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+\item[pages=test] Da per Voreinstellung Seitenzahlen, die mit dem Feld
+ \texttt{pages} in der \texttt{.bib}-Datei angegeben wurden, im
+ Zitat unterdrückt werden, kann man mit diesem Befehl erreichen, daß
+ überprüft wird, ob via \cs{cite}-Befehl eine Fundstelle angegeben
+ wurde -- wenn das nicht der Fall ist, wird die Seitenangabe aus
+ der \texttt{.bib}-Datei verwendet.
+\item[pages=always] Hier werden die Seitenangaben aus der
+ \texttt{.bib}-Datei immer im Zitat ausgegeben.
+\item[hypercite=false] Schaltet die automatische Konvertierung von Zitaten in Hyperlinks ab, sofern man das \textsf{hyperref}-Paket benutzt.
+\end{Options}
+%
+\begin{description}
+\item[\cs{jbedseplikecite}] Die Separation der Herausgeber im
+ Literaturverzeichnis entspricht der im Zitat.
+\item[\cs{jbdisablecitationcrossref}] schaltet die Ausgabe von Querverweisen
+ innerhalb von Zitaten ab, aber nur solchen, die \emph{nicht} innerhalb einer
+ \texttt{@INCOLLECTION} gemacht wurden, also wo der Querverweis vielleicht
+ mehr die inhaltliche Verwandschaft zweier Werke kennzeichnen soll.
+\item[\cs{formatpages}, \textit{ehemals} \cs{formatarticlepages}] Mit Hilfe dieses
+ Befehls können Sie die Ausgabe der Seitenzahlen bei Zitaten steuern. Er
+ ermöglicht die bei Juristen teilweise übliche Angabe von Startseiten eines in
+ der Datenbank angegebenen Seitenzahlbereiches. \textsf{jurabib} ist in der
+ Lage, diese Startseite aus dem angegebenen Seitenzahlbereich zu extrahieren.
+ Seit v0.51 kann dieser Befehl nun auf alle Publikationstypen angewendet werden.
+ Dazu kann man im zweiten Argument eine Liste derjenigen Publikationstypen
+ angeben, bei denen diese Startseite angegeben werden soll.
+ Dieser Befehl besitzt \textit{zwei\,!} optionale und drei obligatorische Argumente:
+ \begin{center}
+ \small\cs{formatpages}\oarg{after start page separator}\oarg{before start page separator}\marg{typelist}\marg{left
+ delim}\marg{right delim}
+ \end{center}
+ D.\,h. die Angabe |\formatpages[: ]{<typelist>}{(}{)}| formatiert Ihr Zitat |\cite[48]|\marg{key} bei diesem Eintrag in der Datenbank
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @ARTICLE/PERIODICAL{broxja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1980,
+ pages = {45--60},
+ address = {München}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+folgendermaßen:
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980, 45: (48).
+\par\medskip
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß für eine Angabe einer Startseite ohne folgendes
+Separationszeichen das optionale Argument mit einem Leerzeichen benutzen
+müssen: |\formatpages[ ]{<typelist>}}{(}{)}|\,!
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980, 45 (48).
+\par\medskip
+Wenn Sie nur die via |\cite| angegebenen Seiten formatieren wollen, können Sie
+auf die Angabe der Startseite verzichten, indem Sie die optionalen (erstes und zweites)
+Argumente weglassen:
+\par\medskip
+|\formatpages{<typelist>}{[}{]}|
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980, [48].
+\par\medskip
+
+Sollten Sie |\formatpages| zusammen mit der Option |pages=format| verwenden,
+ist es nun Voreinstellung, daß bei Angabe einer Seitenzahl im optionalen Argument diese
+keine weitere Formatierung erhält. Ein Beispiel: Sie haben
+|\formatpages[, ]{article}{}{}| in Ihrer Präambel und benutzen die Option |pages=format|,
+dann wird mit unserem Beispiel nun folgendes erzeugt:
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980 S.~45, 48.
+\par\medskip
+
+Sollten Sie eine Formatierung der zweiten Seitenzahl wünschen, können Sie dies durch
+Angabe von |\jbnoformatafterstartpagefalse| in der Präambel erreichen:
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad Brox, JA 1980 S.~45, S.~48.
+\par\medskip
+
+\item[\cs{jbfirstcitepageranges}] Sollte bei einem Eintrag vom |@ARTICLE|- oder |@PERIODICAL|-Typ
+ mit Hilfe des |pages|-Feldes ein Seitenzahlbereich angegeben worden sein, wird dieser beim
+ Erstzitat (und bei expliziten Vollzitaten) ausgegeben. Dies funktioniert unabhängig von den |pages|-Optionen.
+ Wenn Sie eine konkrete Fundstelle über das optionale Argument des |\[foot]cite|-Befehls angegeben haben,
+ wird diese dem Seitenzahlbereich angefügt, getrennt durch das Wort "`hier:"':
+
+\par\medskip
+\qquad [\dots], S.~45, hier: S.~48.
+\par\medskip
+
+Eine Umdefinition dieses Wortes ist in gewohnter Weise möglich:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \def\herename{da:}%
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Die Konfigurationsdatei \texttt{jurabib.cfg}}
+Sei es, um immer wieder benötigte Umdefinitionen, die den Umfang der Präambel
+zu sprengen drohen aus selbiger zu verbannen oder weil man zu faul ist, diese
+immer wieder auf's neue in die Präambel des nächsten Dokumentes zu kopieren
+oder aus reiner Ordnungsliebe -- wie auch immer, es bietet sich an, diese
+häufig benutzten Redefinitionen in einer Datei abzulegen. Diese Datei muß
+\texttt{jurabib.cfg} heißen und entweder im Arbeitsverzeichnis oder dort wo
+\texttt{jurabib.sty} liegt, abgelegt werden. Ab Version 0.4p lassen sich nun
+auch sämtliche Optionen via \cs{jurabibsetup} in der Konfigurationsdatei
+ablegen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \jurabibsetup{
+ authorformat=smallcaps,
+ commabeforerest,
+ titleformat=colonsep,
+ bibformat=tabular
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\section{Optionen für Nicht-Juristen}\label{see:nichtjur}
+Die nun folgenden Optionen sind nicht primär für juristische Hausarbeiten
+gedacht, sondern decken Anforderungen ab, die u.\,U. von Historikern,
+Germanisten, Pädagogen und vielleicht auch noch anderen benötigt werden. Sie
+stellen das (vorläufige) Ergebnis von verschiedensten Anfragen an mich dar. Ich
+hoffe, daß diese Optionen hilfreich sind. Verbesserungsvorschläge sind
+willkommen.
+
+\begin{Options}
+ \item[ibidem=name] Hiermit werden ausführlichere Angaben beim Wiederholungszitat
+ gemacht als bei \texttt{ibidem/ibidem=strict}. Es wird der volle Name des
+ Autors ausgegeben (Es sei denn, die Option \texttt{authorformat=reducedifibidem}
+ ist aktiv, dann wird nur der Nachname ausgegeben). Diese Option ist für die
+ Verwendung mit der Option \texttt{citefull=first} konzipiert, deshalb erfolgt
+ auch automatisch die Aktivierung dieser Option.
+
+ Sollte ein Autor mit mehreren Werken zitiert werden, kann es vorkommen, daß
+ \textsf{jurabib} automatisch auf die Option
+ |ibidem=name&title&auto| umschaltet, um die Eindeutigkeit der Zitate nicht zu
+ gefährden. Sie werden dann in der \texttt{.log}-Datei einen Hinweis dazu
+ finden.
+
+\item[\texttt{ibidem=name\&title}] Wie \texttt{ibidem=name}, nur wird hier auch noch der Titel
+ ausgegeben. Es wird ebenfalls die Option \texttt{citefull=first} aktiviert.
+\end{Options}
+Auch hierzu eine Übersicht:
+\begin{center}
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}p{4.55cm}r@{}p{4.55cm}@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+{\footnotesize\cs{footcite}\texttt{..}} & & {\footnotesize\texttt{ibidem=name}} & &{\footnotesize|ibidem=name&title|}\\\hline \\[-2ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{1}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans:
+ \textit{Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen
+ Gesetzbuches.} 20.\,Auf"|lage, Köln,
+ Berlin, Bonn, München 1996.
+ & $^{1}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans:
+ \textit{Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen
+ Gesetzbuches.} 20.\,Auf"|lage, Köln,
+ Berlin, Bonn, München 1996. \\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{2}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{2}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{3}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{3}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{oellers}} & $^{4}$ &\textsc{Oellers}, Bernd:
+ \textit{Doppelwirkung im Recht\,?} AcP 169 [1969].
+ & $^{4}$ &\textsc{Oellers}, Bernd:
+ \textit{Doppelwirkung im Recht\,?} AcP 169 [1969]. \\[.5ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{5}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{5}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{6}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{6}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{5}{@{}c@{}}{\emph{Seitenumbruch}}\\[1.6ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{7}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{7}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{8}$ &\textsc{Brox}, Hans, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{8}$&\textsc{Brox}, Hans: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\emph{und jetzt mit \texttt{authorformat=citationreversed}:}}\\[.8ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{9}$ & Hans \textsc{Brox}, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{9}$&Hans \textsc{Brox}: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. \\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{5}{@{}l@{}}{\emph{oder mit \texttt{authorformat=reducedifibidem}:}}\\[.8ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{10}$ &\textsc{Brox}, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. & $^{10}$&\textsc{Brox}: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt. \\[.3ex]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+\begin{Options}
+\item[\texttt{ibidem=name\&title\&auto}]
+ Diese Option ist bei häufigen Wiederholungszitaten mehrerer Werke
+ eines Autors von Nutzen. Beim ersten Zitat eines Werks wird die volle
+ Information ausgegeben (Option |citefull=first| ist automatisch aktiviert).
+ Solange wiederholt aus demselben Werk des Autors zitiert wird, wird im
+ folgenden nur der Name des Autors verwendet (entsprechend der Option
+ |ibidem=name|). Wird das Werk in einer späteren Fußnote nochmals zitiert,
+ werden einmalig Name und Titel ausgegeben (entsprechend der Option
+ |ibidem=name&title|). Dadurch wird die Eindeutigkeit der Zitate gewährleistet,
+ auch wenn ein Autor mit mehreren Werken vertreten ist. Für unmittelbar
+ folgende Zitate aus dem gleichen Werk wird dann wieder nur der Name
+ des Autors angegeben.
+
+ Bei Verwendung der Option |ibidem=name| prüft \textsf{jurabib}, ob durch das
+ Auftreten von Wiederholungszitaten verschiedener Werke eines Autors
+ Mehrdeutigkeiten entstehen und schaltet in diesem Fall automatisch
+ auf die Option |ibidem=name&title&auto| um. Ein entsprechender Hinweis
+ wird in der |.log|-Datei abgelegt.
+\end{Options}
+Dies läßt sich wohl am besten an einer Übersicht erklären:
+\begin{center}
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}p{9.5cm}@{}}\hline\\[-2ex]
+{\footnotesize\cs{footcite}\texttt{..}} & & {\footnotesize|ibidem=name&title&auto|}\\\hline\\[-2ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{1}$&\textsc{Brox}: \textit{Allgemeiner Teil des Bürgerlichen Gesetzbuches.} 20.\,Auf"|lage, Köln, Berlin, Bonn, München 1996.\\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxschr}} & $^{2}$&\textsc{Brox}: \textit{Besonderes Schuldrecht.} 20.\,Auf"|lage, München 1995.\\[.3ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{5}$&\textsc{Brox}, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\hfill\emph{jetzt Wechsel des Werkes\,!}}\\[.8ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxschr}} & $^{6}$&\textsc{Brox}: SchR~BT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxschr}} & $^{7}$&\textsc{Brox}, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\hfill\emph{und noch ein Wechsel des Werkes\,!}}\\[.8ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{8}$&\textsc{Brox}: BGB AT, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\texttt{..\mymarg{broxbgb}} & $^{8}$&\textsc{Brox}, a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.\\[.8ex]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\noindent Eine Änderung der Sequenz "`a.\,a.\,O."' ist über die Befehle
+\cs{ibidemname} und \cs{ibidemmidname} möglich:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \renewcommand*{\ibidemname}{Ebd.}
+ \renewcommand*{\ibidemmidname}{ebd.}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\cs{ibidemname} wird bei den Optionen \texttt{ibidem=strict},
+\texttt{ibidem=strictdoublepage} und \texttt{ibidem=nostrict} verwendet und
+erscheint am Anfang des -- letztlich unterdrückten -- Zitates (es könnte hier
+also groß geschrieben werden). \cs{jibidemmidname} dagegen erscheint bei den
+Optionen \texttt{ibidem=name} und \texttt{ibidem=name\&title} und könnte klein
+geschrieben werden -- das ist letztlich jedoch Geschmackssache.
+
+Es ist nun möglich, zwischen zwei Situationen zu unterscheiden: dem
+Folgezitat mit derselben Seitenzahl und dem Folgezitat mit einer anderen
+Seitenzahl. Sollte also das unmittelbar folgende Zitat dieselbe Seitenangabe
+enthalten wie das vorhergehende, wird intern das Makro |\samepageibidemname|
+bzw. |\samepageibidemmidname| benutzt. Dessen Bedeutung ist per Voreinstellung
+identisch mit der Definition von |\ibidemname| bzw. |\ibidemmidname|. Wenn
+dagegen die Seitenzahlen im optionalen Argument abweichen sollten, werden die
+Makros |\diffpageibidemname| bzw. |\diffpageibidemmidname| benutzt. Möchte man
+also zum Beispiel, daß bei identischen Seitenzahlen "`Ebd."' erscheint, bei
+verschiedenen dagegen "`a.a.O."', wäre folgendes zu tun:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\samepageibidemname}{Ebd.}
+ \end{verbatim}
+Die folgende Übersicht mag das veranschaulichen:
+\begin{center}
+{\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lcl@{}}
+\hline\\[-2ex]
+|\footcite[45]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{1}Brox, 45.\\
+|\footcite[45--47]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{2}A.a.O., 45--47.\\
+|\footcite[45--47]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{3}Ebd.\\
+|\footcite[45f]{broxbgb}| & $\longrightarrow$ &\textsuperscript{4}A.a.O., 45\,f.\\
+\hline\\[-2ex]
+\end{tabular}}
+\end{center}
+
+\begin{Options}
+
+\item[citefull=first] Mit Hilfe dieser Option ist es möglich, das erste Zitat eines Werkes
+analog zum Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis (Vollzitat) erscheinen zu lassen.
+Für alle weiteren Zitate werden die angegeben bzw. generierten Kurzformen
+verwendet. Eine erneute Verwendung des Vollzitats ist über die Befehle
+\cs{fullcite} und \cs{footfullcite} möglich. Bearbeiter werden bei dieser Form
+\emph{vor den Autor} gesetzt, getrennt durch ein "`in"'. Um ein einheitliches
+Erscheinungsbild zu erreichen und den Leser nicht zu verwirren, schaltet diese
+Option bezüglich Separation des Bearbeiters global -- d.\,h. für alle anderen
+Zitate gültig -- automatisch auf die Option \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in} um und
+überschreibt so andere Optionen, die die Separation steuern, wie z.\,B.
+\texttt{annotatorlastsep=divis} oder \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=comma}. Außerdem werden die
+\texttt{howcited}-Optionen deaktiviert.
+
+\item[citefull=chapter] Schaltet automatisch auf \texttt{citefull=first} und
+ setzt es bei Beginn eines neuen Kapitels zurück.
+
+\item[citefull=section] Schaltet automatisch auf \texttt{citefull=first} und
+ setzt es bei Beginn eines neuen Abschnittes zurück.
+
+\item[citefull=all] Diese Option läßt alle Zitate als Vollzitat erscheinen.
+Auch sie schaltet bezüglich Separation des Bearbeiters automatisch auf die
+Option \texttt{annotatorfirstsep=in} um. Auch hier werden die Optionen
+\texttt{howcited}-Optionen deaktiviert. Eine Kombination mit der Option
+\texttt{ibidem} ist hingegen möglich.
+
+\item[see] Da man als Nicht-Jurist das zweite optionale Argument der \cs{cite*}-Befehle
+nicht für die Angabe von Bearbeitern benötigt, lassen sich hiermit Sequenzen
+wie etwa "`Vgl."' oder "`Siehe"' vor das Zitat setzen. Diese Option wirkt
+global.
+
+\item[natoptargorder] Hiermit wird die Reihenfolge der optionalen Parameter
+ umgekehrt, z.\,B. um das Dokument kompatibel zu \texttt{natbib.sty} zu machen.
+
+\item[crossref=dynamic] Die anderen \texttt{crossref}-Optionen können mit dieser
+ Option kombiniert werden, um ein verschieden ausführliches Erscheinungsbild
+ der Querverweise zu erreichen, je nachdem, ob das Werk, in dem der Querverweis
+ vorkommt, das erste Mal oder ein weiteres Mal zitiert wird -- vergleichen Sie
+ die alleinige Anwendung von \texttt{crossref=dynamic} (zur Veranschaulichung
+ finden Sie die Querverweise jeweils in eckigen Klammern):
+\begin{quote}
+\small $^1$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll/Lawrie/Sameh:
+ High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization].\\
+ $^2$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll/Lawrie/Sameh].
+\end{quote}
+mit der Kombination von \texttt{crossref=dynamic} und \texttt{crossref=long}:
+\begin{quote}
+\small $^1$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll,
+David~J./Lawrie,
+ D.~H./Sameh, A.~H. (Hrsg.):
+ High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization.
+ 3.~Auf\/lage, New York: Academic Press, September 1977 (Fast Computers 23)].\\
+ $^2$\,Lincoll, Daniel D.: Semigroups of Recurrences. In [Lipcoll/Lawrie/Sameh:
+ High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization].
+\end{quote}
+\item[crossref=normal] (Default) Hiermit werden (im Literaturverzeichnis) die
+ Querverweise, die mit Hilfe des \texttt{crossref}-Feldes angegeben werden, mit Autor
+ (\texttt{shortauthor} hat Priorität vor \texttt{author}) und Titel (\texttt{shorttitle},
+ wenn vorhanden, sonst Ersetzung mit \texttt{title}) angegeben.
+\item[crossref=short] Hier wird auf die Angabe des Titels verzichtet, es sei denn, die
+ Eindeutigkeit des Zitates ist gefährdet, in diesem Fall wird \texttt{shorttitle}
+ durch \texttt{title} ersetzt.
+\item[crossref=long] Mit dieser Option wird im Querverweis das Vollzitat ausgegeben.
+\item[human] Allgemeine Option für die Geisteswissenschaften. Schaltet unter anderem
+ auf |authorformat=and|.
+\item[oxford] Schaltet auf eine Formatierung der Zitate und des Literaturverzeichnisses
+ im Oxford-Stil um (nicht im wörtlichen Sinn!).
+\item[chicago] Schaltet auf eine Formatierung der Zitate und des Literaturverzeichnisses
+ im chicago-Stil um (nicht im wörtlichen Sinn!). Sowohl die |oxford|- und
+ |chicago|-Option gehen auf Vorschläge von \textsc{Maarten Wisse} zurück.
+\item[lookat] Hiermit werden -- \emph{ausschließlich bei Verwendung der
+ \cs{footcite}-Befehle bzw. in Fußnoten eingefaßten \cs{cite}-Befehlen in
+ Verbindung mit der Option \texttt{citefull=first}} -- Querverweise
+ auf die Fußnoten möglich, die das Vollzitat enthalten, z.\,B. wenn für
+ einen Artikel keine Bibliographie ausgegeben werden soll. Hierfür gibt
+ es den Befehl
+\par\medskip
+\qquad \cs{nobibliography}\marg{bibfile}\DescribeMacro{\nobibliography}
+\par\medskip der die Ausgabe des Literaturverzeichnisses unterdrücken
+kann.\footnote{Dieser Befehl ist zwar primär für die Verwendung mit der Option
+\texttt{lookat} vorgesehen, er erfordert diese Option jedoch \emph{nicht}. Es
+muß lediglich eine der \texttt{citefull}-Optionen aktiv sein. Dank an
+\textsc{Stefan Ulrich}.} In einem späteren Zitat werden dann die Kurzformen
+verwendet, verbunden mit einem Hinweis, in welcher Fußnote das Vollzitat zu
+ finden ist.\footnote{Beispiel: \textsc{Brox}: BGB AT (wie Anm. \meta{Nr.}), Rn.~168.}
+
+Beachten Sie bitte, daß zur korrekten Auflösung der Verweise, die
+\texttt{lookat} produziert, (nach der Bearbeitung mit \BibTeX) \emph{drei}
+\LaTeX-Läufe nötig sind\,!
+
+Sollten Sie das Paket \textsf{varioref} oder \textsf{fancyref} verwenden, so
+wird intern statt \cs{ref} der Befehl \cs{vref} benutzt, was zu angepaßten
+Verweisen führt, insbesondere, wenn das Folgezitat ein bis zwei Seiten entfernt
+ist. Wollen Sie das Paket \textsf{varioref} oder \textsf{fancyref} in Ihrem
+Dokument benutzen, ohne daß dies Auswirkungen auf
+\DescribeMacro{\jbignorevarioref} Ihre Zitate hat, können Sie den Befehl
+\cs{jbignorevarioref} in die Präambel Ihres Dokumentes setzen.\par Sie müssen
+es zudem nicht bei der voreingestellten Form (wie Anm. \meta{Nr.}) belassen,
+sondern können diese Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechend anpassen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\lookatprefix}{\space(siehe Fußnote~}
+ \renewcommand*{\lookatsuffix}{)}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\DescribeMacro{\lookatfortype} Mit |\lookatfortype| können \NEW{0.6} Sie eine kommaseparierte Liste der Publikationstypen angeben, für welche die |lookat|-Option ausschließlich wirksam werden soll. Die |lookat|-Option muß natürlich aktiviert sein\,!
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \lookatfortype{booklet}
+\end{verbatim}
+wendet die Option |lookat| nür auf Werke des Typs |@booklet| an.
+
+\texttt{lookat} \emph{kann} zusammen mit den \texttt{ibidem}-Optionen verwendet
+werden, nur möchte ich das nicht empfehlen.
+
+ Bei Verwendung von \cs{cite}-Befehlen im Fließtext (außerhalb einer
+ Fußnote\,!) \emph{und} \cs{footcite}-Befehlen \mymarginpar{\hfill\textsf{\large CAVE\,!}}
+ (oder \cs{cite}-Befehlen innerhalb einer Fußnote)
+ kann es zu Fehlermeldungen entweder von \textsf{alphanum}
+ oder -- sofern verwendet -- von \textsf{varioref} kommen.
+ \textsf{alphanum} beklagt sich dann möglicherweise:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Package alphanum Error: Self-reference detected!.
+ [...]
+ ?
+\end{verbatim}
+Dann haben Sie mit einem \cs{cite}-Befehl im Fließtext ein Werk zum ersten Mal
+zitiert, worauf Sie noch innerhalb des aktuellen Abschnittes mit einem
+\cs{footcite}-Befehl Bezug nehmen. Da sich das erste Zitat nicht in einer
+Fußnote befindet, wird die aktuelle Abschnittsnumerierung als Referenz
+verwendet. Da Sie sich nun mit der Option \texttt{lookat} im Folgezitat auf das
+Erstzitat beziehen, wird als Referenz die Abschnittsnummer angegeben und da Sie
+sich im selben Abschnitt befinden, beschwert sich \textsf{alphanum} in oben
+gezeigter Form. \par Eine andere Fehlermeldung zum gleichen Problem könnte auch
+so aussehen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup.
+ \J@refP ...nta #1\,\J@INumberRoot {#1}{#2}
+ [...]
+ ?
+\end{verbatim}
+Zur Lösung empfiehlt es sich, zumindest das Erstzitat in eine Fußnote zu
+verfrachten (ob \cs{footcite} oder \cs{cite} innerhalb von \cs{footnote} ist
+dabei unerheblich).
+
+\emph{Die Option \texttt{lookat} kann nicht ohne weiteres innerhalb von
+\texttt{book}- oder \texttt{report}-Klassen oder deren Abkömmlingen verwendet
+werden.} Ebensowenig läßt sich die Option sinnvoll verwenden, wenn
+\textsf{footnpag.sty} benutzt wird.
+
+Eine Benutzung von \texttt{lookat} innerhalb der \texttt{book}- oder
+\texttt{report}-Klassen wird bei Verwendung des \textsf{remreset}-Paketes
+möglich. Dies kann die Rücksetzung des Fußnotenzählers zu Beginn eines neuen
+Kapitels rückgängig machen und so eindeutige Verweise ermöglichen. Fügen Sie
+dazu (mindestens) folgendes in Ihre Präambel ein:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{remreset}
+ \makeatletter
+ \@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter}
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+Um eine gewisse Konsistenz zu errreichen, sollten Sie die Zähler der
+Abbildungen und Tafeln nicht außer acht lassen:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{remreset}
+ \makeatletter
+ \@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter}
+ \@removefromreset{figure}{chapter}
+ \renewcommand*{\thefigure}{\@arabic\c@figure}
+ \@removefromreset{table}{chapter}
+ \renewcommand*{\thetable}{\@arabic\c@table}
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{Options}
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[\texttt{idem}]
+ Diese neue Option ist der |ibidem|-Option sehr ähnlich, nur ersetzt sie nicht
+ das gesamte Zitat durch ein Kürzel, sondern nur den Namen des Autors/der
+ Autoren mit "`Idem"' bzw. "`idem"'. Sie ist mit der |ibidem|-Option
+ kombinierbar. Folgende Werte sind möglich: |idem| (gleichbedeutend mit
+ |idem=strict|), |idem=strictdoublepage| und |idem=nostrict|. Das jeweilige
+ Verhalten bei Seitenumbrüchen ist analog zu den |ibidem|-Optionen, weshalb ich
+ auf eine separate Übersicht verzichte.
+
+ Umdefinitionen sind wie gehabt möglich über:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{%
+ \renewcommand*{\idemname}{Ders.}
+ \renewcommand*{\idemmidname}{ders.}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+\end{Options}%
+
+\DescribeMacro{\noidem} |\noidem| funktioniert analog zu |\noibidem| und setzt
+den |idem|-Mechanismus für das folgende Zitat außer Kraft.
+
+ \begin{Options}
+ \item[\texttt{opcit}]
+ Diese Option plaziert das Kürzel "`\textit{op.\,cit.}"' (opere citato: bereits zitiert) im Zitat.
+ Ein Beispiel:\\[1.5ex]
+ {\footnotesize\textsuperscript{1}\,Aamport, \textit{Gnats and Gnus} (1986), S.\,25.}\\
+ {\footnotesize [\ldots]}\\
+ {\footnotesize\textsuperscript{5}\,Aamport, \textit{op.\,cit.}, S.\,37.}
+
+ Anpassungen sind möglich über:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\opcit}{\textit{op.\,cit.}}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ \DescribeMacro{opcit=chapter}
+ \DescribeMacro{opcit=section}
+ Die Option |opcit| kann mit Hilfe der Werte |chapter| bzw. |section| zu Beginn
+ eines neuen Kapitels bzw. Abschnittes zurückgesetzt werden, d.\,h. es
+ erscheint bei erneuter Zitierung eines Werkes nach Kapitelbeginn wieder die
+ Form, die durch alle anderen Optionen festgelegt wurde. Dies ist vollkommen
+ analog zu |citefull=chapter| bzw. |citefull=section|.
+\end{Options}
+
+\section{Sprachanpassungen}
+
+Der zunehmenden Verbreitung von \textsf{jurabib} unter Nicht-Juristen
+\texttt{;-)} Rechnung tragend, habe ich u.\,a. den \BibTeX-Stil erheblich
+überarbeitet, so daß nun \LaTeX-seitig eine Umschaltung der sprachspezifischen
+Ausdrücke erfolgen kann, etwa, wenn das gesamte Dokument in englischer Sprache
+verfaßt werden soll. Dies betrifft vor allem Umschaltungen wie etwa von
+"`a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt."' auf "`Ibid."'.
+
+\DescribeMacro{language =} Ebenso ist es möglich, innerhalb der
+\texttt{.bib}-Datei mit Hilfe des \texttt{language}-Feldes die für den
+jeweiligen Eintrag zutreffende Sprache auszuwählen.\footnote{Dieses Feature hat
+wesentlich vom \texttt{bibgerm}-Paket profitiert.} Zur Zeit sind Englisch,
+Französisch, Holländisch, Spanisch, Italienisch und Deutsch implementiert:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ @INCOLLECTION{incollection-crossref,
+ author = {Daniel D. Lincoll},
+ title = {Semigroups of Recurrences},
+ pages = {179--183},
+ language = {english}
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Ab Version 0.5e erfolgt keine Modifizierung der \texttt{title}-Felder
+bezüglich Groß- und Kleinschreibung mehr.
+
+Im Gegensatz zum \textsf{bibgerm}-Paket brauchen Sie für ein deutschsprachiges
+Dokument nur bei den \emph{relevanten} Einträgen \texttt{language =
+\marg{andere Sprache}} anzugeben. Dies gilt ebenso bei der Verwendung von
+\textsf{babel}, \textsf{jurabib} wird automatisch die über die
+\textsf{babel}-eigenen Mechanismen gewählte Hauptsprache als Voreinstellung
+verwenden~-- sofern diese innerhalb von \textsf{jurabib} definiert ist.
+Ein weiterer Unterschied zum \textsf{bibgerm}-Paket besteht darin, daß die
+sprachspezifischen Einstellungen von der via \textsf{babel} angegebenen
+Hauptsprache abhängen. Jedoch werden die \emph{Trennmuster} für jeden Eintrag
+im Literaturverzeichnis und jedes Zitat individuell in Abhängigkeit von der
+angebenen Sprache des Eintrages gewählt.
+
+Eine Anpassung der sprachspezifischen Ausdrücke an eigene Vorstellungen ist
+möglich:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddTo\bibsgerman{\def\editorname{Herausgeber}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Für das Englische lautet das Makro \cs{bibsenglish}.
+
+Sollte ich bei der Einarbeitung der englischen Begriffe noch etwas übersehen
+oder eine unglückliche Formulierung gewählt haben, bitte ich um Nachricht.
+Ebenso, wenn andere Sprachen unterstützt werden sollen.
+
+\section{Über den Tellerrand}
+
+\subsection{\textsf{jura.cls}}
+
+Wie schon erwähnt, ist eine Benutzung mit \textsf{\mbox{jura.cls}} möglich.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{bibtopic.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib.sty} ist bislang unter einer Bedingung kompatibel zu
+\textsf{bibtopic.sty}: Es müssen alle Kurztitel angegeben werden, da es sonst
+zu zweideutigen Zitaten kommen kann. Es ist derzeit nicht möglich, das Feature
+des automatischen Setzens des Kurztitels zu verwenden, wenn geteilte
+Literaturdatenbanken verwendet werden. Deshalb erfolgt eine Aktivierung der
+Option \texttt{titleformat=all} automatisch, wenn \textsf{bibtopic.sty} geladen
+ist. Anmerkung: Sie sollten mindestens Version \texttt{1.0j} benutzen.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{hyperref.sty}}
+
+Ab Version 0.4b ist \textsf{jurabib} kompatibel mit
+\textsf{hyperref}.\footnote{Auch hier war erneut \textsc{Stefan Ulrich}
+entscheidend beteiligt.} Es existiert jedoch (noch) eine Inkompatibilität mit
+\textsf{alphanum}, die bewirkt, daß der \cs{ref}-Mechanismus von
+\textsf{alphanum} nur eingeschränkt funktioniert. Das bedeutet im einzelnen,
+daß der Befehl \cs{ref*} nur relative Verweise liefert. Wenn Sie
+\textsf{alphanum} und \textsf{hyperref} ohne \textsf{jurabib} benutzen wollen,
+sollten sie folgendes in Ihre Präambel schreiben:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\J@SetCurrent\relax
+ \def\toclevel@lvla{0}\def\toclevel@lvlb{1}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlc{2}\def\toclevel@lvld{3}
+ \def\toclevel@lvle{4}\def\toclevel@lvlf{5}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlg{6}\def\toclevel@lvlh{7}
+ \def\toclevel@lvli{8}\def\toclevel@lvlj{9}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlj{10}\def\toclevel@lvll{11}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvla}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlb}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlc}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvld}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvle}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlf}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlg}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlh}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvli}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlj}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlk}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvll}{\J@Number}
+ \renewcommand*{\J@LongToc}[2][]{
+ \@startsection{lvl\alph{tiefe}}{\number\value{tiefe}}{0pt}
+ {\ifnum\value{tiefe}=1 -4ex plus-1,5ex minus-0,ex\else
+ -2,7ex plus-0,8ex minus-0,2ex\fi}{\ifnum\value{tiefe}>7
+ -1em plus-0,5em\relax\else 0,6ex plus0,3ex minus0,1ex\fi}
+ {\sectfont\csname lvl\alph{tiefe}style\endcsname}[#1]{#2}
+ }
+ \makeatother
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+Seit Version 0.51 hat \textsf{jurabib} eine neue interne
+URL-Schnittstelle. Mit dieser gibt es kein (bis jetzt bekanntes) Problem bei
+der Verwendung mit \textsf{hyperref}. Es wird nun eine separate Datei
+\meta{Dokument}|.url| generiert, welche die URL enthält. Bitte stellen sie
+sicher, daß Sie keine so benannte Datei für andere Zwecke benutzen. Sollte
+\textsf{jurabib} eine solche Datei vorfinden, die nicht von \textsf{jurabib}
+selbst generiert wurde, erhalten Sie eine Fehlermeldung. Das Verdienst an der
+Lösung dieses Problems hat einzig \textsc{Stefan Ulrich}.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{babel.sty}}
+
+\textsf{jurabib} ist nun ohne weitere Manipulation mit \textsf{babel}
+kompatibel und detektiert selbständig
+ die Hauptsprache. Dabei ist es egal, wie Sie die Sprache(n) angegeben haben
+ -- ob als globale Option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[english,german]{article}
+ % ^^^^^^ die zuletzt angegebene Sprache
+ % ist die Hauptsprache !!
+ \usepackage{babel}
+\end{verbatim}
+oder als \textsf{babel}-Paketoption:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[english,german]{babel} .
+\end{verbatim}
+{\Large Sie müssen \textsf{babel} vor \textsf{jurabib} laden\,!}
+
+\subsection{\textsf{chapterbib.sty}}
+\textsf{jurabib} ist kompatibel zu \textsf{chapterbib}. Siehe dazu
+Beispieldokument |jbtestcb.tex|.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{bibunits.sty}}
+\textsf{jurabib} ist kompatibel zu \textsf{bibunits} (bitte
+benutzen Sie mindestens Version |2.1n|). Siehe dazu Beispieldokument |jbtestbu.tex|.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{multibib.sty}}
+\textsf{jurabib} ist kompatibel zu \textsf{multibib} (bitte
+benutzen Sie Versionen $>$~|1.2|). Siehe dazu Beispieldokument |jbtestmb.tex|.
+
+
+\subsection{\textsf{index.sty}}
+Wenn Sie das \textsf{french}-, \textsf{pmfrench}- oder das
+\textsf{frenchle}-Paket verwenden, können Sie dieses Feature momentan nicht
+verwenden.
+
+Mit Hilfe der Option \texttt{authorformat=indexed} können Sie alle zitierten
+Autoren in den Index aufnehmen. Möchten Sie einen separaten Autoren-Index
+erstellen, können Sie das \textsf{index}-Paket von \textsc{David M. Jones}
+verwenden, das Bestandteil des \textsf{camel}-Bündels ist. Um mit
+\textsf{index.sty} einen zusätzlichen Index zu deklarieren, tun sie folgendes:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ [...]
+ \usepackage[authorformat=indexed]{jurabib}%
+ [...]
+ \usepackage{index}
+ \newindex{default}{idx}{ind}{Index} % für den normalen Index
+ \newindex{aut}{adx}{and}{Autorenindex} % für den neuen Index
+ \renewcommand*{\jbindextype}{aut} %
+ [...]
+ \begin{document}
+ [...]
+ \printindex % für den normalen Index
+ \printindex[aut] % für den neuen Index
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+Beachten Sie, daß \cs{jbindextype} dem Wert des ersten Argumentes von
+\cs{newindex} entsprechen muß.
+
+Um den Index dann via MakeIndex zu generieren, rufen Sie für obiges Beispiel
+\begin{verbatim}
+ makeindex -g -s german.ist -o datei.and datei.adx
+\end{verbatim}
+auf. Anschließend muß das Dokument noch einmal mit \LaTeX{} bearbeitet werden.
+Alles weitere entnehmen Sie bitte der Dokumentation des \textsf{index}-Paketes.
+
+\subsection{\textsf{endnotes.sty}}
+\textsf{jurabib} ist kompatibel mit \textsf{endnotes}. Durch einfaches Hinzufügen von |\usepackage{endnotes}| zur
+Präambel Ihres Dokumentes werden Ihre |\foot[full]cite|-Zitate zu Endnoten
+"`konvertiert"', die dort erscheinen, wo Sie den Befehl |\theendnotes| plaziert
+haben. "`Normale"' Zitate oder solche, die in |\footnote|-Befehle gefaßt sind,
+werden per Voreinstellung nicht konvertiert\,! Sollten Sie das wünschen, benutzen
+Sie die Option `|citetoend=true|' oder ziehen Sie bitte die
+\textsf{endnotes}-Dokumentation zu Rate.
+
+Endnoten besitzen per Voreinstellung keinen abschließenden Punkt. Sollten Sie
+trotzdem einen Punkt benötigen, benutzen sie bitte die Option |dotafter=endnote|.
+
+\section{Mitstreiter}
+Dieses Paket wäre ohne die tatkräftige Hilfe von \textsc{Stefan Ulrich},
+\textsc{Andreas Stefanski} und \textsc{Oren Patashnik} nie entstanden.
+Besonders \textsc{Stefan Ulrich} ist es zu verdanken, daß dieses Paket in
+dieser Form zustandekommen konnte und nicht schon in der Anfangsphase
+steckenblieb. Ihm gilt mein besonderer Dank. \textsc{Heiko Oberdiek} lieferte
+ebenso wertvolle Hinweise. \textsc{Andreas Stefanski} stand mir als
+unermüdlicher Tester und Berater in Sachen juristischer Formalien zur Seite.
+Nicht zu vergessen hat \textsc{Oren Patashnik} entscheidende Code-Teile des
+\BibTeX-Stils geliefert, die ein dynamisches Setzen des juristischen Kurztitels
+überhaupt erst ermöglicht haben. \textsc{Bernard Gaulle} hat viel für die
+Kompatibilität mit den french Paketen getan und gab viele wertvolle Hinweise,
+speziell zur Sprachunterstützung. Ich möchte \textsc{Maarten Wisse} für die
+Übersetzung der Dokumentation danken, ebenso für seine Geduld und seine vielen
+Hinweise während der Implementation der grundlegenden Optionen für die
+Geisteswissenschaften.
+ \textsc{Peter Flynn} und \textsc{P\'{a}draig de~Br\'{u}n} haben ebenso neue
+ Optionen für Nicht-Juristen vorgeschlagen. Und dann sind da noch viele Leute,
+ die als Beta-Tester oder als fleißiger Bug-Reporter meinen Dank verdienen (die
+ Reihenfolge ist keine Wertung\,!): \textsc{Alexander Wisspeintner},
+ \textsc{Andreas K.~Foerster}, \textsc{Arne Engels}, \textsc{Axel Sodtalbers},
+ \textsc{Bastian Kruse}, \textsc{Christian Folini}, \textsc{Christian Meyn},
+ \textsc{David Feest}, \textsc{Daniel M.~Grisworld}, \textsc{H\'{e}l\`{e}ne
+ Fernandez}, \textsc{Henning Eiden}, \textsc{Holger Pollmann}, \textsc{Hubert
+ Selhofer}, \textsc{Ivan Blatter}, \textsc{Jean-Pierre Drucbert},
+ \textsc{Joachim Trinkwitz}, \textsc{Max Dornseif}, \textsc{Moritz
+ Moeller-Herrmann}, \textsc{Nikolai Warneke}, \textsc{Olaf Meltzer},
+ \textsc{Oliver Schilling}, \textsc{Peter Wuesten}, \textsc{Ralph Sinkus},
+ \textsc{Rebekka Rieger}, \textsc{Robert Goulding}, \textsc{Thorsten Manegold}
+ und \textsc{Tilman Finke}.
+
+\section[Rückkopplung erwünscht]{Rückkopplung erwünscht \dots}
+
+Fragen, Vorschläge, Kritik oder sonstige Anregungen können gerichtet werden an:
+\texttt{jb <at> jurabib <dot> org}
+
+\newpage
+
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1996af79f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,14030 @@
+% \iffalse
+% jurabib.dtx
+%
+% Docstrip archive, run jurabib.ins through LaTeX.
+%
+% Run jbgerdoc.tex through LaTeX for German documentation.
+%
+% Run jbendoc.tex through LaTeX for English documentation.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Jens Berger
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\begin{document}\DocInput{jurabib.dtx}\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+% \ClassError{jurabib}{The German jurabib documentation will no longer be\MessageBreak
+% produced by LaTeX'ing the file jurabib.dtx!\MessageBreak
+% Please use `latex jbgerdoc.tex' instead. You will\MessageBreak
+% find this file on CTAN and on www.jurabib.org}%
+% \endinput
+%<*package>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{jurabib}[2004/01/25 v0.6 Extended citations]
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}
+\RequirePackage{url}
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\newcommand*{\jb@pkg@name}{jurabib}
+\newif\ifjb@abbrv
+\newif\ifjbidemabbrvwithperiod
+\newif\ifjb@all@titles
+\newif\ifjb@all@full
+\newif\ifjb@allow@adding@of@pagerange
+\newif\ifjb@allow@adding@of@pagerange@for@first@cite
+\newif\ifjb@allow@dot@for@lookat
+\newif\ifjb@allow@lookat@for@fullcite
+\newif\ifjb@allow@howcited@art@period
+\newif\ifjb@allow@hyper@cite@nobib
+\newif\ifjb@allow@hyper@cite
+\newif\ifjb@allow@nobib
+\newif\ifjb@alphanum
+\newif\ifjb@always@pageranges
+\newif\ifjbaltformat
+\newif\ifjb@author@year
+\newif\ifjb@babel
+\newif\ifjb@backref
+\newif\ifjb@before@title@separator
+\newif\ifjb@bib@hang
+\newif\ifjb@bibetal\jb@bibetaltrue
+\newif\ifjb@biblikecite
+\newif\ifjb@bibssed
+\newif\ifjb@change@fonts@for@fullcite
+\newif\ifjb@cite
+\newif\ifjb@cite@title
+\newif\ifjb@cite@no@title
+\newif\ifjb@annotator@last
+\newif\ifjb@compare@title@fields
+\newif\ifjb@comma@before@rest
+\newif\ifjb@compressed@bib
+\newif\ifjb@citetoend
+\newif\ifjbcross
+\newif\ifjb@debug
+\newif\ifjb@debug@br
+\newif\ifjb@do@authors@index
+\newif\ifjb@do@editors@index
+\newif\ifjb@do@organizations@index
+\newif\ifjb@dot
+\newif\ifjb@dynamic@author@fonts
+\newif\ifjb@dynamic@crossrefs
+\newif\ifjb@edby
+\newif\ifjb@endnotes
+\newif\ifjbetal
+\newif\ifjb@fn
+\newif\ifjb@foot
+\newif\ifjb@footnote@period
+\newif\ifjb@footnote@period@ibidem
+\newif\ifjb@first@cite
+\newif\ifjb@firstcite@full
+\newif\ifjb@first@author@reversed
+\newif\ifjb@formatted@pages
+\newif\ifjb@fullcite@again
+\newif\ifjblookforgender
+\newif\ifjb@howcited
+\newif\ifjb@howcited@all
+\newif\ifjb@howcited@normal
+\newif\ifjb@howcited@compare
+\newif\ifjb@howcited@multiple
+\newif\ifjb@humanbst@loaded
+\newif\ifjb@hyper
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem@pagewise
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem@double@pagewise
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem@with@name
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem@with@short@name
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title
+\newif\ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title@auto
+\newif\ifjb@same@author@different@work
+\newif\ifjb@idem
+\newif\ifjb@idem@pagewise
+\newif\ifjb@idem@double@pagewise
+\newif\ifjb@ignore@varioref
+\newif\ifjb@index
+\newif\ifjb@index@bib
+% NEW 0.6
+\newif\ifjb@index@only@first@authors
+\newif\ifjb@index@only@first@editors
+\newif\ifjb@index@only@first@organization
+\newif\ifjb@jura
+\newif\ifjb@jox
+\newif\ifjb@jureco
+\newif\ifjb@kv@recognized
+\newif\ifjb@lookat
+\newif\ifjb@no@bib\global\jb@no@bibfalse
+\newif\ifjb@no@lookat@for@bib
+\newif\ifjb@no@nested@crossrefs
+\newif\ifjb@no@title@replace
+\newif\ifjb@no@firstname
+\newif\ifjb@numbered@bib
+%\newif\ifjb@natbib@order
+\newif\ifjb@old@order
+% NEW 0.6 switch to enable \bibel{<label>} in bibliography when using a natbib command which uses <year>
+\newif\ifjb@nat@use@year@command
+\newif\ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle
+\newif\ifjbnoformatafterstartpage
+\newif\ifjb@opcit
+\newif\ifjb@@opcit
+\newif\ifjb@period
+\newif\ifjb@ragged
+\newif\ifjb@bibformat@ibidem
+\newif\ifjb@reverse@all@names
+\newif\ifjb@reverse@names@in@citation
+\newif\ifjb@same@fullauthor
+\newif\ifjb@see
+\newif\ifjb@second@extra@space
+\newif\ifjb@super
+\newif\ifjb@suppress@dot@for@howcited
+\newif\ifjb@third@extra@space
+\newif\ifjb@tabular
+\newif\ifjb@tested@pageranges
+\newif\ifjb@save@allfull@status
+\newif\ifjb@save@lookat@status
+\newif\ifjb@suppress@etal@dot
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@after@author
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@all
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@commented
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@kerning@wanted
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@recent@kerned
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@mult@works
+\newif\ifjb@ssed@sw
+\newif\ifjb@starred@cite
+\newif\ifjb@start@page
+\newif\ifjb@switchidemofflocally
+\newif\ifjb@url
+\newif\ifjbuseidemhrule
+\newif\ifjbusehowcitedforcite
+\newif\ifjb@vario
+\newif\ifjbweareinbib
+\newif\ifjbweareinendnotes
+\newif\ifjbweareinhowcited
+\newif\ifjb@yearafterauthor
+\newif\ifjb@yearaftertitle
+\newif\ifjb@oyear@in@citation
+\jb@allow@adding@of@pagerangetrue
+\jb@allow@dot@for@lookattrue
+\jb@allow@lookat@for@fullcitetrue
+\jb@allow@hyper@cite@nobibtrue
+\jb@allow@hyper@citetrue
+\jb@bib@hangtrue
+\jb@annotator@lasttrue
+\jb@second@extra@spacetrue
+\jb@third@extra@spacetrue
+\jbnoformatafterstartpagetrue
+\jb@do@authors@indextrue
+\jb@do@editors@indextrue
+\jb@do@organizations@indextrue
+\newcommand*{\NAT@citex}{}%
+% some redefinitions for babel support
+\def\bbl@cite@choice{%
+ \global\let\bibcite\bbl@bibcite
+ \@ifpackageloaded{jurabib}{\global\let\bibcite\org@bibcite}{}%
+ \global\let\bbl@cite@choice\relax
+}%
+\edef\jbselectlanguage{\noexpand\protect%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname jbselectlanguage \endcsname}%
+% important whitespace!---^
+\expandafter\def\csname jbselectlanguage \endcsname#1{%
+% important whitespace!---^
+ \edef\languagename{\ifnum\escapechar=\expandafter`\string#1\@empty%
+ \else \string#1\@empty\fi}\select@language{\languagename}%
+% analogous to the definition in switch.def from babel,
+% but with this command we can avoid the lots of unwanted write's
+% into the .aux file by deleting the \addtocontents commands.
+}%
+% NEW 0.6 multibib compatibility hook. multibib needs to know all possible cite commands
+\def\@mb@citenamelist{%
+ cite,%
+ citetitle,%
+ citenotitle,%
+ citetitleonly,%
+ footcite,%
+ footcitetitle,%
+ footcitenotitle,%
+ footcitetitleonly,%
+ fullcite,%
+ footfullcite,%
+ citep,%
+ citet,%
+ citealt,%
+ citealp,%
+ citeauthor,%
+ citeyear,%
+ citeyearpar,%
+ footcitep,%
+ footcitet,%
+ footcitealt,%
+ footcitealp,%
+ footciteauthor%
+ footciteyear,%
+ citefield,
+}
+\let\jb@typeout\typeout
+\let\jb@package@warning\PackageWarning
+\let\jb@package@warningNoLine\PackageWarningNoLine
+\def\jb@info#1{\PackageInfo{\jb@pkg@name}{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\jbsilent}{%
+ \jb@info{*** Silent Mode ON ***}%
+ \let\jb@package@warning\@gobbletwo
+ \let\jb@package@warningNoLine\@gobbletwo
+ \let\jb@typeout\@gobble%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbauthorfont}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jborgauthorfont}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jbannotatorfont}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jbtitlefont}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jbactualauthorfont}{\textit}%
+% to restore for bib in crossrefs
+\newcommand*{\jbapifont}{\jbtitlefont}%
+\newcommand*{\jbbtitlefont}{\normalfont}%
+\newcommand*{\jbauthorfnfont}{\normalfont}%
+\newcommand*{\jbactualauthorfnfont}{\textit}%
+% NEW 0.6
+\newcommand\jbfulltitlefont{\jbtitlefont}%
+\newcommand\jbshorttitlefont{\jbtitlefont}%
+% to restore for bib in crossrefs
+\newcommand*{\jbauthorfontifannotator}{\jborgauthorfont}%
+\newcommand*{\jbignorevarioref}{\global\jb@ignore@varioreftrue}%
+% default changed for 0.5e
+\newcommand*{\jbdisablecitationcrossref}{\jb@no@nested@crossrefstrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jbdotafterbibentry}{\jb@dottrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jbdotafterendnote}{\AtBeginDocument{\def\@endanenote{\unskip.\par\endgroup}}}%
+%\newcommand*{\jbsseditionkerned}{\jb@ssed@kerning@wantedtrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jbsuperscripteditionafterauthor}{\jb@ssed@after@authortrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jbssedbd}{}\let\jbssedbd\@gobble
+% SU: changed: For packages that mustn't be loaded before jurabib,
+% the check \AtBeginDocument might be too late (no need to delay it
+% anyway): We need to check for hyperref *before* reading \jobname.url.
+\@ifpackageloaded{bibunits}{%
+ \ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{Please load `bibunits' after `jurabib'}{%
+ Just put the command `\string\usepackage{bibunits}' %
+ after `\string\usepackage{jurabib}',\MessageBreak
+ otherwise these packages won't work together.}}{\relax}
+\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{% NOTE: there's another check for hyperref \AtBeginDocument
+ \ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{Please load `jurabib' before `hyperref'}{%
+ Just put the command `\string\usepackage{hyperref}' %
+ after `\string\usepackage{jurabib}',\MessageBreak
+ otherwise these packages won't work together.}}{\relax}%
+\newcommand*{\jbyearaftertitle}{%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \global\jb@yearafterauthorfalse
+ \global\jb@yearaftertitletrue
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jboyearincitation}{\jb@oyear@in@citationtrue}%
+% CH 0.51w reworked
+\newcommand*{\bibauthormultiple}{%
+ \stepcounter{multiple@author}% to suppress inside bibliographic entry
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jblookforgender}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sm}}{%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemSmname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pm}}{%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemPmname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sf}}{%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemSfname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pf}}{%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemPfname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sn}}{%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemSnname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pn}}{%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemPnname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{}}{%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using \string\jblookforgender,\MessageBreak
+ but gender field for `\jb@key'\MessageBreak
+ is empty}%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemSmname}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using \string\jblookforgender,\MessageBreak
+ but gender field for `\jb@key'\MessageBreak
+ is not valid}%
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemSmname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \bibansep{}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjbuseidemhrule
+ \leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 21pt\hspace{8pt}%
+ \else
+ \bibibidfont{\bibidemSmname}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@testlast@au@or@ed}{au}%
+ \and\equal{\jb@@test@au@or@ed}{ed}%
+ }{%
+ \space\bibEIMfont{\editorname}\bibansep{}%
+% ^^^^^^^^^^^ Position changed in 0.6
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.6, check for more than one author/editor introduced, requires `count.authors.or.editors' in .bst file
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@testlast@au@or@ed}{aus}%
+ \and\equal{\jb@@test@au@or@ed}{eds}%
+ }{%
+ \space\bibEIMfont{\editorsname}\bibansep{}%
+% ^^^^^^^^^^^ Position changed in 0.6
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.6, for the case that the previous entry was an editor
+ \ifthenelse{\(\equal{\jb@@testlast@au@or@ed}{ed}\and\equal{\jb@@test@au@or@ed}{au}\)%
+ \or
+ \(\equal{\jb@@testlast@au@or@ed}{eds}\and\equal{\jb@@test@au@or@ed}{aus}\)%
+ \or
+ \equal{\jb@@test@au@or@ed}{au}%
+ }{%
+ \bibansep{}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+% REMOVED 0.6
+% \bibansep{}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\providecommand\textitswitch[1]{\textit{#1}}%
+\providecommand\Wrapquotes[1]{``#1''}%
+\newcommand*{\jbdy}{}\global\let\jbdy\@gobble % !!! dummy year for .bst label generating mechanism
+% NEW 0.52p no double output of year for @article type (generated shorttitle contains `journal year')
+\newcommand*{\jbsy}[1]{\ifjb@author@year\else\space#1\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbissn}[1]{\unskip,\space ISSN #1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbisbn}[1]{\unskip,\space ISBN #1}%
+% CH 0.51w completely reworked editor macros
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\fsted}[1]{%
+ \ifjbaltformat
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \space\bibEIMfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \space\bibEIMfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+% 0.51x changed
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\snded}[1]{%
+ \ifjbaltformat
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \begingroup
+ \def\bibfnfont{\textnormal}%
+ #1\bibansep%
+ \endgroup
+ \else\fi
+ \else\fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibedformat}[1]{%% exists only in jhuman.bst = \fsted!
+ \ifjbaltformat
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \space\edfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \space\edfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibedinformat}[1]{\unskip\unskip\space\edfont{#1}}%
+% 0.51v space added
+\newcommand*{\addtoalllanguages}{}%
+\newcommand*{\bibsall}{\addto\addtoalllanguages}%
+\AtBeginDocument{\ifjbaltformat\else\let\snded\@gobble\fi}
+\newcommand*{\jbedseplikecite}{%
+ \ifjb@before@title@separator
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \renewcommand\bibaesep{%
+ \ifjb@reverse@all@names
+ \bibefnfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}%
+ \else
+ \bibelnfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}%
+ \fi
+ \space%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+% (btasep= between two author sep) for only two authors
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbtasep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbfsasep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbstasep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbtesep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbfsesep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbstesep}{{\normalfont\slash}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbatsep}{,}
+% NEW 0.5e after editionname sep
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbaensep}{.}
+% markup for the .bst extra.label
+\DeclareRobustCommand\el[1]{#1}%
+% CH 0.6 print out the bib extra label if natbib commands with year output are used.
+\DeclareRobustCommand\bibel[1]{\ifjb@nat@use@year@command#1\fi}%
+\newcommand*{\jbshowbibextralabel}{\renewcommand\bibel[1]{##1}}%
+\newcommand*{\jblookforgender}{\global\jblookforgendertrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jbuseidemhrule}{%
+ \global\jbuseidemhruletrue
+ \global\jblookforgenderfalse
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbrealcitation}[2]{\@gobble}
+\newcommand*{\jbcitationyearformat}[1]{(#1)}
+\newcommand*{\jbcitationoyearformat}[1]{\space[#1]}
+% NEW 0.5f separate command for bibliography year
+\newcommand*{\jbbibyearformat}[1]{(#1)}
+\newcommand*{\jbindexbib}{\jb@index@bibtrue}
+% NEW 0.6 some command to tune the indexing feature
+% Do not index authors
+\newcommand*{\jbdonotindexauthors}{\jb@do@authors@indexfalse}
+% Do not index editors
+\newcommand*{\jbdonotindexeditors}{\jb@do@editors@indexfalse}
+% Do not index organizations
+\newcommand*{\jbdonotindexorganizations}{\jb@do@organizations@indexfalse}
+% %
+% Index only authors on their first citation (but index the same author again if he wrote another book!)
+\newcommand*{\jbindexonlyfirstauthors}{\jb@index@only@first@authorstrue}
+% Index only editors on their first citation (but index the same editor again if he edited another book!)
+\newcommand*{\jbindexonlyfirsteditors}{\jb@index@only@first@editorstrue}
+% dito
+\newcommand*{\jbindexonlyfirstorganizations}{\jb@index@only@first@organizationstrue}
+\newcommand*{\jb@fornoop}{}
+\newcommand*{\@jb@for}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@forloop}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@if@forloop}{}
+\def\jb@fornoop#1\@@#2#3{}
+\long\def\jb@for#1:=#2\do#3{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\jb@fortmp\expandafter{#2}%
+ \ifx\jb@fortmp\@empty \else\expandafter\jb@forloop#2; %
+ \@nil; \@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}
+\long\def\jb@forloop#1; #2; #3\@@#4#5{%
+ \def#4{#1}\ifx #4\@nnil \else
+ #5\def#4{#2}\ifx #4\@nnil \else#5\jb@if@forloop #3\@@#4{#5}\fi\fi}
+\long\def\jb@if@forloop#1; #2\@@#3#4{%
+ \def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil\expandafter\jb@fornoop \else
+ #4\relax\expandafter\jb@if@forloop\fi#2\@@#3{#4}}
+% CH 0.6, MUCH better code for indexing, once again contributed by Stefan Ulrich
+\newcommand*{\jb@@tempa}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@@tempb}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@call@index}[2]{%
+% generic check if we are in bibliography, if so check if (not-cited) authors
+% should be indexed (\jbindexbib set?), otherwise disable indexing for bibliography
+ \ifjbweareinbib\ifjb@index@bib\else\jb@indexfalse\fi\fi
+ \ifjb@index
+ \@ifundefined{jb@#1@#2}{}{%
+ \begingroup % keep assignments local
+ \@makeother\\\@makeother\"\def~{\string~}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@@tempa{\csname jb@#1@#2\endcsname}%
+ \jb@for\jb@@tempb:=\jb@@tempa\do{%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{INDEXING: |\jb@@tempb|}%
+ \fi
+% This is a feature, which was requested heavily:
+% It should be possible to index authors and editors only on their first appearence.
+% BUT: An editor (or author) could be an editor (or author) of another work!
+% So we are checking now, if the editors (#1=ed) name (\jb@tempb) was already index with the key (#2)
+ \@ifundefined{#1@#2@\jb@@tempb}{%
+ \ifjb@debug\typeout{#1@#2@\jb@@tempb| undefined!}\fi
+ \expandafter\jb@@call@index\jb@@tempb{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug\typeout{#1@#2@\jb@@tempb| DEFINED!}\fi
+ }%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{aut}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@index@only@first@authors}%
+ }{%
+ \global\@namedef{aut@#2@\jb@@tempb}{}%
+ }{}%
+% We have to check if we have an editor
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{ed}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@index@only@first@editors}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{Author/Editor Switch for `#2': \jb@@aut@ed@switch}%
+ \fi
+% If this switch is set, we have to check for missing authors,
+% because this is a work which has ONLY an editor, so we should use the editor for indexing
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@aut@ed@switch}{3}}{%
+% 1: both author and editor given
+% 2: editor empty, author not
+% 3: author empty, editor not
+% 4: author and editor empty
+ \@ifundefined{warn@ed@#2@\jb@@tempb}{%
+ \global\@namedef{warn@ed@#2@\jb@@tempb}{}%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You have set `\string\jbindexonlyfirsteditors', but\MessageBreak
+ `#2' has only editor, indexing continuously ..%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{\global\@namedef{ed@#2@\jb@@tempb}{}}%
+ }{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{org}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@index@only@first@organization}%
+ }{%
+ \global\@namedef{org@#2@\jb@@tempb}{}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\jbmakeindexactual}{@}%
+\newcommand{\jbauthorindexfont}[1]{#1}%
+\newcommand{\jbeditorindexfont}[1]{#1}%
+\newcommand{\jborganizationindexfont}[1]{#1}%
+\newcommand{\jb@index@aut@markup}[1]{#1\jbmakeindexactual\jbauthorindexfont{#1}}%
+\newcommand{\jb@index@ed@markup}[1]{#1\jbmakeindexactual\jbeditorindexfont{#1}}%
+\newcommand{\jb@index@org@markup}[1]{#1\jbmakeindexactual\jborganizationindexfont{#1}}%
+% NEW 0.5f idem should work inside bibliographic entries too (If author = editor)
+\newcommand*{\jb@inside@author}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@inside@editor}{}
+% NEW 0.5f ibidem for multiple authors
+\newcounter{ibidem@author}
+\newcounter{multiple@author}% counter will be set by \bibauthormultiple
+\newcommand*{\jb@last@ibidem@author}{}
+% NEW 0.5f we have to define this command, otherwise we are getting error messages inside \bib*nf macros while testing if we are on same page
+\def\jb@tempcntc{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@bib@gender@checked}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sm}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@edby}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSmedbyname}{\idemsmedbyname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemSmname\else\bibidemSmname\fi}{\idemsmname}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pm}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@edby}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemPmedbyname}{\idempmedbyname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemPmname\else\bibidemPmname\fi}{\idempmname}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sf}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@edby}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSfedbyname}{\idemsfedbyname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemSfname\else\bibidemSfname\fi}{\idemsfname}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pf}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@edby}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemPfedbyname}{\idempfedbyname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemPfname\else\bibidemPfname\fi}{\idempfname}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sn}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@edby}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSnedbyname}{\idemsnedbyname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemSnname\else\bibidemSnname\fi}{\idemsnname}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pn}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@edby}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemPnedbyname}{\idempnedbyname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemPnname\else\bibidemPnname\fi}{\idempnname}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\ifjbcross\idemSmname\else\bibidemSmname\fi}{\idemsmname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*\jb@gobbleseven[7]{}
+\AtEndDocument{\let\jb@index\jb@gobbleseven}
+\newcommand*\jb@index{\begingroup\@makeother\\\@makeother\"\def~{\string~}\jb@@index}%
+\newcommand*\jb@@index[7]{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@#1@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{jb@#1@#2}{{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}}%
+ }{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{\csname jb@#1@#2\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\@namedef\expandafter{jb@#1@#2\expandafter}\expandafter{\@tempa; {#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}}%
+ }%
+ %\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname jb@#1@#2\endcsname\relax
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@do@normal@index}[1]{\ifjb@debug\typeout{Indexing: |#1|}\fi\index{#1}}%
+\newcommand*\jb@@call@normal@index[6]{%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{******** indexing: |#1|#2|#3|#4|#5| of type: |#6|}%
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@do@normal@index{\csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1}}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@do@normal@index{\csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi}}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@do@normal@index{\csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, #5, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi}}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@do@normal@index{\csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi\space#4}}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@do@normal@index{\csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, #5, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi\space#4}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand{\jbindextype}{}
+\newcommand*\jb@@call@type@index[6]{%
+ \ifjb@debug\typeout{******** indexing: |#1|#2|#3|#4|#5| of type: |#6|}\fi
+ \begingroup
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{[\jbindextype]{%
+ \csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1}}%
+ }\expandafter\index\jb@tempa
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{[\jbindextype]{%
+ \csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi}}%
+ }\expandafter\index\jb@tempa
+ }{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{[\jbindextype]{%
+ \csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, #5, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi}}%
+ }\expandafter\index\jb@tempa
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{[\jbindextype]{%
+ \csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi\space#4}}%
+ }\expandafter\index\jb@tempa
+ }{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{[\jbindextype]{%
+ \csname jb@index@#6@markup\endcsname{#1, #5, \ifjb@abbrv#3\else#2\fi\space#4}}%
+ }\expandafter\index\jb@tempa
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\newcommand\jbCheckedFirst{\ifjb@abbrv\jbFirstAbbrv\else\jbFirst\fi}
+\newcommand\jbRevedFirstOnlyLast{\biblnfmt{\jbLast}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedFirstNoVonNoJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedFirstNoVonJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, \jbJunior, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedFirstVonNoJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space\jbVon}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedFirstVonJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, \jbJunior, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space\jbVon}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedNotFirstOnlyLast{\biblnfmt{\jbLast}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedNotFirstNoVonNoJr{\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space}\biblnfmt{\jbLast}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedNotFirstNoVonJr{\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space}\biblnfmt{\jbLast, \jbJunior}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedNotFirstVonNoJr{\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space\jbVon~}\biblnfmt{\jbLast}}%
+\newcommand\jbRevedNotFirstVonJr{\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space\jbVon~}\biblnfmt{\jbLast, \jbJunior}}%
+\newcommand\jbNotRevedOnlyLast{\biblnfmt{\jbLast}}%
+\newcommand\jbNotRevedNoVonNoJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst}}%
+\newcommand\jbNotRevedNoVonJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, \jbJunior, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst}}%
+\newcommand\jbNotRevedVonNoJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space\jbVon}}%
+\newcommand\jbNotRevedVonJr{\biblnfmt{\jbLast, \jbJunior, }\bibfnfmt{\jbCheckedFirst\space\jbVon}}%
+% #1 = last #2 = first #3 = f. #4 = von #5 = jr.
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibnf}[5]{%
+ \def\biblnfmt{\biblnfont}%
+ \def\bibfnfmt{\bibfnfont}%
+ \def\jbLast{#1}\def\jbFirst{#2}\def\jbFirstAbbrv{#3}\def\jbVon{#4}\def\jbJunior{#5}% NEW 0.51f
+ \stepcounter{ibidem@author}\def\jb@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@bibformat@ibidem}%
+ \and\not
+ \boolean{jbcross}%
+ \and
+ \theibidem@author=1%
+ \and
+ \themultiple@author<1%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@ibidem@author}{\jb@last@ibidem@author}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ }{%
+ \bibauthormultiple%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@first@author@reversed
+ \@ifundefined{jb@first@author}{%
+ \@namedef{jb@first@author}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbRevedFirstOnlyLast
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedFirstNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedFirstNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedFirstVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedFirstVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{% not first author!
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbRevedNotFirstOnlyLast%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbNotRevedOnlyLast
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbNotRevedNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbNotRevedNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbNotRevedVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbNotRevedVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+% NEW 0.5f idem should work inside bibliographic entries too (If author = editor)
+% here we save all five args to identify author=editor
+ \gdef\jb@inside@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+% temporarily removed \gdef\jb@inside@editor{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifjbcross\else\gdef\jb@last@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}\fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibrnf}[5]{%
+ \def\biblnfmt{\biblnfont}%
+ \def\bibfnfmt{\bibfnfont}%
+ \def\jbLast{#1}\def\jbFirst{#2}\def\jbFirstAbbrv{#3}\def\jbVon{#4}\def\jbJunior{#5}% NEW 0.51f
+ \stepcounter{ibidem@author}\def\jb@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@bibformat@ibidem}%
+ \and\not
+ \boolean{jbcross}%
+ \and
+ \theibidem@author=1%
+ \and
+ \themultiple@author<1%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@ibidem@author}{\jb@last@ibidem@author}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ }{%
+ \bibauthormultiple%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbRevedNotFirstOnlyLast%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+% NEW 0.5f idem should work inside bibliographic entries too (If author = editor)
+% here we save all five args to identify author=editor
+ \gdef\jb@inside@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+% temporarily removed \gdef\jb@inside@editor{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifjbcross\else\gdef\jb@last@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}\fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibenf}[5]{%
+ \def\biblnfmt{\bibelnfont}%
+ \def\bibfnfmt{\bibefnfont}%
+ \def\jbLast{#1}\def\jbFirst{#2}\def\jbFirstAbbrv{#3}\def\jbVon{#4}\def\jbJunior{#5}% NEW 0.51f
+ \stepcounter{ibidem@author}\def\jb@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+% NEW 0.5f idem should work inside bibliographic entries too (If author = editor)
+ \def\jb@inside@editor{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@inside@author}{\jb@inside@editor}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jb@idem}%
+% temporarily removed \and
+% temporarily removed \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+% temporarily removed \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+% \and\boolean{jbweareinbib}% NO !!!!!!!!!!!!
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.5f we make a difference between english and other language output of idem,
+% for oxford should appear an uppercase Idem after "in:", suggested by Maarten Wisse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{english}\and\boolean{jboxford}}{%
+% NEW 0.51x new switch \jbuseidemhrule
+ \ifjbuseidemhrule
+ \leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 21pt\hspace{3pt}%
+ \else
+ \edfont{\idemname}%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.51d gender + case check for bibliography idem
+% NEW 0.51x new switch \jbuseidemhrule
+ \ifjbuseidemhrule
+ \leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 21pt\hspace{3pt}%
+ \else
+ \edfont{\jb@bib@gender@checked}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+% we are switching off et~al. output
+ \jb@bibetalfalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@bibformat@ibidem}%
+ \and\not
+ \boolean{jbcross}%
+ \and
+ \theibidem@author=1%
+ \and
+ \themultiple@author<1%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@ibidem@author}{\jb@last@ibidem@author}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ }{%
+ \bibauthormultiple%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@first@author@reversed
+ \@ifundefined{jb@first@editor}{%
+ \@namedef{jb@first@editor}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbRevedFirstOnlyLast%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedFirstNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedFirstNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedFirstVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedFirstVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{% not first author!
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbRevedNotFirstOnlyLast%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbNotRevedOnlyLast%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbNotRevedNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbNotRevedNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbNotRevedVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbNotRevedVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+% NEW 0.5f make \jb@inside@author empty, otherwise for more than
+% one and different editors we will get:
+% `author: [...] editor1, editor2 and idem, editors:'
+% ^^^^!
+% \def\jb@inside@author{}%
+ \gdef\jb@inside@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \gdef\jb@inside@editor{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifjbcross\else\gdef\jb@last@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}\fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibrenf}[5]{%
+ \def\biblnfmt{\bibelnfont}%
+ \def\bibfnfmt{\bibefnfont}%
+ \def\jbLast{#1}\def\jbFirst{#2}\def\jbFirstAbbrv{#3}\def\jbVon{#4}\def\jbJunior{#5}% NEW 0.51f
+ \stepcounter{ibidem@author}\def\jb@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+% NEW 0.5f idem should work inside bibliographic entries too (If author = editor)
+ \def\jb@inside@editor{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@inside@author}{\jb@inside@editor}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jb@idem}%
+% temporarily removed \and
+% temporarily removed \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+% temporarily removed \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+% \and\boolean{jbweareinbib}% NO !!!!!!!!!!!!
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.5f we make a difference between english and other language output of idem,
+% for oxford should appear an uppercase Idem after "in:", suggested by Maarten Wisse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{english}\and\boolean{jboxford}}{%
+% NEW 0.51x new switch \jbuseidemhrule
+ \ifjbuseidemhrule
+ \leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 21pt\hspace{3pt}%
+ \else
+ \edfont{\idemname}%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.51d gender + case check for bibliography idem
+% NEW 0.51x new switch \jbuseidemhrule
+ \ifjbuseidemhrule
+ \leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 21pt\hspace{3pt}%
+ \else
+ \edfont{\jb@bib@gender@checked}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+% we are switching off et~al. output
+ \jb@bibetalfalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@bibformat@ibidem}%
+ \and\not
+ \boolean{jbcross}%
+ \and
+ \theibidem@author=1%
+ \and
+ \themultiple@author<1%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@ibidem@author}{\jb@last@ibidem@author}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ }{%
+ \bibauthormultiple%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbRevedNotFirstOnlyLast
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstNoVonJr%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{\@empty}}{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonNoJr%
+ }{%
+% `von' not empty, `jr.' not empty
+ \jbRevedNotFirstVonJr%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \gdef\jb@inside@author{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \gdef\jb@inside@editor{#1#2#3#4#5}%
+ \ifjbcross\else\gdef\jb@last@ibidem@author{#1#2#3#4#5}\fi
+}%
+% NEW 0.5f
+% lenf = lonely editor name format: font for editor(s), if no author is given.
+% rlenf = reversed lonely editor name format: font for editor(s), if no author is given.
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\biblenf}[5]{\bibenf{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibrlenf}[5]{\bibrenf{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}
+\newcommand*{\jblinebreak}{\linebreak[4]}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\biblnfont}{\textbf}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibfnfont}{\textbf}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibelnfont}{\textbf}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibefnfont}{\textbf}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibtfont}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtfont}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibjtfont}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapifont}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibrevtfont}{}%
+% ibid font for `derselbe', `dieselbe' ....
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibibidfont}{\biblnfont}%
+% intermediate font for `and' and `,'
+% CHANGED 0.5f make a difference between bibliography and text
+% CH 0.51t \bibfnfont instead of \biblnfont
+\newcommand{\bibimfont}{\bibfnfont}%
+\newcommand{\jbimfont}{\textnormal}%
+% CH 0.51t \bibefnfont instead of \bibelnfont
+\newcommand{\bibeimfont}{\bibefnfont}%
+\newcommand{\jbeimfont}{\textnormal}%
+% NEW 0.6 archival support added
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibanfont}{\biblnfont}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbsamearch}{\mbox{}\\[-1.2\baselineskip]}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbsamesubarch}{\mbox{}\\[-.5\baselineskip]}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbnotsamearch}{\mbox{}\\[.3\baselineskip]}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbsubarchsep}{\ifjbweareinbib:\\[.2\baselineskip]\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbarchnamesep}{\ifjbweareinbib\hspace{4em}\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbshortarchformat}[1]{(#1)}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbshortsubarchformat}[1]{(#1)}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbarchnameformat}[1]{\space(#1)}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbsamesubarchindent}{\mbox{}\hspace{1em}--}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbarchnameformat}[1]{(#1)}%
+\newlength{\jb@subarchitemwidth}%
+\newlength{\jb@subarchentrywidth}%
+\addtolength{\jb@subarchentrywidth}{\textwidth}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbarchsig}[2]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \settowidth{\jb@subarchitemwidth}{\jbsamesubarchindent+#1}%
+ \setlength{\jb@subarchentrywidth}{\textwidth-\jb@subarchitemwidth-4em}%
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}p{\jb@subarchitemwidth}@{}j{\jb@subarchentrywidth}@{}}%
+ #1\ifjb@dot\unskip\unskip\unskip.\fi&\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\jbarchnameformat{#2}}%
+ \end{tabular}
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibIMfont}[1]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjbweareinhowcited
+ \jbimfont{#1}%
+ \else
+ \bibimfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \jbimfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibEIMfont}[1]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjbweareinhowcited
+ \jbeimfont{#1}%
+ \else
+ \bibeimfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \jbeimfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\edfont}[1]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjbweareinhowcited
+ \jbeimfont{#1}%
+ \else
+ \bibeimfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \jbeimfont{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtasep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbfsasep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbstasep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibbtasep}{\bibbtasep\ifjb@tabular\jblinebreak\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibbfsasep}{\bibbfsasep\ifjb@tabular\jblinebreak\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibbstasep}{\bibbstasep\ifjb@tabular\jblinebreak\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtesep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbfsesep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbstesep}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibbtesep}{\bibbtesep\ifjb@tabular\jblinebreak\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibbfsesep}{\bibbfsesep\ifjb@tabular\jblinebreak\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibbstesep}{\bibbstesep\ifjb@tabular\jblinebreak\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibansep}{\bibfnfont{: }}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibaesep}{\bibefnfont{: }}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bothaesep}{\ifjbweareinbib\bibaesep\else\jbhowsepbeforetitleae\fi}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibatsep}{}\renewcommand*{\bibatsep}{.}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbdsep}{,}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibBTsep}{\def\jb@first@editor{}\bibbtsep}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibJTsep}{\def\jb@first@editor{}\bibjtsep}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtsep}{\inname{} }%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibjtsep}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibaldelim}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibardelim}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibpldelim}{[}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibprdelim}{]}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapyldelim}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapyrdelim}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\dateldelim}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\daterdelim}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bpubaddr}{:}% between publisher and address
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\apyformat}[1]{%
+ \ifjb@bibssed
+ \let\jbedition\@gobble%
+ \unskip\unskip\space%
+ \bibapyldelim{}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@edition}{\@empty}}{}{%
+ \textsuperscript{\jb@@edition}}#1\bibapyrdelim{}%
+ \else
+ \bibapyldelim{}#1\bibapyrdelim{}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\ajtsep}{,}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jblangle}{\raisebox{.15ex}{$\langle$}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbrangle}{\raisebox{.15ex}{$\rangle$}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\biburlprefix}{\jblangle{}URL: }
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\biburlsuffix}{\jbrangle{}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\biburlfont}[1]{\urlstyle{#1}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\urldatecomment}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbudcsep}{~--\space}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibcommenthowcited}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibartperiodhowcited}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibnotcited}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibhowcited}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\howcitedprefix}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\howcitedsuffix}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibvolumecomment}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\volumeofname}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\alsothesisname}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibces}{: }
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibcrossrefcite}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibsnfont}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibvtfont}{\textit}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\osep}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjboxford;\else.\fi % Maarten wishes semi-colon
+ \else
+ \ifjboxford
+ ;% Maarten wishes semi-colon
+ \else
+ \ifjbchicago
+ ;%
+ \else
+ .%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\reprintname}{\ifjbweareinbib\Reprint\else\reprint\fi}%
+\newcommand*{\jbedafti}[1]{}%
+\newcommand*{\jbtiafed}[1]{#1}%
+\newcommand*{\jbbookedaftertitle}{%
+ \renewcommand\jbedafti[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand\jbtiafed[1]{}}
+% REM 0.6, error when loading alphanum after jurabib
+%\providecommand{\J@LongToc}{}
+\providecommand{\addto}{\g@addto@macro}
+\def\jb@add@to#1#2{\addto{#1}{#2}#2}% <=== ?????
+%\def\jb@add@to#1#2{\addto{#1}{#2}}%
+% macro for changing macros inside \bibs<language>, thanks to Bernard Gaulle
+\def\AddTo#1#2{\AtBeginDocument{\jb@add@to#1{#2}}}%
+% macros for adding definitions via \addto
+\newcommand*{\jbonlyforcitations}{}
+\newcommand*{\jbonlyforbib}{}
+\newcommand*{\jbonlyforfirstcitefullbegin}{}
+\newcommand*{\jbonlyforfirstcitefullend}{}
+% NO starred '\[re]newcommand*' for the annote commands! Causes problems when using \par inside annote
+\newcommand{\bibAnnote}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\bibAnnoteFile}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\bibAnnotePath}[1]{\def\jb@ann@input@path{#1}}
+\ifx\jb@ann@input@path\@undefined\let\jb@ann@input@path\input@path\fi
+\newcommand{\jbannoteformat}[1]{{\small#1\par}}%
+\providecommand{\bbl@main@language}{english}%
+\newif\ifjbhum
+\newif\ifjboxford
+\newif\ifjbchicago
+\newcommand*{\aftervolsep}{,}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\volumeformat}[1]{\Volumename~#1\aftervolsep}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\artvolumeformat}[1]{#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\pervolumeformat}[1]{#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\revvolumeformat}[1]{#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\artnumberformat}[1]{\unskip,\space Nr.~#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\pernumberformat}[1]{\unskip\space Nr.~#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\revnumberformat}[1]{\unskip\space Nr.~#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\artyearformat}[1]{\bibaldelim#1\bibardelim}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\peryearformat}[1]{\bibpldelim#1\bibprdelim}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\revyearformat}[1]{\artyearformat{#1}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\artvolnumformat}[2]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{%
+ #2%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{%
+ #1%
+ }{%
+ \artvolumeformat{#1}\artnumberformat{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\pervolnumformat}[2]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{%
+ #2%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{%
+ #1%
+ }{%
+ \pervolumeformat{#1}\pernumberformat{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\revvolnumformat}[2]{\artvolnumformat{#1}{#2}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\translator}[3]{%
+ \unskip\unskip\space%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{% translator missing
+ \ifjboxford\transfrom\else\Transfrom\fi\jbflanguage{#2}%
+ }{% translator given
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{german}}{% main language german
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{% language missing
+ {\"U}bers. \transby{} #1%
+ }{% language given
+ \ifjboxford\transfrom\else\Transfrom\fi\jbflanguage{#2} ^^fcbers. \transby{} #1%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{% language missing
+ \trans{} \transby{} #1%
+ }{% language given
+ \trans{} \transfrom{}\jbflanguage{#2} \transby{} #1%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }% dot or not?
+ \ifjbchicago
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{1}}{% \(type=incollection \and editor given\) \or type=article
+ \bibatsep{}%
+ }{}%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{1}\and\not\boolean{jboxford}}{%
+ \bibatsep{}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbflanguage}[1]{%
+ \unskip\space% prevent from additional spaces for empty \transfrom macros
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{german}}{%
+ \fromgerman%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{english}}{%
+ \fromenglish%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{french}}{%
+ \fromfrench%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{dutch}}{%
+ \fromdutch%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{spanish}}{%
+ \fromspanish%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{portuguese}}{%
+ \fromportuguese%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{italian}}{%
+ \fromitalian%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{norsk}}{%
+ \fromnorsk%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{finnish}}{%
+ \fromfinnish%
+ }{%
+ \relax
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\renewcommand*{\bibstyle}[1]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{jox}}{%
+ \global\jb@joxtrue
+ \global\jb@humanbst@loadedtrue
+ \global\jboxfordtrue
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{jchicago}}{%
+ \global\jb@author@yeartrue
+ \global\jb@yearafterauthortrue
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{jureco}}{%
+ \global\jb@jurecotrue
+ \global\jb@author@yeartrue
+ \global\jb@yearafterauthortrue
+ \global\jb@yearaftertitlefalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{jhuman}}{\global\jb@humanbst@loadedtrue}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbapifont}[1]{#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbtfont}{}%
+\newif\ifjbopcit
+\newcommand*{\jb@reset@look@label@for}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@reset@opcit@label@for}{}%
+\newcommand*{\opcit}{\textit{op.\,cit.}}%
+\newcommand*{\OpCit}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \ifjb@opcit
+ \ifjb@@opcit
+ \unskip\unskip,%
+ \ifjb@ssed@recent@kerned
+ \jb@do@ssed@kerning%
+ \else
+ \space% space part of the opcit hyperlink?
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkend\fi
+ \endgroup % <=== here we are ending with the link to the bibliography
+ \begingroup % <=== here we are starting a new hyperlink to the source citation of the opcit-sequence
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkstart{opcit.\@citeb.\jb@reset@opcit@label@for}\fi
+ \opcit%
+% we need to check if we are in a crossref, it overrides the settings of the main citation
+% \ifjbcross\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{\ifjb@lookat\else\global\jb@footnote@periodfalse\fi}{}%
+% \fi
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{\ifjb@lookat\else\global\jb@footnote@periodfalse\fi}{}%
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkend\fi % <=== we are closing the opcit hyperlink ...
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb}\fi % <=== ... an reopen the hyperlink to the bibliography
+ \jb@extract
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@open}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@close}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cr@open}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cr@close}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@incoll@cr@open}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@incoll@cr@close}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@art@cr@open}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@art@cr@close}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbpages}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbedition}[1]{%
+ \unskip\unskip\ifjb@humanbst@loaded\else\space\fi#1}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbPAGES}{}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbPages}[1]{%
+ \unskip\unskip\ifjbweareinbib, \else
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest, \else\space\fi\fi
+ \jbprformat{#1}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbArchPages}[1]{%
+ \unskip\unskip\ifjbweareinbib, \else
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest, \else\space\fi\fi
+ \jbprformat{#1}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbartPages}[1]{%
+ \ifjbchicago
+ \unskip:\space
+ \else
+ \unskip\unskip\ifjbweareinbib, \else
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest, \else\space\fi\fi
+ \fi
+ \jbprformat{#1}%
+}%
+\let\origPAGES\jbPAGES
+\let\origpages\jbpages
+\let\origPages\jbPages
+\let\origartPages\jbartPages
+\newcommand*{\jb@endnote}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbendnote}[1]{}% default
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbnote}[2]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \unskip\unskip\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{1}}{, #2}{#2}%
+ \else
+% NEW 0.6 if a note is given, we always have to remove spaces! Bug reported by Frank Mittelbach
+ \unskip\unskip%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@open@clean@for@crossref}{%
+ \jb@no@lookat@for@bibtrue
+ \jbcrosstrue
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@save@allfull@statustrue
+ \jb@all@fullfalse
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+% if lookat is active, save (it could be redef'd) and suppress it in crossrefs
+ \ifjb@lookat
+ \jb@save@lookat@statustrue
+ \jb@lookatfalse
+ \fi
+ \noibidem
+ \let\jbauthorfont\biblnfont
+ \let\jbauthorfnfont\bibfnfont
+ \let\jbactualauthorfont\biblnfont
+ \let\jbactualauthorfnfont\bibfnfont
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \let\jbhowsepbeforetitle\bibansep
+ \let\jbhowsepbeforetitleae\bibaesep
+ \fi
+ \let\jbbtasep\bibbtasep
+ \let\jbbfsasep\bibbfsasep
+ \let\jbbstasep\bibbstasep
+ \let\jbbtesep\bibbtesep
+ \let\jbbfsesep\bibbfsesep
+ \let\jbbstesep\bibbstesep
+ \let\jbtitlefont\bibtfont
+ \let\jbbtitlefont\bibbtfont
+ \let\jbapifont\bibapifont
+ \let\jb@extraspace\space
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@close@clean@for@crossref}{%
+ \ifjb@save@allfull@status
+ \jb@all@fulltrue
+ \jb@save@allfull@statusfalse
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@save@lookat@status
+ \jb@lookattrue
+ \jb@save@lookat@statusfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@no@lookat@for@bibfalse
+ \jbcrossfalse
+ \jb@indextrue
+ \noidem
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbcrossrefchecked}[2][]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@open@clean@for@crossref
+ \ifjb@firstcite@full\ifjb@all@full\else
+ \@ifundefined{citefull@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{citefull@#2}{citefull}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{%
+ \jb@cr@open%
+ \inname{} %
+ % make a difference between first crossref cite
+ % and again crossref cite (ONLY FOR CITATION! 0.5e)
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjb@index@bib\else\jb@indexfalse\fi\bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{NORMCR@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{NORMCR@#2}{}%
+ \bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@indexfalse\bibcrossrefciteagain{#2}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \jb@cr@close%
+ }{%
+ \jb@cr@open%
+ \ifjboxford\volumename\else\Volumename\fi~#1 \volumeofname{} %
+ % make a difference between first crossref cite
+ % and again crossref cite (ONLY FOR CITATION! 0.5e)
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjb@index@bib\else\jb@indexfalse\fi\bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{NORMCR@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{NORMCR@#2}{}%
+ \bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@indexfalse\bibcrossrefciteagain{#2}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \jb@cr@close%
+ }%
+ \jb@close@clean@for@crossref
+ \endgroup% Grouping (otherwise fonts changed if `howcited')
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbartcrossrefchecked}[2][]{{%
+ \jb@open@clean@for@crossref
+ \ifjb@firstcite@full\ifjb@all@full\else
+ \@ifundefined{citefull@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{citefull@#2}{citefull}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{%
+ \jb@art@cr@open%
+ \inname{} %
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjb@index@bib\else
+ \jb@indexfalse
+ \fi
+ \bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{ARTCR@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{ARTCR@#2}{}%
+ \bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@indexfalse\bibcrossrefciteagain{#2}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \jb@art@cr@close%
+ }{%
+ \jb@art@cr@open%
+ \Volumename~#1 \volumeofname{} %
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjb@index@bib\else
+ \jb@indexfalse
+ \fi
+ \bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{ARTCR@#2}{%
+ \global\@namedef{ARTCR@#2}{}%
+ \bibcrossrefcite{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@indexfalse\bibcrossrefciteagain{#2}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \jb@art@cr@close%
+ }%
+ \jb@close@clean@for@crossref
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\fullnameoxfordcrossref}[1]{%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi
+ \textcolor[named]{Dandelion}{\citefield{author}{#1}\jbhowsepbeforetitle\citefield{title}{#1}}%
+ \ifjb@debug@br]\fi
+ \else
+ \citefield{author}{#1}\jbhowsepbeforetitle\citefield{title}{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\jbedbyincollcrossreflong}[1]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibtfont{\citefield{title}{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \jbbtfont{\citefield{title}{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \bibatsep{} %
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bibatsep}{.}}{\Edbyname{} }{\edbyname{} }%
+ \citefield{author}{#1}%
+ \unskip\ifjbetal\jbetalfalse\else.\fi\space%
+ \citefield{apy}{#1}%
+ \unskip\unskip%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortwithapy}[1]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibtfont{\citefield{shorttitle}{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \jbbtfont{\citefield{shorttitle}{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \bibatsep{} %
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bibatsep}{.}}{\Edbyname{} }{\edbyname{} }%
+ \citefield{shortauthor}{#1}%
+ \unskip\ifjbetal\jbetalfalse\else.\fi\space%
+ \citefield{apy}{#1}%
+ \unskip\unskip%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortnoapy}[1]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibtfont{\citefield{shorttitle}{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \jbbtfont{\citefield{shorttitle}{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \bibatsep{} %
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bibatsep}{.}}{\Edbyname{} }{\edbyname{} }%
+ \citefield{shortauthor}{#1}%
+ \unskip\unskip%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jbedbyincollcrossrefshort}[1]{%
+ \citefield{shortauthor}{#1}%
+ \unskip\unskip%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbincollcrossref}[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@open@clean@for@crossref
+ \jb@incoll@cr@open%
+ \ifjb@firstcite@full\ifjb@all@full\else
+ \@ifundefined{citefull@#1}{%
+ \global\@namedef{citefull@#1}{citefull}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jb@edby}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jbchicago}%
+ \and
+ \equal{#2}{1}% is there an editor???
+ }{%
+ \let\bibedformat\@gobble % exists only in jhuman.bst
+ \incollinname{} %
+ \hyper@jblinkstart{#1}%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \jbedbyincollcrossrefcite{#1}%
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{INCCR@#1}{%
+ \global\@namedef{INCCR@#1}{}%
+ \jbedbyincollcrossrefcite{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain{#1}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \hyper@jblinkend%
+ }{%
+ \incollinname{} %
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \ifjb@index@bib\else
+ \jb@indexfalse
+ \fi
+ \bibincollcrossrefcite{#1}%
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{INCCR@#1}{%
+ \global\@namedef{INCCR@#1}{}%
+ \bibincollcrossrefcite{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@indexfalse\bibincollcrossrefciteagain{#1}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \jb@incoll@cr@close%
+ \jb@close@clean@for@crossref
+ \endgroup% Grouping (otherwise fonts changed if `howcited')
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\numberandseries}[2]{%
+ \unskip\unskip\ifjb@jox\else,\fi
+ \space\bibsnfont{#2}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{~#1}%
+}%
+% #1=editor, #2=more than one ed switch #3=booktitle, #4=volume, #5=booktitleaddon switch (1=yes)
+\newcommand*{\edbysep}{\bibatsep{} }%
+\newcommand*{\incolledformat}[5]{%
+ \bibBTsep%
+ \ifjb@edby
+ #3%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax
+ \ifx\relax#5\relax\else
+ \ifx\relax#4\relax
+ \bibatsep{}%
+ \else
+ \bibatsep{}\space%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+% CH 0.6 \jb@@tempa removed because of expanding problems in .aux file,
+% \incolledformat in general will become obsolete if jurabib.mbs comes out!
+% \def\jb@@tempa{.}%
+ \ifx\relax#5\relax
+ \ifjb@humanbst@loaded\edbysep{}\fi
+% \ifx\bibatsep\jb@@tempa
+ \Edbyname{} %
+% \else\edbyname{} \fi
+ \else
+ \edbysep{}%
+% \ifx\bibatsep\jb@@tempa
+ \Edbyname{} %
+% \else\edbyname{} \fi
+ \fi
+ \begingroup
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ \ifx\relax#4\relax\else
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else
+ \ifx\relax#5\relax
+ .\space%
+ \else
+ \bibatsep{} %
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \Volumename~#4%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax
+ \ifx\relax#4\relax\else.\fi % volume empty
+ \else
+ \ifjb@humanbst@loaded\else
+ \ifjbchicago\else.\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else
+ \begingroup
+ #1 % editor
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\relax#2\relax\else#2\fi
+ \bothaesep%
+ \fi
+ #3%
+ \ifx\relax#4\relax
+ \ifx\relax#5\relax\else% No volume, but booktitleaddon
+ \bibatsep%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\relax#5\relax\else,\space\fi% volume and booktitleaddon
+ \volumeformat{#4}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% NEW 0.5f: contributed by Stefan Ulrich
+% ------------------------- NEW URL Interface --------------------------------
+% for defining URLs in the bibliography. These might be used in other
+% places as well (such as footnotes), so we use url.sty's \urldef
+% to define aliases in the form `\jburl@<citation-key>' for them
+% (this alias is unique, since each bib entry can only have one
+% URL field).
+% To make this work with hyperref, the aliases need to be written
+% to a separate auxiliary file (we can't use \@auxout, since this is
+% read \AtBeginDocument, after hyperref, but an incompatibility
+% between hyperref and url makes it necessary to use \urldef *before*
+% loading hyperref).
+% As with url.sty, the URL may contain arbitrary characters,
+% but `{}' must be properly nested.
+% In 0.5f beta 25 Stefan Ulrich contributed a solution for the
+% `%\n' BibTeX bug, similar to the solution in hyperref.
+% Very special thanks!
+\newcommand\jburldef{}
+\newcommand\jb@urldef{}
+\newcommand\jb@returnAfterFi{}
+\long\def\jb@returnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+\newcommand*\jb@remove@percentCr{}% see hyperref.sty's \Hy@RemovePercentCr
+\begingroup % no `%' inside this group! (Changing \endlinechar makes this easier).
+% Following implements deletion of `%\n' in \jburldef like in hyperref (url.sty
+% doesn't do this).
+% Inside \jburldef, `^^M' needs to be active so that it expands to a space when
+% writing to \jb@urlfile; `%' only needs to have catcode 12.
+\endlinechar\m@ne
+\catcode`\^^M\active
+\catcode`\%=12
+\gdef\jburldef#1{
+ \begingroup
+ \def\jb@bbl@key{#1}
+ \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
+ \catcode`{\@ne \catcode`}\tw@
+ \catcode`\^^M\active
+ \def^^M{ }
+ \jb@urldef
+}
+\gdef\jb@remove@percentCr#1%^^M#2\@nil{
+ #1
+ \ifx\limits#2\limits
+ \else
+ \jb@returnAfterFi\jb@remove@percentCr#2\@nil
+ \fi
+}
+\gdef\jb@urldef#1{
+ \edef\@tempa{\jb@remove@percentCr#1%^^M\@nil}
+ \immediate\write\jb@urlfile{
+ \string\expandafter\string\urldef\string\csname\space
+ jburl@\jb@bbl@key\string\endcsname\string\url\string{\@tempa\string}
+ }
+ \endgroup
+}
+\endgroup
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\jburluse[1]{%
+ \biburlprefix\csname jburl@#1\endcsname\biburlsuffix%
+}
+\newwrite\jb@urlfile
+% load our url file:
+\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.url}{}{}
+% Now to some interface paranoia ;-)
+% Since we'll try to write to \jobname.url, which is not a standard
+% LaTeX .aux file, the user might have a file with the same name
+% somewhere in TeX's search path. We don't want to overwrite such a
+% file; therefore we check whether the first line equals a special
+% `signature' line and only in this case overwrite the file.
+\newread\jb@tempfile
+\newcommand*\testnosig{}%
+{% no spaces or percents in this group! (Changing \endlinechar makes this easier).
+\catcode`\ =12
+\catcode`\%=12
+\endlinechar\m@ne
+% CH 0.52o year + version removed, so warning should not appear when the file was created by jurabib
+\gdef\jb@signature@line{%%% jurabib url repository}
+\gdef\jb@if@no@sigline#1#2{\ifx#1\jb@signature@line\else#2\fi}}
+\newcommand*\jb@chk@overwrite[1]{%
+ \bgroup
+ \openin\jb@tempfile=#1\relax
+ \let\do\@makeother \dospecials
+ \endlinechar\m@ne
+ \ifeof\jb@tempfile
+ % \typeout{File `#1' doesn't exist}%
+ \else
+ \read\jb@tempfile to\@tempa
+ \ifeof\jb@tempfile
+ % \typeout{File `#1' is empty}%
+ \else
+ \jb@if@no@sigline{\@tempa}{%
+ \ClassError{jurabib}{%
+ file `#1' not written by jurabib%
+ }{%
+ This doesn't look like a file written by jurabib.^^J%
+ Please save any valuable information contained in this file^^J%
+ to another place.^^J%
+ If you hit RETURN now, the file will be overwritten.^^J%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein\jb@tempfile
+ \egroup
+% arrive here only if the user didn't abort, erase the file:
+ \immediate\openout\jb@urlfile#1
+% ... and write our `signature line' to it:
+ \immediate\write\jb@urlfile{\jb@signature@line}%
+ \AtEndDocument{\closeout\jb@urlfile}
+}
+\jb@chk@overwrite{\jobname.url}
+% ------------------------- NEW URL Interface --------------------------------
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\lookatprefix}{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\lookatsuffix}{}%
+\newcommand*{\noibidem}{%
+ \gdef\jb@@lastauthorcite{}%
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{}%
+ \gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{}%
+}%
+% NEW 0.5e
+\newcommand*{\noidem}{%
+ \gdef\jb@@last@@author{}%
+ \gdef\jb@@last@@title{}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\nextcitefull}[1]{%
+ {\@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \global\@namedef{\@tempa}{allnextfull}}}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\nextciteshort}[1]{%
+ {\@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \global\@namedef{\@tempa}{allnextshort}}}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\nextcitenotitle}[1]{%
+ {\@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \global\@namedef{\@tempa}{allnextnotitle}}}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\nextcitereset}[1]{%
+ {\@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \global\@namedef{\@tempa}{}}}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citeswithoutentry}[1]{%
+ {\@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \global\@namedef{NOBIB@\@tempa}{suppress}}}%
+}%
+% NEW 0.52p, suppress first names for full (first or not) citations
+\newcommand*{\nofirstnameforcitation}{\jb@no@firstnametrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@title@types}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@notitle@types}{}%
+\newcommand*{\citetitlefortype}[1]{\gdef\jb@cite@title@types{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\citenotitlefortype}[1]{\gdef\jb@cite@notitle@types{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@title@for@type@hook}{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\jb@cite@title@types\do{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\jb@@type}%
+% comparing: \@tempa-\@tempb
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+% Match!!
+ \def\jb@@title@switch{1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@no@title@for@type@hook}{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\jb@cite@notitle@types\do{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\jb@@type}%
+% comparing: \@tempa-\@tempb
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+% Match!!
+ \def\jb@@title@switch{-1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+% NEW 0.52n, \citefullfirstfortype{<typelist>} allows to specify a list of publication types for which `citefull=first' works.
+\def\jb@@cite@fullfirst@switch{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@full@first@types}{}%
+\newcommand*{\citefullfirstfortype}[1]{\gdef\jb@cite@full@first@types{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@full@first@fortype@hook}{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\jb@cite@full@first@types\do{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\jb@@type}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \def\jb@@cite@fullfirst@switch{1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\citefullfirstfortype{article,book,booklet,commented,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,jurthesis,manual,mastersthesis,misc,periodical,phdthesis,proceedings,techreport,unpublished,www,archival}
+% NEW 0.6 lookat for type
+\def\jb@@lookat@for@type@switch{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@lookat@types}{}%
+\newcommand*{\lookatfortype}[1]{\gdef\jb@lookat@types{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@lookat@fortype@hook}{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\jb@lookat@types\do{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\jb@@type}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \def\jb@@lookat@for@type@switch{1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\lookatfortype{article,book,booklet,commented,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,jurthesis,manual,mastersthesis,misc,periodical,phdthesis,proceedings,techreport,unpublished,www,archival}
+% \citeworkwithtitle allows to specify a list of works, for those the title should always be printed.
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@title@work}{}%
+\newcommand*{\citeworkwithtitle}[1]{\gdef\jb@cite@title@work{#1}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@title@for@work@hook}{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\jb@cite@title@work\do{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\jb@@newauthorcite}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \def\jb@@mult@switch{1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@start@page@for@types}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@start@page@for@types@arg}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@start@page@for@type@hook}{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\jb@start@page@for@types\do{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\jb@@type}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \def\jb@start@page@for@types@arg{1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@year}{%
+ \nobreakspace\textup{\jbcitationyearformat{\jb@@year}}%
+ \ifjb@oyear@in@citation\jb@formatted@oyear\fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@oyear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@oyear}{}}{}{\unskip\unskip\textup{\jbcitationoyearformat{\jb@@year}}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbyear}{% NEW 0.5c
+ \ifjb@author@year
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{NOYEAR@\jb@@newauthorcite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{NOYEAR@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ No year for `\jb@@newauthorcite'!}}{\relax}%
+ \let\jbcitationyearformat\@empty
+ }{%
+ \jb@formatted@year%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+% NEW 0.5f improved \bibYear macro, difference between citation and
+% bibliography introduced (suggested by Uwe Kellermann)
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibYear}[1]{% only for jureco.bst
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else
+ \nobreakspace\bibfnfont{%
+ \textup{%
+% ^^^^^^^ to protect from smallcaps and ...
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \jbbibyearformat{#1}%
+ \else
+ \jbcitationyearformat{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbts}{\textsuperscript}%
+\newcommand*{\bibleftcolumn}{6pc}%
+\newcommand*{\bibcolumnsep}{1pc}%
+\newcommand*{\bibrightcolumn}{\textwidth-\bibnumberwidth-\bibcolumnsep-\bibleftcolumn}%
+\newcommand*{\bibleftcolumnadjust}{\raggedright}%
+\newcommand*{\bibrightcolumnadjust}{\raggedright}%
+% NEW 0.6 command for linespace adjustment in tabular mode added
+\newcommand*{\bibleftcolumnstretch}{}%
+\newcommand*{\bibrightcolumnstretch}{}%
+\newcommand*{\bibtabularitemsep}{}%
+\newcommand*{\bibaltformatalign}{\relax}%
+\newcommand*{\jbdebug}{\jb@debugtrue
+ \jb@info{*** Debugging ON ***}%
+ \footnote{\textcolor[named]{Blue}{[volles Erstzitat]}}%
+ \footnote{\textcolor[named]{Red}{[volles Wiederholungszitat]}}%
+ \footnote{\textcolor[named]{Dandelion}{[Kurzzitat]}}%
+ \footnote{\textcolor[named]{WildStrawberry}{[ibidem]}}%
+ \footnote{\textcolor[named]{Gray}{[Titel ersetzt]}}%
+% \renewcommand*{\@biblabel}[1]{%
+% \footnotesize\textcolor[named]{NavyBlue}{##1}}%
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbhowsepannotatorlast}{{\normalfont\slash}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}{\space}%
+% special separation after ed's.
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbhowsepbeforetitleae}{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbhowsepbeforetitleibidemname}{,}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}{~in: }%
+% 0.51p changed, bug reported by Tilman Finke
+\newcommand*{\jbbeforestartpagesep}{\space}%
+\renewcommand*{\@biblabel}[1]{}%
+% added
+\newcommand*{\jb@firstofseven} [7]{#1}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@secondofseven} [7]{#2}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@thirdofseven} [7]{#3}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@fourthofseven} [7]{#4}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@fifthofseven} [7]{#5}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@sixthofseven} [7]{#6}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@seventhofseven}[7]{#7}%
+\def\jb@@author{\expandafter\jb@firstofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}% Never add \unskip HERE !!!!!
+\def\jb@@shorttitle{\expandafter\jb@secondofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}% Never add \unskip HERE !!!!!
+% \jb@thirdofseven=\jb@tempb !!!!
+% \jb@fourthofseven=\jb@tempc !!!!
+\def\jb@@fullname{\expandafter\jb@fifthofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}% Never add \unskip HERE !!!!!
+% \jb@@fullname test for empty doesn't give the right results!!
+\def\jb@@fulltitle{\expandafter\jb@sixthofseven\jb@tempa\@empty\unskip}%
+%\jb@seventhofseven=\@empty !!!!
+\newcommand*{\jb@firstofnine} [9]{#1}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@secondofnine} [9]{#2}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@thirdofnine} [9]{#3}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@fourthofnine} [9]{#4}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@fifthofnine} [9]{#5}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@sixthofnine} [9]{#6}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@seventhofnine}[9]{#7}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@eighthofnine} [9]{#8}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@ninethofnine} [9]{#9}%
+\def\jb@@mult@switch{\expandafter\jb@firstofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@howcited{\expandafter\jb@secondofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@type{\expandafter\jb@thirdofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@year{\expandafter\jb@fourthofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@edition{\expandafter\jb@fifthofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@edition@switch{\expandafter\jb@sixthofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@language{\expandafter\jb@seventhofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@pages{\expandafter\jb@eighthofnine\jb@tempb}%
+\def\jb@@apy{\expandafter\jb@ninethofnine\jb@tempb}%
+%
+\def\jb@@title{\expandafter\jb@firstofnine\jb@tempc}%
+\def\jb@@gender{\expandafter\jb@secondofnine\jb@tempc}%
+% NEW 0.6 oyear in text citation
+\def\jb@@oyear{\expandafter\jb@thirdofnine\jb@tempc}%
+% 1: both author and editor given
+% 2: editor empty, author not
+% 3: author empty, editor not
+% 4: author and editor empty
+\def\jb@@aut@ed@switch{\expandafter\jb@fourthofnine\jb@tempc}%
+%
+%\def\jb@@{\expandafter\jb@fifthofnine\jb@tempc}%
+%\def\jb@@{\expandafter\jb@sixthofnine\jb@tempc}%
+%\def\jb@@{\expandafter\jb@seventhofnine\jb@tempc}%
+%\def\jb@@{\expandafter\jb@eighthofnine\jb@tempc}%
+%\def\jb@@{\expandafter\jb@ninethofnine\jb@tempc}%
+\def\jb@@title@switch{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@extract}{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{\csname b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempb{\expandafter\jb@thirdofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempc{\expandafter\jb@fourthofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}%
+}%
+\def\jb@use@fullcite{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{empty}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@@fulltitle%
+ }{%
+ \jb@@fullname\normalfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}\jb@@fulltitle\unskip%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\normalfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}\jb@@fulltitle%
+ }{%
+ \jb@@fullname\normalfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}\jb@@fulltitle\unskip%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@extraspace}{\space}%
+% chapterbib compatibility
+\@ifundefined{@extra@b@citeb}{\def\@extra@b@citeb{}}{}%
+% CH 0.6, reworked bibunits compatibility
+\providecommand\@newciteauxhandle{\@auxout}
+\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{newcites}{\global\let\@restore@auxhandle\relax}{}}
+% NEW 0.6 multibib compatibility
+\def\@restore@auxhandle{\gdef\@newciteauxhandle{\@auxout}}
+\providecommand\hyper@natlinkstart[1]{}
+\providecommand\hyper@natlinkend{}
+\providecommand\hyper@natanchorstart[1]{}
+\providecommand\hyper@natanchorend{}
+\def\hyper@jblinkstart{\hyper@natlinkstart}
+\def\hyper@jblinkend{\hyper@natlinkend}
+\def\hyper@jbanchorstart{\hyper@natanchorstart}
+\def\hyper@jbanchorend{\hyper@natanchorend}
+\def\NAT@parse{}
+\def\Hy@reserved@a{}
+\newcounter{jbbibcnt}
+\newcounter{jbbibcnta}
+\newcounter{idemcnt}% NEW 0.5e idem feature
+\newcounter{bibnamereplace}%
+\newcounter{citefull}%
+\newcounter{opcit}%
+\newcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}
+\newcommand*{\samepageibidemname}{\ibidemname}
+\newcommand*{\samepageibidemmidname}{\ibidemmidname}
+\newcommand*{\diffpageibidemname}{\ibidemname}
+\newcommand*{\diffpageibidemmidname}{\ibidemmidname}
+\newcommand*{\IbidemName}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\jb@@lastpagecite}}{\samepageibidemname}{\diffpageibidemname}}
+\newcommand*{\IbidemMidName}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\jb@@lastpagecite}}{\samepageibidemmidname}{\diffpageibidemmidname}}
+\newcommand*{\jb@@lastpagecite}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@lastannotatorcite}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@lastauthorcite}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@getsecondarg}{}%
+\long\def\jb@getsecondarg#1#2#3\@nil{#2}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\jb@getsecondarg
+ \csname r@#1\endcsname{??}\@nil}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@checked@edition}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@aftertitleedition}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@handle@superscript@ed}{%
+ \let\jb@checked@edition\@empty % complete removal of superscript edition or
+ %\let\jb@kerning@title@ed\@empty % only removal of kerning?
+ %\let\jb@kerning@notitle@ed\@empty %
+}%
+% changed for 05.f
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@author}{%
+ \ifjbcross
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@inside@author}{\jb@inside@editor}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@idem}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@@fullname% contains `idem, editor'
+ }{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifjb@yearafterauthor\jbyear\fi
+ }%
+ \else
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifjb@yearafterauthor\jbyear\fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@co@author}{%
+ \jbannotatorfont{\jb@@newannotatorcite}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@co@author@see}{%
+ \textup{\jb@@newannotatorcite}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{}}{}{\space}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@co@author@in}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{\relax}{%
+ \jbannotatorfont{\jb@@newannotatorcite}\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@checked@title}{%
+ \ifjbhum
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@type}{book}}{%
+ \let\jbtitlefont\jbbtfont}{\let\jbtitlefont\jbapifont}%
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\boolean{jb@author@year}%
+ \or
+ \(
+ \boolean{jb@all@titles}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@author@year}%
+ \)
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@no@title@replace\else
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\else
+ \normalfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@no@title@replace\else
+ \@ifundefined{REPL@\jb@@newauthorcite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{REPL@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \jb@package@warning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ `shorttitle' for `\jb@@newauthorcite'\MessageBreak
+ is missing -- replacing with `title'\MessageBreak
+ field}}{}%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \textcolor[named]{Gray}{%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi
+ \jbfulltitlefont{\jb@@title}%
+ \ifjb@debug@br]\fi
+ }%
+ \else
+ \jbfulltitlefont{\jb@@title}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ }{}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\boolean{jb@author@year}%
+ \or
+ \(
+ \boolean{jb@all@titles}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@author@year}%
+ \)
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\else
+ \normalfont{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}%
+ \fi
+ \jbshorttitlefont{\jb@@shorttitle}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifundefined{TITLE@\jb@@newauthorcite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{TITLE@\jb@@newauthorcite}{used}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+}%
+% NEW 0.5f analogous to previous command, primarily for oxford crossref command
+\newcommand*{\jb@checked@author}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{}}{%
+ \relax
+ }{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@fullname}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@annotator@emph}{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@author@fonts%
+ \let\jbannotatorfont\jbactualauthorfont%
+ \let\jbauthorfont\jbauthorfontifannotator%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@author@emph}{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@author@fonts%
+ \let\jbauthorfont\jbactualauthorfont%
+ \let\jbannotatorfont\normalfont%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@relaxcommandsforfullcite}{%
+ \let\IbidemName\@empty
+ \let\jb@@author\@empty
+ \let\jb@@title\@empty
+% NEW 0.5e bug removed for ibidem'ed citations, wrong error message about missing shorttitle
+% (although given), submitted by Andreas K. Foerster
+% changed \@empty to \relax
+ \let\jb@@shorttitle\relax
+ \let\jbyear\@empty
+ \let\jb@checked@edition\@empty
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+ \let\jbhowsepbeforetitle\@empty
+ \let\jbapifont\@empty
+ \let\jbbtfont\@empty
+% NEW 0.5f avoid output of \jb@formatted@author after fullcite's
+ \let\jb@formatted@author\@empty
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@checkperiod}[1]{\jb@periodfalse\jb@@checkperiod#1.\jb@@end}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@checkperiod}{}%
+\long\def\jb@@checkperiod#1.#2\jb@@end{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{\jb@periodtrue\let\ecmd\relax}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{\let\ecmd\relax}{%
+ \def\ecmd{\jb@@checkperiod#2\jb@@end}}}\ecmd}%
+\newlength{\jbbibhang}
+\setlength{\jbbibhang}{2.5em}
+\newlength{\bibnumberwidth}
+\settowidth{\bibnumberwidth}{8888.\,}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jb@checked@bibetal}{%
+ \ifjb@bibetal
+ \unskip\nobreakspace%
+ \ifjb@cite@no@title
+ \ifx\jb@@newpagecite\@empty
+ \bibIMfont{\etalnamenodot}%
+ \else
+ \bibIMfont{\etalname}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \bibIMfont{\etalname}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibetal}{\jb@checked@bibetal\global\jbetaltrue}
+% CHANGED rewritten in 0.5f
+\newcommand*{\jb@checked@etal}{%
+ \let\@latex@info\@gobble
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\Bibetal}{%
+ \bibIMfont{\etalname}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}%
+ \or
+ \(
+ \boolean{jb@firstcite@full}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\@nameuse{citefull@\jb@@newauthorcite}}{citefull}%
+ \)
+ }{%
+% CHANGED 0.5f, boole'd
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\boolean{jbcross}% NEW, otherwise missing footnote period for citations containing crossref's
+ \and
+ \not\boolean{jb@lookat}%
+ \and
+ \not\boolean{jb@author@year}%
+ \and
+ \not\boolean{jb@fullcite@again}%
+ \and
+ \not\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}%
+ }{%
+ \global\jb@footnote@periodfalse
+ }{}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@missing@ldf@files}[1]{\ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{You are in trouble here.\MessageBreak%
+ File `#1' not found}{Make sure that all .ldf files are living in the jurabib directory!}}%
+\gdef\@bibsfrench{\InputIfFileExists{frjbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{frjbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsgerman{\InputIfFileExists{dejbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{dejbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsaustrian{\InputIfFileExists{dejbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{dejbbib.ldf}}\def\janname{J{^^e4}nner}}%
+\gdef\@bibsenglish{\InputIfFileExists{enjbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{enjbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsdutch{\InputIfFileExists{dujbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{dujbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsspanish{\InputIfFileExists{spjbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{spjbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsportuguese{\InputIfFileExists{ptjbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{ptjbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsitalian{\InputIfFileExists{itjbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{itjbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsnorsk{\InputIfFileExists{nojbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{nojbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsfinnish{\InputIfFileExists{fijbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{fijbbib.ldf}}}%
+\gdef\@bibsdanish{\InputIfFileExists{dajbbib.ldf}{}{\jb@missing@ldf@files{dajbbib.ldf}}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kv@warning}[2]{%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ unrecognized value `#1'\MessageBreak
+ for key `#2' ignored}}
+\define@key{jb}{authorformat}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{smallcaps}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbauthorfont}{\textsc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbauthorfnfont}{\textsc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jborgauthorfont}{\textsc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbannotatorfont}{\textsc}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{italic}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbauthorfont}{\textit}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbauthorfnfont}{\textit}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jborgauthorfont}{\textit}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbannotatorfont}{\textit}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{dynamic}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@dynamic@author@fontstrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{citationreversed}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@reverse@names@in@citationtrue
+ \jb@reverse@all@namesfalse
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{firstnotreversed}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@first@author@reversedtrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{allreversed}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@reverse@all@namestrue
+ \global\let\bibnf\bibrnf
+ \global\let\bibenf\bibrenf
+ \global\let\biblenf\bibrlenf
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{reducedifibidem}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@ibidem@with@short@nametrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{year}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@author@yeartrue
+ \jb@yearafterauthortrue
+ \jbshowbibextralabel
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{indexed}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@indextrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{and}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \bibsall{%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbtasep { \bibIMfont{\textandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbfsasep {\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbstasep { \bibIMfont{\textandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbtasep { \bibIMfont{\bibandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbfsasep{\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbstasep{ \bibIMfont{\bibandname} }%
+% ed section
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbtesep { \bibEIMfont{\texteandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbfsesep {\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbstesep { \bibEIMfont{\texteandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbtesep { \bibEIMfont{\bibeandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbfsesep{\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbstesep{ \bibEIMfont{\bibeandname} }%
+ }%
+ \addto\@bibsenglish{%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbtasep { \bibIMfont{\textandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbfsasep {\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbstasep {\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname{} \textandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbtasep { \bibIMfont{\bibandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbfsasep{\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbstasep{\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname{} \bibandname} }%
+% ed section
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbtesep { \bibEIMfont{\texteandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbfsesep {\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\jbbstesep {\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename{} \texteandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbtesep { \bibEIMfont{\bibeandname} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbfsesep{\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\bibbstesep{\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename{} \bibeandname} }%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{abbrv}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@abbrvtrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{authorformat}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{annotatorformat}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{italic}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbannotatorfont}{\textit}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{normal}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbannotatorfont}{\normalfont}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{annotatorformat}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{superscriptedition}[commented]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{all}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue\jb@ssed@alltrue}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{commented}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue\jb@ssed@commentedtrue}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{switch}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue\jb@ssed@swtrue}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{bib}\or\equal{\jb@val}{address}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue\jb@bibssedtrue
+ \let\jbedition\@gobble}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{multiple}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue\jb@ssed@mult@workstrue}{}%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{kerning}}{%
+% \jb@kv@recognizedtrue\jb@ssed@kerning@wantedtrue}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{year}}{\jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbssedbd}{\textsuperscript}%
+ \let\jbedition\@gobble\DeclareRobustCommand{\apyformat}[1]{%
+ \unskip\unskip\space\bibapyldelim{}##1\bibapyrdelim{}}
+ }{}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{superscriptedition}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{titleformat}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{italic}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\jbtitlefont}{\textit}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{all}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \ifjb@no@title@replace
+ \global\jb@no@title@replacefalse
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ `titleformat=all' and `titleformat=noreplace'\MessageBreak
+ cannot be used together. I will replace missing\MessageBreak
+ shorttitles to avoid ambiguity of citations}%
+ \fi
+ \jb@all@titlestrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{noreplace}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@no@title@replacetrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{commasep}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@before@title@separatortrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}{, }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{colonsep}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@before@title@separatortrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepbeforetitle}{: }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{titleformat}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{din}[true]{%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\biblnfont}{\textsc}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibfnfont}{\normalfont}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtfont}{\textit}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibtfont}{\textit}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibjtfont}{\textit}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapifont}{\normalfont}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibatsep}{.}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtsep}{\inname{} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibjtsep}{\inname{} }%
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{howcited}[normal]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{all}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@howcited@alltrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{normal}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@howcited@normaltrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{multiple}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@howcited@multipletrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{compare}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@howcited@comparetrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{howcited}\fi
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbrealcitation}[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{b@##2@C}{\global\@namedef{b@##2@C}{cite}}{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{citetitle}}{%
+ \global\@namedef{b@##2@C}{citetitle}}{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{citenotitle}}{%
+ \global\@namedef{b@##2@C}{citenotitle}}{\relax}}%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{annotatorfirstsep}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{comma}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@annotator@lastfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}{, }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{in}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@annotator@lastfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}{~in: }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{#1}{annotatorfirstsep}\fi
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{annotatorlastsep}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{divis}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@annotator@lasttrue
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepannotatorlast}{--}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{#1}{annotatorlastsep}\fi
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{commabeforerest}[true]{\jb@comma@before@resttrue\renewcommand*{\jbbeforestartpagesep}{,\space}}%
+\define@key{jb}{bibformat}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{compress}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@compressed@bibtrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{raggedright}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \addto\jbonlyforbib{\raggedright}
+ \let\bibaltformatalign\raggedright
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{tabular}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@tabulartrue\jb@bib@hangfalse
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{numbered}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@numbered@bibtrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{ibidem}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@bibformat@ibidemtrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{ibidemalt}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@bibformat@ibidemtrue
+ \jbaltformattrue
+ \jb@compressed@bibtrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{nohang}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@bib@hangfalse
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{bibformat}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{citefull}[all]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{first}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@firstcite@fulltrue
+ \jb@allow@nobibtrue
+ \global\jb@annotator@lastfalse
+ \ifjb@see\else\renewcommand*{\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}{~in: }\fi
+ \jb@all@fullfalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{all}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@all@fulltrue
+ \jb@allow@nobibtrue
+ \global\jb@howcitedfalse
+ \global\jb@annotator@lastfalse
+ \ifjb@see\else\renewcommand*{\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}{~in: }\fi
+ \jb@firstcite@fullfalse
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{chapter}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{%
+ \ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ Sorry, `citefull=chapter' makes no sense for\MessageBreak
+ classes without \string\chapter%
+ }{Try `citefull=section' for an article class}}{}%
+ \setkeys{jb}{citefull=first}%
+ \@addtoreset{citefull}{chapter}%
+ \def\jb@resetfor{chapter}%
+ \def\jb@reset@look@label@for{\thechapter}% for lookat
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{section}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ `citefull=section' was designed for use with\MessageBreak
+ an article class, note that it's not well\MessageBreak
+ tested for use with book or report classes}}%
+ \setkeys{jb}{citefull=first}%
+ \@addtoreset{citefull}{section}%
+ \def\jb@resetfor{section}%
+ \def\jb@reset@look@label@for{\thesection}% for lookat, to check
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{false}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \global\jb@all@fullfalse
+ \global\jb@allow@nobibfalse
+ \global\jb@firstcite@fullfalse
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{citefull}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{see}[true]{%
+ \jb@seetrue\jb@annotator@lastfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\jbhowsepannotatorfirst}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbannotatorfont}{\normalfont}%
+ \let\jb@formatted@co@author\jb@formatted@co@author@see
+ \let\jb@formatted@co@author@in\jb@formatted@co@author@see
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{ibidem}[strict]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{false}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \global\jb@ibidemfalse
+ \global\jb@ibidem@pagewisefalse
+ \global\jb@ibidem@double@pagewisefalse
+ \global\jb@ibidem@with@namefalse
+ \global\jb@ibidem@with@name@and@titlefalse
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{strict}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@ibidemtrue
+ \jb@ibidem@pagewisetrue
+ \jb@ibidem@double@pagewisefalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{strictdoublepage}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@ibidemtrue
+ \jb@ibidem@pagewisetrue
+ \if@twoside\jb@ibidem@double@pagewisetrue
+ \else\jb@ibidem@double@pagewisefalse\fi
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{nostrict}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@ibidemtrue
+ \jb@ibidem@pagewisefalse
+ \jb@ibidem@double@pagewisefalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{name}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \setkeys{jb}{citefull=first}%
+ \jb@ibidemfalse
+ \global\jb@ibidem@with@nametrue
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{name&title}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \setkeys{jb}{citefull=first}%
+ \jb@ibidemfalse
+ \jb@ibidem@with@nametrue
+ \jb@ibidem@with@name@and@titletrue
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{name&title&auto}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \setkeys{jb}{citefull=first}%
+ \jb@ibidemfalse
+ \jb@ibidem@with@nametrue
+ \jb@ibidem@with@name@and@title@autotrue
+ }{\relax}}}}}}}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{ibidem}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{idem}[strict]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{false}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \global\jb@idemfalse
+ \global\jb@idem@pagewisefalse
+ \global\jb@idem@double@pagewisefalse
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{strict}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@idemtrue
+ \jb@idem@pagewisetrue
+ \jb@idem@double@pagewisefalse
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{strictdoublepage}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@idemtrue
+ \jb@idem@pagewisetrue
+ \if@twoside\jb@idem@double@pagewisetrue
+ \else\jb@idem@double@pagewisefalse\fi
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{nostrict}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@idemtrue
+ \jb@idem@pagewisefalse
+ \jb@idem@double@pagewisefalse
+ }{\relax}}}}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{idem}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{footnotes}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{marginal}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+% The code here is originally from myfootnote.sty by Stefan Ulrich, posted in d.c.t.t.
+ \newlength\jbfootnoteindent
+ \setlength\jbfootnoteindent{\parindent}%
+ \newlength\jbfootnotenumwidth
+ \settowidth\jbfootnotenumwidth{99}%
+ \newcommand*{\jbfootnotenumalign}{r}%
+ \newcommand*{\jbfootnoteformat}{\textsuperscript}%
+ \renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{\@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima\hsize\advance\@tempdima-\jbfootnoteindent
+ \parshape\@ne\jbfootnoteindent\@tempdima}%
+ \parindent 1em\par\noindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\jbfootnoteindent][r]{%
+ \makebox[\jbfootnotenumwidth][\jbfootnotenumalign]{%
+ \jbfootnoteformat{\@thefnmark}}\hspace*{\fill}}}##1}%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifjb@endnotes
+ \def\enoteformat{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima\hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-\jbfootnoteindent
+ \parshape\@ne\jbfootnoteindent\@tempdima}%
+ \parindent 1em\par\noindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\jbfootnoteindent][r]{%
+ \makebox[\jbfootnotenumwidth][\jbfootnotenumalign]{%
+ \jbfootnoteformat{\@theenmark}}\hspace*{\fill}}}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{footnotes}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{jurabiborder}[true]{\jb@old@ordertrue}%
+\define@key{jb}{round}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@open}{(}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@close}{)}%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{square}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@open}{[}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@close}{]}%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{lookat}[true]{\jb@lookattrue}%
+\define@key{jb}{crossref}[normal]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{dynamic}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \global\jb@dynamic@crossrefstrue
+ \setkeys{jb}{crossref=long}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{short}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@crossrefs
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\cite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\cite}%
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefcite\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortnoapy
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain\jbedbyincollcrossrefshort
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\cite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\cite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\cite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\cite}%
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefcite\jbedbyincollcrossrefshort
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain\jbedbyincollcrossrefshort
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{normal}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@crossrefs
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\cite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\cite}%
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefcite\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortwithapy
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortnoapy
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\citetitle}%
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefcite\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortwithapy
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortwithapy
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{long}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@crossrefs
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\fullcite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\fullcite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\citetitle}%
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefcite\jbedbyincollcrossreflong
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain\jbedbyincollcrossrefshortwithapy
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\fullcite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\fullcite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\fullcite}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\fullcite}%
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefcite\jbedbyincollcrossreflong
+ \let\jbedbyincollcrossrefciteagain\jbedbyincollcrossreflong
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }{\relax}}}}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{crossref}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{pages}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{format}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@formatted@pagestrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{always}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@always@pagerangestrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{test}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@tested@pagerangestrue
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{pages}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{oxford}[true]{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \global\jbhumtrue
+ \global\jboxfordtrue\global\jbchicagofalse
+ \setkeys{jb}{%
+ authorformat={citationreversed},see,%
+ titleformat=commasep,%
+ }%
+ \jbdotafterbibentry
+ \AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \ifjboxford
+ \ifjb@biblikecite\else
+ \jb@info{*** jurabib set up for oxford style ***}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibfnfont}{}% first name font
+ \renewcommand*{\biblnfont}{}% last name font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibefnfont}{}% editor first name font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibelnfont}{}% editor last name font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibtfont}{\textit}% title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtfont}{\textit}% booktitle font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibjtfont}{\textit}% journal title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibapifont}[1]{`##1'}% bib article/incollection title font
+ \renewcommand*{\jbapifont}[1]{`##1'}% text article/incollection title font
+ \renewcommand*{\jbtitlefont}{}% text title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibansep}{,}% author name sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibaesep}{, }% after editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibatsep}{,}% after title sep
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapyldelim}{(}% always parentheses for oxford!
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapyrdelim}{)}% always parentheses for oxford!
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\dateldelim}{(}% enclose the date in parentheses
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\daterdelim}{)}% enclose the date in parentheses
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtasep}{ \ }% between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbfsasep}{, }% between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbstasep}{ \ }% between second and third author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtesep}{ \ }% between two editors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbfsesep}{, }% between first and second editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbstesep}{ \ }% between second and third editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtsep}{\inname{} }% booktitle sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@cr@open}{}% crossref left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@cr@close}{}% crossref right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@art@cr@open}{}% article crossref left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@art@cr@close}{}% article crossref right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@incoll@cr@open}{}% incoll crossref left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@incoll@cr@close}{}% incoll crossref right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\bibaldelim}{(}% article year left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\bibardelim}{)}% article year right delimiter
+ \fi\fi
+ }%
+ \addto\jbonlyforbib{\renewcommand*{\bibansep}{, }}% make sure that a space appear
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\artnumberformat}[1]{\unskip:##1}%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{#1}{oxford}\fi
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{chicago}[true]{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \global\jbchicagotrue\global\jboxfordfalse
+ \setkeys{jb}{%
+ authorformat={citationreversed,firstnotreversed},edby,see,%
+ bibformat=ibidem,%
+ citefull=first,%
+ titleformat=commasep,%
+ commabeforerest,%
+ }%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{%
+ 'chicago' style is still experimental! Do not use together with jox.bst!%
+ }%
+ \jbdotafterbibentry%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \ifjbchicago
+ \ifjb@biblikecite\else
+ \jb@info{*** jurabib set up for chicago style ***}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibfnfont}{}% first name font
+ \renewcommand*{\biblnfont}{}% last name font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibefnfont}{}% editor first name font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibelnfont}{}% editor last name font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibtfont}{\textit}% title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtfont}{\textit}% booktitle font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibjtfont}{\textit}% journal title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibapifont}[1]{``##1''}% bib article/incollection title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibsnfont}{}% series name font
+ \renewcommand*{\jbapifont}[1]{``##1''}% text article/incollection title font
+ \renewcommand*{\jbtitlefont}{}% text title font
+ \renewcommand*{\bibansep}{. }% author name sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibaesep}{, }% after editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibatsep}{,}% after title sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbdsep}{,}% before date sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtasep}{ \bibIMfont{\bibandname} }% between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbfsasep}{\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname} }% between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbstasep}{ \bibIMfont{\bibandname} }% between second and third author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtesep}{ \bibEIMfont{\bibandname} }% between two editors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbfsesep}{\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaname} }%between first and second editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbstesep}{ \bibEIMfont{\bibandname} }% between second and third editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbtasep}{ \bibIMfont{\textandname} }% between two authors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbfsasep}{\unskip\bibIMfont{\commaname} }% between first and second author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbstasep}{ \bibIMfont{\textandname} }% between second and third author sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbtesep}{ \bibEIMfont{\texteandname} }% between two editors sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbfsesep}{\unskip\bibEIMfont{\commaename} }%between first and second editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbstesep}{ \bibEIMfont{\texteandname} }% between second and third editor sep
+ \renewcommand*{\bibbtsep}{\inname{} }% booktitle sep
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@cr@open}{}% crossref left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@cr@close}{}% crossref right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@art@cr@close}{}% article crossref left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@art@cr@close}{}% article crossref right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@incoll@cr@open}{}% incoll crossref left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@incoll@cr@close}{}% incoll crossref right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\bibaldelim}{(}% article year left delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\bibardelim}{)}% article year right delimiter
+ \renewcommand*{\artnumberformat}[1]{,\space{}no.~##1}% article number format
+ \renewcommand*{\pernumberformat}[1]{,\space{}no.~##1}% periodical format
+ \renewcommand*{\edbysep}{, }%
+ \def\bibauthormultiple{%
+ \stepcounter{multiple@author}% to suppress inside bibliographic entry
+ \leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 3em\hspace{1pt}.\space}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\jbnote}[2]{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \unskip\unskip\ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{1}}{\bibatsep{} ##2}{##2}%
+ \else
+ \unskip\unskip%
+ \fi
+ }%
+% only parentheses in text, not in the bibliography!
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \renewcommand*{\bibapyldelim}{\unskip\space(}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibapyrdelim}{)}%
+ \fi
+ \addto\jbonlyforbib{%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\incollinname{\inname{} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibbtsep}{\inname{} }%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapyldelim}{\unskip\unskip\space}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibapyrdelim}{}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\bibatsep}{.}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\dateldelim}{\unskip.}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\daterdelim}{}%
+ }%
+ \AddTo\bibsenglish{%
+ \def\incollinname{in}%
+ \def\inname{in}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}ed.}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}eds.}%
+ \def\edbyname{ed.}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Ed.}%
+ \def\volumename{vol.}%
+ \def\Volumename{Vol.}%
+ \def\firstedname{1st}%
+ \def\secondedname{2nd}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3rd}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4th}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5th}%
+ \def\thedname{th}%
+% \def\editionname{ed.}%
+ \def\editionname{ed}% dot removed, suggested by Robert Schlicht
+ }%
+ \fi\fi
+ }%
+ \addto\jbonlyforbib{\renewcommand*{\bibansep}{. }}% make sure that a space appear
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{#1}{chicago}\fi
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{human}[true]{\global\jbhumtrue}
+\define@key{jb}{edby}[true]{\global\jb@edbytrue}
+\define@key{jb}{endnote}[true]{%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\jbnote}[2]{\unskip}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\jbendnote}[1]{\def\jb@endnote{\unskip\unskip\ifjb@dot\else,\fi\space##1}}%
+}
+\define@key{jb}{biblikecite}[true]{%
+ \global\jb@biblikecitetrue
+ \AtBeginDocument{% <== to make redefintions work
+ \global\let\biblnfont\jbauthorfont
+ \global\let\bibfnfont\jbauthorfnfont
+ \global\let\bibelnfont\jbauthorfont
+ \global\let\bibefnfont\jbauthorfnfont
+ \global\let\bibbtfont\jbtitlefont
+ \global\let\bibtfont\jbtitlefont
+ \global\let\bibapifont\jbapifont
+ }%
+}
+\define@key{jb}{opcit}[true]{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{true}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@opcittrue
+ }{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{chapter}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \global\jb@opcittrue
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{%
+ \ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ Sorry, `opcit=chapter' makes no sense for\MessageBreak
+ classes without \string\chapter%
+ }{Try `opcit=section' for an article class}}{}%
+ \@addtoreset{opcit}{chapter}%
+ \def\jb@reset@opcit@for{chapter}%
+ \def\jb@reset@opcit@label@for{\thechapter}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{section}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \global\jb@opcittrue
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ `opcit=section' was designed for use with\MessageBreak
+ an article class, note that it's not well\MessageBreak
+ tested for use with book or report classes}}%
+ \@addtoreset{opcit}{section}%
+ \def\jb@reset@opcit@for{section}%
+ \def\jb@reset@opcit@label@for{\thesection}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{opcit}\fi
+ }%
+}%
+\define@key{jb}{annote}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand{\bibAnnote}[1]{%
+ \ifjb@tabular
+ \par%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibleftcolumn}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibansep}{}%
+ \bibleftcolumnadjust\mbox{}%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \ifjb@numbered@bib\hspace{15mm}\else\hspace{10mm}\fi
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibrightcolumn}%
+ \bibrightcolumnadjust%
+ \jbannoteformat{##1}%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \else
+ \par\jbannoteformat{##1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\bibAnnoteFile}[1]{%
+ \ifjb@tabular
+ \par%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibleftcolumn}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibansep}{}%
+ \bibleftcolumnadjust\mbox{}%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \ifjb@numbered@bib\hspace{15mm}\else\hspace{10mm}\fi
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibrightcolumn}%
+ \bibrightcolumnadjust%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\input@path\jb@ann@input@path
+ \IfFileExists{##1}{\ProvidesFile{##1.tex}%
+ [Bibliography annote file]\jbannoteformat{\input{##1}}}{}%
+ \endgroup
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \let\input@path\jb@ann@input@path
+ \IfFileExists{##1}{\ProvidesFile{##1.tex}%
+ [Bibliography annote file]\par\jbannoteformat{\input{##1}}}{}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\define@key{jb}{citetoend}[true]{\jb@citetoendtrue}
+\define@key{jb}{hypercite}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{true}}{\jb@allow@hyper@citetrue}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{false}}{\jb@allow@hyper@citefalse}{\relax}}}
+% NEW 0.6
+\define@key{jb}{lookforgender}[true]{\global\jblookforgendertrue}
+% NEW 0.6
+\define@key{jb}{dotafter}{%
+ \@for\jb@val:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedfalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{bibentry}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \jb@dottrue
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@val}{endnote}}{%
+ \jb@kv@recognizedtrue
+ \def\@endanenote{\unskip.\par\endgroup}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \ifjb@kv@recognized\else\jb@kv@warning{\jb@val}{dotafter}\fi
+ }
+}%
+% NEW 0.6
+\define@key{jb}{silent}{\jbsilent}%
+% NEW 0.6 automatic translation from in-text citations to footnotes, suggested by Frank Mittelbach
+\define@key{jb}{super}[true]{\jb@supertrue}%
+\define@key{jb}{nosplit}[true]{\jb@nosplittrue}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@config@file}{jurabib.cfg}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@own@config@file}{}%
+\define@key{jb}{config}[jurabib]{\renewcommand*{\jb@own@config@file}{#1.cfg}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@enotes@warning}{%
+ \PackageWarning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ I assume you know what you are doing!\MessageBreak
+ You are using `\string\cite' or something similar inside\MessageBreak
+ a footnote while using endnotes.sty. This will\MessageBreak
+ produce ambiguous references and not the\MessageBreak
+ expected results. If you are unsure what\MessageBreak
+ to do, use \string\cite\space or \string\footcite\space\MessageBreak
+ instead}%
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \setkeys{jb}{crossref=normal}%
+ \ifjbhum
+ \setkeys{jb}{authorformat=and}%
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\jbbtfont}{\textit}%
+ \jb@typeout{^^JPackage jurabib Info: *** jurabib set up for humanities stuff ***^^J}%
+ \fi
+% REMOVED 0.6, can cause problems when using something like \MakeUpperCase{...\ss...}, thanks to Frank Mittelbach
+% \renewcommand*{\SS}{\S\kern-.8pt\S\relax}%
+ \providecommand*{\SSS}{\S\kern-.8pt\S\relax}%
+ \@ifclassloaded{jura}{\global\jb@juratrue\global\jb@alphanumtrue}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{alphanum}{\global\jb@alphanumtrue}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{ragged2e}{\global\jb@raggedtrue}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\global\jb@urltrue}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{index}{\let\jb@@call@index\jb@@call@type@index}{\let\jb@@call@index\jb@@call@normal@index}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}{\global\jb@babeltrue}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{varioref}{\ifjb@ignore@varioref\global\jb@variofalse\else\global\jb@variotrue\fi}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
+% NEW 0.6 hyperref disables \Hy@hyperfootnotes if tabularx.sty is loaded, here we have to insert the footnote wrapper again,
+% otherwise the footnote counter will be not set appropriate and it appears lower case ibidem instead of upper case ibidem.
+ \ifHy@hyperfootnotes\else % tabularx loaded!
+ \jb@typeout{^^JPackage jurabib Info: 'hyperref' + 'tabularx' loaded, adapting footnote macro}%
+ \let\Orig@tabularx@footnotetext\@footnotetext
+ \long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+ \Orig@tabularx@footnotetext{%
+ \jb@fntrue
+ #1%
+ \setcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}{0}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{}{% Hook for tex4ht added
+ \global\jb@hypertrue
+% CH 0.6 hardcoded hyperref footnote definition removed, wrapper used instead, posted by Heiko Oberdiek in d.c.t.t.
+% ??? \let\hyperref@footnotetext\@footnotetext
+% ??? \let\@footnotetext\hyperref@footnotetext
+ \let\Orig@H@@footnotetext\H@@footnotetext
+ \long\def\H@@footnotetext#1{%
+ \Orig@H@@footnotetext{%
+ \jb@fntrue
+ #1%
+ \setcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}{0}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@hyper
+% CH 0.6, define only if alphanum is loaded
+ \@ifundefined{J@LongToc}{}{%
+ \let\J@SetCurrent\relax
+ \def\toclevel@lvla{0}\def\toclevel@lvlb{1}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlc{2}\def\toclevel@lvld{3}
+ \def\toclevel@lvle{4}\def\toclevel@lvlf{5}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlg{6}\def\toclevel@lvlh{7}
+ \def\toclevel@lvli{8}\def\toclevel@lvlj{9}
+ \def\toclevel@lvlj{10}\def\toclevel@lvll{11}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvla}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlb}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlc}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvld}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvle}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlf}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlg}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlh}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvli}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvlj}{\J@Number}
+ \newcommand*{\theHlvlk}{\J@Number}\newcommand*{\theHlvll}{\J@Number}
+ \renewcommand*{\J@LongToc}[2][]{%
+ \@startsection{lvl\alph{tiefe}}{\number\value{tiefe}}{0pt}%
+ {\ifnum\value{tiefe}=1 -4ex plus-1,5ex minus-0,ex\else%
+ -2,7ex plus-0,8ex minus-0,2ex\fi}{\ifnum\value{tiefe}>7 %
+ -1em plus-0,5em\relax\else 0,6ex plus0,3ex minus0,1ex\fi}%
+ {\sectfont\csname lvl\alph{tiefe}style\endcsname}[#1]{#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\BR@@lbibitem[#1]#2#3\par{\BRorg@bibitem[#1]{#2}#3\par}%
+ \else
+% CH 0.6, wrapper for \@footnotetext, suggested by Frank Mittelbach
+ \let\jbsaved@footnotetext\@footnotetext
+% CH 0.6, \long added, allow paragraphs [RS]
+ \long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@fntrue
+ \jbsaved@footnotetext{#1}%
+ \setcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}{0}%
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+% NEW 0.6 reset counter for cites in endnotes too -- dirty
+ \ifjb@endnotes\g@addto@macro\enoteformat{\setcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}{0}}\fi
+ \fi
+ \@ifpackageloaded{backref}{\global\jb@backreftrue}{\relax}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{bibtopic}{\global\jb@all@titlestrue%
+% NEW 0.52o No warning about ambiguous citations if `authorformat=year' is used
+ \ifjb@author@year\else
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ All titles are cited, you're using `bibtopic'!\MessageBreak
+ Make sure that the `shorttitle' fields are not\MessageBreak
+ empty, otherwise I'll using the `title' fields for\MessageBreak
+ replacement. See the package documentation for\MessageBreak
+ further explanation}%
+ \fi
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@babel
+ \jb@typeout{^^JPackage jurabib Info: *** jurabib set up for babel ***^^J}%
+% NEW 0.6 added some alternative babel main language values, initially suggested by Harri Kiiskinen
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{german}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{germanb}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{ngerman}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{austrian}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{naustrian}%
+ }{\@bibsgerman\bibsgerman}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{french}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{francaise}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{canadien}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{acadian}%
+ }{\@bibsfrench\bibsfrench}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{english}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{USenglish}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{american}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{UKenglish}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{british}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{canadian}%
+ }{\@bibsenglish\bibsenglish}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{dutch}%
+ }{\@bibsdutch\bibsdutch}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{spanish}%
+ }{\@bibsspanish\bibsspanish}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{portuges}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{portuguese}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{brazilian}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{brazil}%
+ }{\@bibsportuguese\bibsportuguese}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{italian}%
+ }{\@bibsitalian\bibsitalian}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{norsk}%
+ \TE@or\equal{\bbl@main@language}{nynorks}%
+ }{\@bibsnorsk\bibsnorsk}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{finnish}%
+ }{\@bibsfinnish\bibsfinnish}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{danish}%
+ }{\@bibsdanish\bibsdanish}{%
+% NEW 0.6 fallback to English for not known languages and warning inserted
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ The language you declared as babel main language\MessageBreak
+ is not yet supported by jurabib, please contact \MessageBreak
+ the maintainer! We're using english as the default now.}%
+ \@bibsenglish\bibsenglish%
+ }}}}}}}}}}%
+ \else
+ \@ifpackageloaded{german}{\@bibsgerman\bibsgerman\renewcommand{\bbl@main@language}{german}}{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{ngerman}{\@bibsgerman\bibsgerman\renewcommand{\bbl@main@language}{german}}{
+ \@ifpackageloaded{french}{\@bibsfrench\bibsfrench\renewcommand{\bbl@main@language}{french}}{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{frenchle}{\@bibsfrench\bibsfrench\renewcommand{\bbl@main@language}{french}}{%
+ \@bibsenglish\bibsenglish}}}}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{%
+ \let\jb@orig@section\section % chapterbib.sty + numberedbib
+ \renewcommand*{\section}{\setcounter{jbbibcnta}{0}\jb@orig@section}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jb@orig@chapter\chapter % chapterbib.sty + numberedbib
+ \renewcommand*{\chapter}{\setcounter{jbbibcnta}{0}\jb@orig@chapter}%
+ }%
+% 0.5e: moved from \AtEndOfPackage because of problems, if setspace.sty is loaded after jurabib
+% reported by Hubert Selhofer
+% NEW 0.5f \jb@enote@hook introduced for compatibility with endnotes.sty
+ \@ifundefined{@xendnotenext}{\relax}{%
+ \global\jb@endnotestrue
+ \let\jb@orig@citex\@citex
+ \let\orig@emulate@nat@cite\jb@emulate@nat@cite
+ \def\@citex[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifjbcross % no extra endnote for crossref's
+ \jb@orig@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifjbweareinbib % no extra endnote for howcited's
+ \jb@orig@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@fn
+ \jb@enotes@warning\jb@orig@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@foot}\or\boolean{jb@citetoend}\or\boolean{jb@super}}{%
+ \expandafter\endnote\expandafter{\jb@enote@hook\jb@orig@citex[#1][#2]{#3}}%
+ }{\jb@enote@hook\jb@orig@citex[#1][#2]{#3}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifjbcross % no extra endnote for crossref's
+ \orig@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifjbweareinbib % no extra endnote for howcited's
+ \orig@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@fn
+ \jb@enotes@warning\orig@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@foot}\or\boolean{jb@citetoend}\or\boolean{jb@super}}{%
+ \expandafter\endnote\expandafter{\jb@enote@hook\orig@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}}%
+ }{\jb@enote@hook\orig@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+% NEW 0.5f a warning if makeidx.sty isn't loaded
+ \@ifpackageloaded{index}{\relax}{%
+ \ifjb@index
+ \@ifundefined{@indexfile}{%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ The `makeidx' package is not loaded,\MessageBreak
+ `authorformat=indexed' will not work}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \ifjb@ragged
+ \renewcommand*{\bibleftcolumnadjust}{\RaggedRight}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibrightcolumnadjust}{\RaggedRight}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\@ifundefined{bib@heading}{%
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{%
+ \newcommand*{\bib@heading}%
+ {\section*{\refname\@mkboth{\refname}{\refname}}}%
+ }{%
+ \newcommand*{\bib@heading}%
+ {\chapter*{\bibname\@mkboth{\bibname}{\bibname}}}%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \relax
+}%
+% Hook for memoir.cls, suggested by Robert Schlicht, requires mempatch.sty
+\@ifundefined{bibsection}{}{\let\bib@heading\bibsection}%
+\newcommand*{\jbmakeinbiblist}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jbmakeinbib}{%
+ \jbweareinbibtrue
+ \jbonlyforbib%
+ \let\jbPAGES\origPAGES
+ \let\jbpages\origpages
+ \let\jbPages\origPages
+% NEW 0.5f Reduced to one command, formatting by \jbprformat
+% \let\jbPage\origPage
+% NEW 0.5f
+ \let\jbartPages\origartPages
+% NEW 0.5f Reduced to one command, formatting by \jbprformat
+% \let\jbartPage\origartPage
+ \jb@lookatfalse
+ \let\jbatsep\@empty
+ \jb@third@extra@spacefalse
+ \jb@ibidemfalse
+ \jb@ibidem@pagewisefalse
+ \jb@ibidem@double@pagewisefalse
+ \jb@ibidem@with@namefalse
+ \jb@ibidem@with@short@namefalse
+ \jb@ibidem@with@name@and@titlefalse
+ \jb@no@lookat@for@bibtrue
+% NEW 0.5e: disable `crossref=dynamic' for bibliography
+% NEW 0.5f: different handling for oxford crossrefs (do we need `ed.' inside the crossref)????
+ \ifjb@dynamic@crossrefs
+% \ifjboxford
+% \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\fullnameoxfordcrossref}%
+% \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\fullnameoxfordcrossref}%
+% \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\fullnameoxfordcrossref}%
+% \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\fullnameoxfordcrossref}%
+% \else
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefcite}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcrossrefciteagain}{\citetitle}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibincollcrossrefciteagain}{\citetitle}%
+% \fi
+ \fi
+% NEW 0.5f make memory empty when starting bibliography
+ \let\jb@last@ibidem@author\@empty
+ \let\jb@ibidem@author\@empty
+}%
+\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%
+ \bib@heading
+ \jbmakeinbib%
+% NEW 0.6 we have to make the \jb@inside@*-macros empty, otherwise idem is
+% used if the last cited author is the same as the first author in the bibliography.
+ \gdef\jb@inside@author{}%
+ \gdef\jb@inside@editor{}%
+% INSERTED because of problems using \typearea from the KOMA-bundle after loading jurabib
+% calculation should be done here, suggested by Tilman Finke
+ \addtolength{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}{\textwidth}%
+ \list{\relax}{%
+% NEW 0.5e compressed bibliography
+ \ifjb@compressed@bib
+ \setlength{\parsep}{0.2ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{0.2ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%
+ \fi
+ \jbmakeinbiblist% NEW 0.5e make \itemsep configurable with \addto
+ \ifjb@bib@hang%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-\jbbibhang}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\jbbibhang}%
+ \else
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m%
+ }%
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}%
+ }\endlist\jbweareinbibfalse%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@howcited}{% @* except of ...
+ \renewcommand*{\bibhowcited}{%
+ \jbweareinhowcitedtrue
+ \howcitedprefix%
+ \jb@specialcite{\jb@key}%
+ \howcitedsuffix\jbweareinhowcitedfalse}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@comment@howcited}{% ... @COMMENTED
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcommenthowcited}{%
+ \jbweareinhowcitedtrue
+ \howcitedprefix%
+ \jb@specialcite[Bearbeiter][]{\jb@key}%
+ \howcitedsuffix\jbweareinhowcitedfalse}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@artperiod@howcited}{% ... @ARTICLE and @PERIODICAL
+ \ifjb@allow@howcited@art@period
+ \renewcommand*{\bibartperiodhowcited}{%
+ \jbweareinhowcitedtrue
+ \howcitedprefix%
+ \jb@specialcite{\jb@key}%
+ \howcitedsuffix\jbweareinhowcitedfalse}%
+ \fi}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@all@howcited@empty}{%
+ \let\bibhowcited\@empty
+ \let\bibcommenthowcited\@empty
+ \ifjb@allow@howcited@art@period
+ \let\bibartperiodhowcited\@empty
+ \fi
+}%
+% NEW 0.5c; special command, inspired by Christian Meyn, declares a work which isn't really cited, but
+% should appear in the bibliography _with_ a howcited note (perhaps given by the howcited field),
+% see also the changed command \jb@make@howcited@compare
+% Usage: \nocitebuthowcited{<key>}
+\newcommand*{\nocitebuthowcited}[1]{%
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@newciteauxhandle{%
+ \string\citation{#1}^^J%
+ \string\jbrealcitation{cite}{#1}}
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbhowcitedcomparepart}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@howcited}{}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{\jb@@title}}{%
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{empty}}{%
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.5f: only howcited remark, if shorttitle != title AND shorttitle was _used_!
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{TITLE@\jb@key}}{used}%
+% \and\not
+% NEW 0.5f: should compare ignore multiple citations???
+% \equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@make@howcited%
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited%
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited%
+ }{%
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@howcited}{1}}{%
+% should the howcited field be ignored in compare mode???
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{TITLE@\jb@key}}{used}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@make@howcited%
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited%
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited%
+ }{%
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibhowcited}{%
+ \howcitedprefix \jb@@howcited\howcitedsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcommenthowcited}{%
+ \howcitedprefix \jb@@howcited\howcitedsuffix}%
+ \ifjb@allow@howcited@art@period
+ \renewcommand*{\bibartperiodhowcited}{%
+ \howcitedprefix \jb@@howcited\howcitedsuffix}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbhowcitednormalpart}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@howcited}{}}{% %
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@howcited}{1}}{%
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@make@howcited%
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited%
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibhowcited}{%
+ \howcitedprefix \jb@@howcited\howcitedsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcommenthowcited}{%
+ \howcitedprefix \jb@@howcited\howcitedsuffix}%
+ \ifjb@allow@howcited@art@period
+ \renewcommand*{\bibartperiodhowcited}{%
+ \howcitedprefix \jb@@howcited\howcitedsuffix}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jbaddtomakehowcited}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@the@howcited}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@normal}}{%
+ % NORMAL=TRUE
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@compare}}{%
+ % NORMAL=TRUE, COMPARE=TRUE
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@multiple}}{%
+ % NORMAL=TRUE, COMPARE=TRUE, MULTIPLE=TRUE
+% \jb@typeout{Using howcited=normal AND howcited=compare AND howcited=multiple}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{% multiple part start
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited % multiple part end
+ }{%
+ \jbhowcitednormalpart%
+ \jbhowcitedcomparepart%
+ }%
+ }{% NORMAL=TRUE, COMPARE=TRUE, multiple=false
+% \jb@typeout{Using howcited=normal AND howcited=compare}%
+ \jbhowcitednormalpart%
+ \jbhowcitedcomparepart%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ % NORMAL=TRUE, compare=false
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@multiple}}{%
+ % NORMAL=TRUE, compare=false, MULTIPLE=TRUE
+ % howcited=normal AND howcited=multiple
+% \jb@typeout{Using howcited=normal AND howcited=multiple}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{% multiple part start
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited % multiple part end
+ }{%
+ \jbhowcitednormalpart%
+ }%
+ }{% NORMAL=TRUE, compare=false, multiple=false
+% \jb@typeout{Using ONLY howcited=normal}
+ \jbhowcitednormalpart%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ % normal=false
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@compare}%
+ }{% normal=false, COMPARE=TRUE
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@multiple}}{%
+ % normal=false, COMPARE=TRUE, MULTIPLE=TRUE
+% \jb@typeout{Using howcited=compare AND howcited=multiple}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{% multiple part start
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited % multiple part end
+ }{%
+ \jbhowcitedcomparepart%
+ }%
+ }{% normal=false, COMPARE=TRUE, multiple=false
+% \jb@typeout{Using ONLY howcited=compare}
+ \jbhowcitedcomparepart%
+ }%
+ }{% normal=false, compare=false
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@multiple}}{%
+ % normal=false, compare=false, MULTIPLE=TRUE
+% \jb@typeout{Using ONLY howcited=multiple}
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{% multiple part start
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited % multiple part end
+ }{%
+ \jb@make@all@howcited@empty
+ }%
+% CH 0.6 call \jb@make@comment@howcited again, documentation says @commented has to get an howcited always!
+% reported by Holger Pollmann
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+ }{% normal=false, compare=false, multiple=false, all=true
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@howcited@all}}{%
+ \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+ \jb@make@howcited
+ \jb@make@comment@howcited
+% we have to switch on `howcited' for articles and periodicals
+ \jb@allow@howcited@art@periodtrue
+ \jb@make@artperiod@howcited
+ }{%
+ % normal=false, compare=false, multiple=false, all=false
+ % no howcited option
+ \relax
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \jbaddtomakehowcited%
+}%
+%\newcommand*{\jb@make@howcited@all}{%
+% \jb@suppress@dot@for@howcitedtrue
+% \jb@make@howcited
+% \jb@make@comment@howcited
+%% we have to switch on `howcited' for articles and periodicals
+% \jb@allow@howcited@art@periodtrue
+% \jb@make@artperiod@howcited
+%}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@detect@used@cite@commands}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{b@\jb@key @C}}{cite}}{%
+ \let\jb@specialcite\cite}{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{b@\jb@key @C}}{citetitle}}{%
+ \let\jb@specialcite\citetitle}{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{b@\jb@key @C}}{citenotitle}}{%
+ \let\jb@specialcite\jbcitenotitle}{\relax}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@last@label}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@last@mult@author}{}
+\AtEndDocument{\let\jb@chk@multiple\@gobbletwo}
+\newcommand*{\jb@chk@multiple}[2]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\jb@last@mult@author}}{%
+ \global\@namedef{jb@fm@\jb@last@label}{}%
+ \global\@namedef{jb@fm@#2}{}%
+ }{%
+ \relax
+ }%
+ \def\jb@last@mult@author{#1}%
+ \def\jb@last@label{#2}%
+}%
+\newcommand*\jb@chk@bibetal[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \protected@edef\x{%
+ \endgroup
+ \def\noexpand\jb@@chk@bibetal####1\Bibetal####2\noexpand\end{%
+ \noexpand\jb@@bibetal@argcheck{####1}{####2}{#2}%
+ }%
+ }\x
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
+ \protected@edef\@tempb{\Bibetal}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \jb@@chk@bibetal\expandafter\@tempa\@tempb\end
+}
+\newcommand*\jb@@bibetal@argcheck[3]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{%
+% \jb@typeout{---NO bibetal in citation |#1|#2|}%
+ }{%
+% \jb@typeout{--- bibetal in citation |#1|#2|}%
+ \if@filesw{%
+ \let\protect\noexpand
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\jb@chk@multiple{#1#2}{#3}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@@name}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@last@fullname}{}%
+% NEW 0.5e biblaw commands contributed by Tilman Finke
+\newcommand*{\jb@biblaw@item}{\hspace{0.5em}$\triangleright$\hspace{0.5em}}
+\newlength{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}
+\newlength{\jb@biblaw@item@width}
+\settowidth{\jb@biblaw@item@width}{\jb@biblaw@item}
+\setlength{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}{\jb@biblaw@item@width}
+\setlength{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}{-\jb@biblaw@entry@width}
+%\addtolength{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}{\columnwidth}
+% REMOVED because of problems using \typearea from the KOMA-bundle after loading jurabib
+% calculation should be done inside \thebibliography, suggested by Tilman Finke
+% \addtolength{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}{\textwidth}%
+\newcolumntype{j}[1]{>{\bibaltformatalign\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
+% NEW 0.5f changed item to make consecutive bibliographies possible
+\newcommand*{\jb@item}{\item}%
+\newcommand\jb@deactivate@babel{%
+ %FIXME: \noextrasfrench or \bbl@deactivate don't work here?? just do it the low-level way:
+ \let\do\@makeother\do\:\do\;\do\!\do\?\do\"\do\`\do\'\do\^%<---! solved in 0.51r (bug reported by Andreas Altenburger)
+% \do\~ % 0.51r removed, causes problems with ~ from .bst
+}
+\newcommand*{\bibnumberformat}[1]{\biblnfont{#1.}}%
+\newcommand\jb@@test@fullname{}
+\newcommand\jb@@testlast@fullname{}
+\newcommand\jb@@test@au@or@ed{}
+\newcommand\jb@@testlast@au@or@ed{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@index@authors}[2]{%
+ \ifjb@do@authors@index
+ \if@filesw\let\protect\noexpand\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\jb@index{aut}{#1}#2}\fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@index@editors}[2]{%
+ \ifjb@do@editors@index
+ \if@filesw\let\protect\noexpand\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\jb@index{ed}{#1}#2}\fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@index@organization}[2]{%
+ \ifjb@do@organizations@index
+ \if@filesw\let\protect\noexpand\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\jb@index{org}{#1}#2}\fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\jbdoitem}{\begingroup\@makeother\\\@makeother\"\def~{\string~}\jb@doitem}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@doitem}[3]{%
+ \ifjb@debug\typeout{========================^^Jauthor:#1^^Jeditor:#2^^Jorganization:#3^^J}\fi
+ \ifjb@index\protected@xdef\curr@key{\jb@key}%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@key}{\relax}{%
+ % the \@empty test is to remove empty entries in the .bbl between ';' (just for safety)
+ \begingroup % make \@tempa assignment local
+ \jb@for\@tempa:=#1\do{\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\jb@index@authors{\jb@key}{\@tempa}\fi}%
+ \jb@for\@tempa:=#2\do{\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\jb@index@editors{\jb@key}{\@tempa}\fi}%
+ \jb@for\@tempa:=#3\do{\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\jb@index@organization{\jb@key}{\@tempa}\fi}%
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup % matches the \begingroup in \jbdoitem
+ \jb@do@post@item
+}
+\newcommand*\jb@do@post@item{%
+ \ifjb@no@bib\relax\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{NOBIB@\jb@key}}{suppress}}{}{%
+% NEW 0.5f changed item to make consecutive bibliographies possible
+ \jb@item\hyper@jbanchorstart{\jb@key}\hyper@jbanchorend
+ \ifjb@howcited
+ \@ifundefined{b@\jb@key @C}{%
+% the work \jb@key isn't cited
+ \renewcommand*{\bibhowcited}{%
+ \bibnotcited}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibcommenthowcited}{%
+ \bibnotcited}%
+ \ifjb@allow@howcited@art@period
+ \renewcommand*{\bibartperiodhowcited}{%
+ \bibnotcited}%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+% the work \jb@key is cited
+ \jb@detect@used@cite@commands
+ \jb@handle@superscript@ed
+ \jb@make@the@howcited
+% NEW 0.5f no op. cit. in howcited remark!
+ \let\OpCit\@empty
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempcntc{\thebibnamereplace}%
+ \stepcounter{bibnamereplace}%
+ \label{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}%
+ \@tempcnta=\jb@tempcntc
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempcntd{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@bibformat@ibidem}%
+% NEW 0.6
+ \and\not\equal{\jb@@type}{archival}%
+ }{%
+% 0.5e completely rewritten bibformat=ibidem
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntc}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug SAME PAGE/\fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@test@fullname}{\jb@@testlast@fullname}}{%
+ \ifjb@debug SAME AUTHOR \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jbaltformat}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\bibauthormultiple}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug AUTHOR DIFFERS \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{%
+ \def\jb@@name{}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\jb@@fullname\bibansep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{% DIFFERENT PAGES !!!!!
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{@twoside}%
+ \and
+ \isodd{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ \and
+ \equal{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\jb@tempcntd}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{jbib:\thebibnamereplace}}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug DIFF AND ODD/\fi
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@test@fullname}{\jb@@testlast@fullname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug SAME AUTHOR \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jbaltformat}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{%
+ \jb@@fullname%
+ \space%
+ \bibfnfont{\bibcontinuedname}%
+ \bibansep%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\bibauthormultiple}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug AUTHORS DIFFERS \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{%
+ \def\jb@@name{}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\jb@@fullname\bibansep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug DIFF AND EVEN/\fi
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@test@fullname}{\jb@@testlast@fullname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug SAME AUTHOR \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jbaltformat}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{%
+ \jb@@fullname%
+ \space%
+ \bibfnfont{\bibcontinuedname}%
+ \bibansep%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\jb@@fullname\bibansep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@debug AUTHORS DIFFERS \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{%
+ \def\jb@@name{}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\jb@@fullname\bibansep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{% bibformat=ibidem false
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@fullname}{}}{%
+ \def\jb@@name{}%
+ }{%
+ \def\jb@@name{\jb@@fullname\bibansep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \ifjb@babel
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@language}{\@empty}}{%
+ \expandafter\jbselectlanguage\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}%
+ }{%
+ \language=\csname l@\jb@@language\endcsname\relax%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifjbaltformat\else
+ \ifjb@numbered@bib
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibnumberwidth}%
+ \stepcounter{jbbibcnta}\bibnumberformat{\thejbbibcnta}%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@tabular
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibleftcolumn}%
+ \renewcommand*{\bibansep}{}%
+% NEW 0.6 configure linestrech in tabular mode
+ \bibleftcolumnadjust\bibleftcolumnstretch\mbox{}%
+ \jb@@name%
+ \end{minipage}
+ \hspace{\bibcolumnsep}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\bibrightcolumn}%
+% NEW 0.6 configure linestrech in tabular mode
+ \bibrightcolumnadjust\bibleftcolumnstretch%
+% no linebreak in right column
+ \let\jblinebreak\@empty
+ \jb@@fulltitle%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\hyper@jblinkstart\@gobble
+ \let\hyper@jblinkend\relax
+ \jb@bibarg@howcited%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifjb@dot\unskip\unskip\unskip.\fi
+% NEW 0.5e
+ \jb@endnote%
+ \ifjb@backref~\backref{\csname br@\jb@key\endcsname}\fi
+ \end{minipage}%
+% NEW 0.6 to configure itemsep in tabular mode
+ \bibtabularitemsep
+ \else
+ \ifjbaltformat
+ \ifx\jb@@name\@empty\else\medskip\fi % add some vertical space between different authors
+ \let\jblinebreak\@empty\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0pt}\mbox{}\noindent
+ \begin{tabular}{p{\jb@biblaw@item@width}j{\jb@biblaw@entry@width}}
+ \ifx\jb@@name\@empty\else\multicolumn{2}{p{\columnwidth}}{\jb@@name}\\\fi
+ \jb@biblaw@item & \jb@@fulltitle%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\hyper@jblinkstart\@gobble
+ \let\hyper@jblinkend\relax
+ \jb@bibarg@howcited%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifjb@dot\unskip\unskip\unskip.\fi
+ \jb@endnote%
+ \ifjb@backref
+ ~\backref{\csname br@\jb@key\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \end{tabular}
+ \else
+ \jb@@name\jb@@fulltitle%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\hyper@jblinkstart\@gobble
+ \let\hyper@jblinkend\relax
+ \jb@bibarg@howcited%
+ \endgroup
+% \ifjb@dot\unskip\unskip\unskip.\fi
+% NEW 0.6
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@type}{archival}}{}{\ifjb@dot\unskip\unskip\unskip.\fi}%
+ \jb@endnote%
+ \ifjb@backref~\backref{\csname br@\jb@key\endcsname}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \gdef\jb@endnote{}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@@testlast@fullname{\jb@@test@fullname}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@@testlast@au@or@ed{\jb@@test@au@or@ed}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \if@filesw{\let\protect\noexpand\immediate\write\@newciteauxhandle{%
+ \string\bibcite{\jb@key}{\jb@tempa}}}%
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbbibargs}[5]{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempa{\jb@tempb{#1}{#4}}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempb{\expandafter\jb@thirdofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempc{\expandafter\jb@fourthofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}%
+ \def\jb@bibarg@howcited{#5}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{jureco}}{\global\jb@bibformat@ibidemfalse\global\jbaltformatfalse}{\gdef\jb@@test@fullname{#2}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{}}{}{\gdef\jb@@test@au@or@ed{#3}}%
+ \jb@chk@bibetal{\jb@@author}{\jb@key}%
+ \let\jb@first@author\@undefined
+ \let\jb@first@editor\@undefined
+ \setcounter{ibidem@author}{0}%
+ \setcounter{multiple@author}{0}%
+}%
+\def\@lbibitem{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel
+ \jb@lbibitem
+}
+\def\jb@lbibitem[#1]#2{%
+ \gdef\jb@tempb{#1}%
+ \gdef\jb@key{#2}%
+ \ifjb@index@bib
+ \jb@call@index{aut}{#2}%
+ \jb@call@index{ed}{#2}%
+ \jb@call@index{org}{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}%
+
+\newcommand*{\nobibliography}[1]{%
+ \ifjb@allow@nobib
+ \global\jb@no@bibtrue
+% no hyperlinks if bibliography is suppressed
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@newciteauxhandle{%
+% NEW 0.51v switch off hypercite when \nobibliography is used
+ \string\global\string\jb@allow@hyper@citefalse^^J%
+ \string\global\string\jb@allow@hyper@cite@nobibfalse^^J%
+ \string\global\string\jb@no@bibtrue
+% ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ indexing for \nobibliography too
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \renewcommand*{\item}[1][]{%
+ \ifx\relax####1\relax\stepcounter\@listctr\fi
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \bibliography{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using the `\string\nobibliography' command\MessageBreak
+ without using one of the `citefull' options.\MessageBreak
+ Choose `citefull=first' or `citefull=all'.\MessageBreak
+ I'm putting out the normal `\string\bibliography'%
+ }%
+ \bibliography{#1}%
+ \fi
+}%
+% NEW 0.5f \jb@enote@hook introduced for compatibility with endnotes.sty
+\newcommand\jb@enote@hook{}
+% *******************************************************
+% THE CITE COMMANDS
+% *******************************************************
+% \cite section
+% *******************************************************
+%\def\cite{%
+% CH 0.6 Make it robust! [SU]
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cite{%
+ \@ifstar{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \jb@starred@citetrue
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@cite@no@title}{\jb@cite@no@title[]}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@cite}{\jb@cite[]}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@cite{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@cite}{\jb@@cite[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@cite[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@cite[#1]}{\jb@@@cite[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@cite[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@citetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \ifjb@super\jb@footnote@periodtrue\fi
+ \jb@footfalse % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% \cite* section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@no@title}{}%
+\def\jb@cite@no@title{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@cite@no@title}{\jb@@cite@no@title[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@cite@no@title[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@cite@no@title[#1]}{\jb@@@cite@no@title[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@cite@no@title[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@cite@no@titletrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \ifjb@super\jb@footnote@periodtrue\fi
+ \jb@footfalse % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% \citetitle section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jbcitetitle}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@cite@title}{\jb@cite@title[]}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@title}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@cite@title{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@cite@title}{\jb@@cite@title[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@cite@title[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@cite@title[#1]}{\jb@@@cite@title[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@cite@title[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@cite@titletrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \ifjb@super\jb@footnote@periodtrue\fi
+ \jb@footfalse % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% \fullcite section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jbfullcite}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@fullcite}{\jb@fullcite[]}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@fullcite}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@fullcite{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@fullcite}{\jb@@fullcite[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@fullcite[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@fullcite[#1]}{\jb@@@fullcite[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@fullcite[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \noibidem%
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \ifjb@super\jb@footnote@periodtrue\fi
+ \jb@footfalse % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% THE FOOT CITE COMMANDS
+% *******************************************************
+% \footcite section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jbfootcite}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifstar{\jbfootcitenotitle}{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcite}{\jb@footcite[]}}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@footcite}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@footcite{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcite}{\jb@@footcite[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@footcite[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@footcite[#1]}{\jb@@@footcite[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@footcite[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifjb@fn\ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using `\string\footcite' inside a footnote}{%
+ Sorry, that makes no sense.}\fi
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{\unskip%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@citetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footnote@periodtrue
+ \jb@foottrue % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% \footcitetitle section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jbfootcitetitle}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcitetitle}{\jb@footcitetitle[]}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@footcitetitle}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@footcitetitle{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcitetitle}{\jb@@footcitetitle[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@footcitetitle[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@footcitetitle[#1]}{\jb@@@footcitetitle[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@footcitetitle[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifjb@fn\ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using `\string\footcitetitle' inside a footnote}{%
+ Sorry, that makes no sense.}\fi
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{\unskip% <== added to skip spaces before endnotes
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@cite@titletrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footnote@periodtrue
+ \jb@foottrue % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% \footcite* section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jbfootcitenotitle}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \jb@starred@citetrue
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcitenotitle}{\jb@footcitenotitle[]}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@footcitenotitle}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@footcitenotitle{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcitenotitle}{\jb@@footcitenotitle[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@footcitenotitle[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@footcitenotitle[#1]}{\jb@@@footcitenotitle[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@footcitenotitle[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifjb@fn\ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using `\string\footcite*' inside a footnote}{%
+ Sorry, that makes no sense.}\fi
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{\unskip%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@cite@no@titletrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footnote@periodtrue
+ \jb@foottrue % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% *******************************************************
+% \footfullcite section
+% *******************************************************
+\newcommand*{\jbfootfullcite}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@footfullcite}{\jb@footfullcite[]}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@footfullcite}{}%
+%
+\def\jb@footfullcite{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footfullcite}{\jb@@footfullcite[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@footfullcite[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@footfullcite[#1]}{\jb@@@footfullcite[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@footfullcite[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifjb@fn\ClassError{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You are using `\string\footfullcite' inside a footnote}{%
+ Sorry, that makes no sense.}\fi
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{\unskip%
+ \noibidem%
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footnote@periodtrue
+ \jb@foottrue % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% CH 0.6 rewritten
+\newcommand*{\citetitleonly}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[%
+ {\jb@cite@titlewithoutauthor}{\jb@cite@titlewithoutauthor[]}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@cite@titlewithoutauthor}{}%
+\def\jb@cite@titlewithoutauthor{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@cite@titlewithoutauthor}{\jb@@cite@titlewithoutauthor[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@cite@titlewithoutauthor[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@cite@titlewithoutauthor[#1]}{\jb@@@cite@titlewithoutauthor[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@cite@titlewithoutauthor[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@cite@titletrue
+ \jb@noauthorforcitetitletrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \ifjb@super\jb@footnote@periodtrue\fi
+ \jb@footfalse % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+% NEW 0.6
+\newcommand*{\footcitetitleonly}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@deactivate@babel%
+ \@ifnextchar[%
+ {\jb@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor}{\jb@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor[]}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor}{}%
+\def\jb@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor}{\jb@@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor[]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor[#1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor[#1]}{\jb@@@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor[][#1]}%
+}
+\def\jb@@@foot@cite@titlewithoutauthor[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \ifjb@all@full
+ \jb@change@fonts@for@fullcitetrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againtrue
+ \jb@cite@titlefalse
+ \else
+ \jb@cite@titletrue
+ \jb@noauthorforcitetitletrue
+ \jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \fi
+ \jb@citefalse
+ \jb@cite@no@titlefalse
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footnote@periodtrue
+ \jb@foottrue % works only for non-endnotes
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \@citex[#1][#2]{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*{\citefield}[3][]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@cite}[2]{##1##2}%
+ \let\@citea\@empty\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#3\do{%
+ \@citea\def\@citea{;\penalty\@m\ }%
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@newciteauxhandle{\jb@makehowcited%
+ \string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
+ \mbox{\reset@font{\bfseries ?}, #1}\G@refundefinedtrue\@latex@warning%
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}{%
+ \begingroup
+% NEW 0.5e only for \jb@checked@title, otherwise \jb@@newauthorcite is undefined
+ \def\jb@@newauthorcite{#3}%
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb}\fi
+% \protected@edef\jb@tempa{\csname b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb\endcsname}%
+% \protected@edef\jb@tempb{\expandafter\jb@thirdofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}%
+% NEW 0.5f revised for more arguments from .bbl
+% \protected@edef\jb@tempc{\expandafter\jb@fourthofseven\jb@tempa\@empty}%
+% NEW 0.5f new command because of increasing use
+ \jb@extract
+% NEW 0.6 babel support for citefield command added, bug reported by Frank Mittelbach
+ \ifjb@babel
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@language}{\bbl@main@language}}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@language}{\@empty}}{%
+ \expandafter\jbselectlanguage%
+ \expandafter{\bbl@main@language}%
+ }{%
+ \language=\csname l@\jb@@language\endcsname\relax%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{???}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{title}}{%
+ \jbfulltitlefont{\jb@@title}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{juratitle}
+ \or\equal{#2}{shorttitle}}{%
+ \jbshorttitlefont{\jb@@shorttitle}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{year}}{%
+ \ifx\jb@@year\@empty\else
+ \textup{\jbcitationyearformat{\jb@@year}}\fi
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{author}}{%
+ \let\biblnfont\jbauthorfont
+ \let\bibfnfont\jbauthorfnfont
+ \let\bibelnfont\jbauthorfont
+ \let\bibefnfont\jbauthorfnfont
+% NEW 0.5f \jb@checked@author introduced for oxford crossrefs
+ \ifjbcross
+ \jb@checked@author%
+ \else
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@fullname}%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{juraauthor}\or\equal{#2}{shortauthor}}{%
+% NEW 0.5e to avoid ambiguous author ``\citefield's''
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}\or\equal{\jb@@title@switch}{1}}{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}%
+% later in 0.5e: check for crossref's added, because outside crossref's the title is unwanted!
+ \ifjbcross\jb@checked@title\fi%
+ }{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{apy}}{%
+ \apyformat{\jb@@apy}%
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.51r access to url field added, suggested by Andreas Altenburger
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{url}}{%
+ \jburluse{#3}%
+ }{%
+ #2%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkend\fi
+ \endgroup
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\@empty}}{\relax}{,\space #1}%
+% CH 0.52p, check for `commabeforerest' introduced
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\@empty}}{\relax}{\ifjb@comma@before@rest,\fi\space #1}%
+ }}}{}}%
+% NEW 0.5f emulate the most important natbib citation commands
+\newcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}%
+\newcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+\newcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}%
+\newcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+\newcommand*{\citep}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citep}{\jb@citep[]}}%
+\def\jb@citep[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citep[#1]}{\jb@@citep[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citep[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{,\space\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{(}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{)}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+% \futurelet\@let@token\@next@footnote
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citet}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citet}{\jb@citet[]}}%
+\def\jb@citet[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citet[#1]}{\jb@@citet[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citet[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{\space(\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{)}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citealt}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citealt}{\jb@citealt[]}}%
+\def\jb@citealt[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citealt[#1]}{\jb@@citealt[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citealt[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{\space\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citealp}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citealp}{\jb@citealp[]}}%
+\def\jb@citealp[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citealp[#1]}{\jb@@citealp[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citealp[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{,\space\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citeauthor}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citeauthor}{\jb@citeauthor[]}}%
+\def\jb@citeauthor[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citeauthor[#1]}{\jb@@citeauthor[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citeauthor[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+% \futurelet\@let@token\@next@footnote
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citeyear}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citeyear}{\jb@citeyear[]}}%
+\def\jb@citeyear[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citeyear[#1]}{\jb@@citeyear[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citeyear[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{?}{\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\citeyearpar}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@citeyearpar}{\jb@citeyearpar[]}}%
+\def\jb@citeyearpar[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@citeyearpar[#1]}{\jb@@citeyearpar[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@citeyearpar[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{?}{(\jb@@year)}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\footcitep}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcitep}{\jb@footcitep[]}}%
+\def\jb@footcitep[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcitep[#1]}{\jb@@footcitep[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@footcitep[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{,\space\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{(}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{)}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@foottrue
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\footcitet}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcitet}{\jb@footcitet[]}}%
+\def\jb@footcitet[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcitet[#1]}{\jb@@footcitet[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@footcitet[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{\space(\jb@@year)}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@foottrue
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\footcitealt}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcitealt}{\jb@footcitealt[]}}%
+\def\jb@footcitealt[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcitealt[#1]}{\jb@@footcitealt[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@footcitealt[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{\space\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@foottrue
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\footcitealp}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@footcitealp}{\jb@footcitealp[]}}%
+\def\jb@footcitealp[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footcitealp[#1]}{\jb@@footcitealp[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@footcitealp[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{}{,\space\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@foottrue
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+ \jb@nat@use@year@commandtrue
+}%
+\newcommand*{\footciteauthor}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@footciteauthor}{\jb@footciteauthor[]}}%
+\def\jb@footciteauthor[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footciteauthor[#1]}{\jb@@footciteauthor[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@footciteauthor[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@citep@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse
+ \jbweareinendnotestrue
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@foottrue
+ \jbweareinendnotesfalse
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@emulate@nat@cite}{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@emulate@nat@cite}{\jb@@emulate@nat@cite[]}}%
+\def\jb@@emulate@nat@cite[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@@emulate@nat@cite[#1]}{\jb@@@emulate@nat@cite[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@foot}\or\(\boolean{jb@super}\and\not\boolean{jb@fn}\and\not\boolean{jbweareinbib}\and\not\boolean{jbweareinendnotes}\)}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@cite}[2]{\unskip\footnote{##1##2.}}%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@cite}[2]{##1##2}%
+ }%
+ \let\@citea\@empty
+ \jb@nat@citep@left@sep%
+ \@cite{%
+ \@for\@citeb:=#3\do{%
+ \@citea\def\@citea{;\penalty\@m\ }%
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@newciteauxhandle{%
+ \jb@makehowcited\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
+ \mbox{\reset@font{\bfseries ?}, #1}%
+ \G@refundefinedtrue
+ \@latex@warning{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@call@index{aut}{\@citeb}%
+ \jb@call@index{ed}{\@citeb}%
+ \jb@call@index{org}{\@citeb}%
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb}\fi
+ \jb@extract%
+ \jb@nat@cite@left@sep%
+ \ifjb@see
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\@empty}}{}{#1\space}%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\@empty}}{}{#1\space}%
+ \fi
+ \jb@nat@commands%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{\@empty}}{}{,\space\jbprformat{#2}}%
+ \jb@nat@cite@right@sep%
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkend\fi
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+ \jb@nat@citep@right@sep%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makehowcited}{%
+\ifjb@howcited
+ \ifjbcross\else
+% NEW 0.51c new switch for suppressing howcited while using \nobibliography,
+% `jb@allow@hyper@cite' is used by the new option `hypercite=false'
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite@nobib
+% no need to write out if \nobibliography is used.
+ \ifjb@cite\string\jbrealcitation{cite}{\@citeb}^^J\fi
+ \ifjb@cite@title\string\jbrealcitation{citetitle}{\@citeb}^^J\fi
+ \ifjb@cite@no@title\string\jbrealcitation{citenotitle}{\@citeb}^^J\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@changefontsforfullcite}{%
+ \ifjb@reverse@names@in@citation
+ \let\bibnf\bibrnf
+ \let\bibenf\bibrenf
+ \fi
+ \let\bibansep\jbhowsepbeforetitle
+ \let\bibbtasep\jbbtasep
+ \let\bibbfsasep\jbbfsasep
+ \let\bibbstasep\jbbstasep
+ \let\bibbtesep\jbbtesep
+ \let\bibbfsesep\jbbfsesep
+ \let\bibbstesep\jbbstesep
+ \let\jblinebreak\@empty
+ \ifjb@change@fonts@for@fullcite
+ \let\biblnfont\jbauthorfont%
+ \let\bibfnfont\jbauthorfnfont%
+ \let\bibelnfont\jbauthorfont%
+ \let\bibefnfont\jbauthorfnfont%
+ \let\bibtfont\jbtitlefont%
+ \let\bibbtfont\jbbtitlefont%
+ \let\bibapifont\jbapifont%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@author@fonts
+ \let\jbauthorfont\jbactualauthorfont
+ \let\biblnfont\jbactualauthorfont
+ \let\bibfnfont\jbactualauthorfnfont
+% \let\bibelnfont\jbactualauthorfont
+% \let\bibefnfont\jbactualauthorfnfont
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@dynamic@author@fonts
+ \ifjb@see
+ \let\biblnfont\jbactualauthorfont
+ \else
+ \let\jbannotatorfont\jbactualauthorfont
+ \let\jbauthorfont\jbauthorfontifannotator
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@test@last@author@ibidem}{%
+ \ifjb@see
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{}{%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+% if 2nd opt. arg (via option `see') is given, switch to lower case ibid.
+% thanks to Alexander Wisspeintner (wisspein@informatik.tu-muenchen.de)
+ \let\IbidemName\IbidemMidName
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\jb@@lastannotatorcite}\or\boolean{jb@see}}{%
+% ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+% NEW 0.5e: if `see' is active, allow immediately following ibidem for different `annotators'
+% Example: \footcite[][see]{inbook-minimal}
+% \footcite{inbook-minimal} <=== ibid. for humanities (if `see' is active), NOT for lawyers!
+% \footcite{inbook-minimal} <=== ibid. for both!
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+ \@ifundefined{ibidem}{\@namedef{ibidem}{}}{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \textcolor[named]{WildStrawberry}{%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi\ifthenelse{\thejb@cites@in@footnote<2}{\IbidemName}{\IbidemMidName}\ifjb@debug@br]\fi}%
+ \else
+% \IbidemName
+% NEW 0.52k+l lowercase ibidem for inline citations or \cite's inside the same footnote. (reported by Matthias Damm)
+ \ifthenelse{\thejb@cites@in@footnote<2}{\IbidemName}{\IbidemMidName}%
+% NEW 0.51 Ibidem/Idem-bugfix. Bug reported by Sönke Schaal (<s.schaal@freenet.de>)
+% When using German and `ibidem' and `idem' are used together, it appears `A.a.O.Ders.'
+% because of ``hardcoded'' gender macros for German in dejbbib.ldf. In all other languages
+% the gender macros were linked to \idem[mid]name, which was \@empty'ed here in this
+% macro. Now they are disabled all in the same way, by using:
+ \jb@switchidemofflocallytrue
+% NEW 0.52i while we suppressing output of startpages for ibidem citations now,
+% we have to switch off the mechanism to suppress formatted pages after startpages
+ \jbnoformatafterstartpagefalse
+ \fi
+% NEW 0.5f if the pages are also the same, suppress them!
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\jb@@lastpagecite}}{\let\jb@@newpagecite\@empty}{}%
+% CHANGED 0.51h kerning routine removed
+% \ifjb@ssed@kerning@wanted
+% \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@before@sepi}{}%
+% \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@before@sepii}{}%
+% \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@before@sepiii}{}%
+% \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@after@sepi}{ }%
+% \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@after@sepii}{ }%
+% \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@after@sepiii}{ }%
+% \fi
+ \let\jb@extraspace\@empty
+% \jb@footnote@period@ibidemfalse
+% NEW 0.5e humanities stuff
+ \let\jbapifont\@empty% <== remove single quotes after ibid.
+ \let\jbbtfont\@empty % <== remove single quotes after ibid.
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name
+ \let\jb@@fullname\@empty
+ \let\IbidemName\@empty
+ \let\jbatsep\@empty
+ \jb@second@extra@spacefalse
+ \fi
+ \let\jb@use@fullcite\@empty
+ \let\jb@@author\@empty
+ \let\jb@aftertitleedition\@empty
+ \let\jb@checked@edition\@empty
+ \let\jbhowsepbeforetitle\@empty
+ \let\jb@@title\@empty
+% NEW 0.5e bug removed for ibidem'ed citations, wrong error message about missing shorttitle
+% (although given), submitted by Andreas K. Foerster (<AKFoerster@nikocity.de>)
+% changed \@empty to \relax
+ \let\jb@@shorttitle\relax
+% NEW 0.5e for use with jchicago.bst
+ \let\jb@formatted@year\@empty
+% NEW 0.5e idem feature
+% REMOVED 0.5f See => Ibidem/Idem-bugfix some lines above
+% \let\idemname\@empty
+% NEW 0.5e op.cit. feature
+ \let\OpCit\relax
+% NEW 0.6 remove howcited remark if it should be used for citation
+ \ifjbusehowcitedforcite\let\jb@@howcited\@empty\fi
+ \ifjb@see\else\let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty\fi
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\jb@@lastpagecite}%
+ \or
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}%
+ }{%
+ \global\jb@footnote@periodfalse
+ }{}%
+% NEW 0.5f make sure it is empty (prophylaxe)
+ %\let\jb@makeidem\@empty
+ }{\relax}%
+}%
+% NEW 0.5f gender check for idem (necessary only for german users, I think)
+\newcommand*{\jb@idem@gender@checked}{%
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\else
+% NEW 0.5f Ibidem/Idem-bugfix
+ \ifjb@switchidemofflocally\else
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\equal{\jb@@gender}{}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jblookforgender}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sm}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSmname}{\idemsmname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pm}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemPmname}{\idempmname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sf}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSfname}{\idemsfname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pf}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemPfname}{\idempfname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{sn}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSnname}{\idemsnname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@gender}{pn}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemPnname}{\idempnname}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\idemSmname}{\idemsmname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.5f
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bbl@main@language}{english}\and\boolean{jboxford}}{%
+ \edfont{\idemname}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjbcross\edfont{\idemmidname}\else\edfont{\idemname}\fi
+ }%
+% \idemname%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@do@idem}{%
+ \@ifundefined{idem}{\@namedef{idem}{}}{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@same@fullauthor
+% NEW 0.5f warning about ambiguous citations inserted, if:
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}% 1. author wrote multiple works,
+ \and\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{}% 2. shorttitle is empty,
+ \and\equal{\@nameuse{citefull@\jb@@newauthorcite}}{citefull}% 3. not the very first citation, and
+ \and\boolean{jb@no@title@replace}% 4. replacing shorttitle by title not possible
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{ETFII@\jb@@newauthorcite}{% The same warning is placed somewhere else,
+ \global\@namedef{ETFII@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}% but we don't want to disturb the user with warnings.
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ *** `\jb@@newauthorcite' ***\on@line\MessageBreak
+ is an ambiguous citation! Because you are using\MessageBreak
+ `titleformat=noreplace', the title field can't\MessageBreak
+ be used to replace the missing shorttitle}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{}%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \textcolor[named]{WildStrawberry}{%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi
+ \jb@idem@gender@checked%
+ \ifjb@debug@br]\fi
+ }%
+ \else
+ \jb@idem@gender@checked%
+ \fi
+ \let\jb@@fullname\@empty
+ \let\jb@@author\@empty
+% \let\IbidemName\@empty
+% \let\IbidemMidName\@empty
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\jb@@lastpagecite}%
+ \TE@or % normal \or causes problems
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@opcit\else
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{%
+ \ifjbidemabbrvwithperiod
+% we don't suppress the period, if there are multiple works are cited and the title is printed.
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}\TE@or\equal{\jb@@title@switch}{1}}{}{%
+ \global\jb@footnote@periodfalse
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }{\global\jb@footnote@periodtrue}%
+ \fi
+ }{}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@test@last@author@idem}{%
+ \ifjb@see
+% for humanities
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{}{%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \let\idemname\idemmidname
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+ }%
+ \jb@do@idem
+ \else
+% for lawyers
+ \ifjb@annotator@last
+ \jb@do@idem
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{}{%
+ \jbhowsepannotatorlast%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \let\idemname\idemmidname
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{}{%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \jbhowsepannotatorfirst%
+ \let\idemname\idemmidname
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+ }%
+ \jb@do@idem
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeibidem}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{empty}}{%
+ \jb@all@titlestrue
+ \let\jbhowsepannotatorlast\@empty
+ \ifjb@see\else
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{MISS@##3}{%
+ \global\@namedef{MISS@##3}{}%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ The author of `\jb@@newauthorcite'\MessageBreak
+ is missing, I assume you know what %
+ you are doing}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@ibidem}}{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@tempcnt{\thejbbibcnt}%
+ \stepcounter{jbbibcnt}%
+% labels only for cites in footnotes !
+ \ifjb@fn
+ \begingroup
+ \label{ibidem:\thejbbibcnt}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newauthorcite}{\jb@@lastauthorcite}}{%
+ \@tempcnta=\jb@tempcnt
+ \ifjb@ibidem@double@pagewise
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \fi
+ \protected@edef\jb@idemcnta{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@ibidem@pagewise}}{%
+% true for ibidem=strict[doublepage]
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \(%
+% check if on facing pages
+% switch for ibidem=strictdoublepage true?
+ \boolean{jb@ibidem@double@pagewise}%
+ \and
+ \isodd{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{ibidem:\thejbbibcnt}}
+ \and
+ \equal{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{ibidem:\jb@idemcnta}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{ibidem:\thejbbibcnt}}%
+ \)%
+ \or
+% ignoring page breaks
+ \equal{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{ibidem:\jb@tempcnt}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{ibidem:\thejbbibcnt}}%
+ }{%
+% facing pages
+ \jb@test@last@author@ibidem
+% no lookat for recently cited works!?
+ \jb@lookatfalse
+ }{%
+% not on facing pages
+ \relax
+ }%
+ }{%
+% ibidem not pagewise (ibidem=strict[doublepage] false)
+ \jb@test@last@author@ibidem
+ }% jb@ibidem@pagewise end
+ }{\relax}% authors equal
+ }{\relax}% jb@ibidem
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeidem}{%
+% no citation idem's for crossref \cites in bibliography, we are building
+% own idem's for bibliography
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@idem}}{%
+ \protected@edef\jb@idemcnta{\theidemcnt}%
+ \stepcounter{idemcnt}%
+ \ifjb@fn
+ \begingroup
+ \label{idem:\theidemcnt}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@same@fullauthor
+ \@tempcnta=\jb@idemcnta
+ \ifjb@idem@double@pagewise
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \fi
+ \protected@edef\jb@idemcntb{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@idem@pagewise}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jb@idem@double@pagewise}%
+ \and
+ \isodd{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{idem:\theidemcnt}}%
+ \and
+ \equal{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{idem:\jb@idemcntb}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{idem:\theidemcnt}}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@test@last@author@idem
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{idem:\jb@idemcnta}}{%
+ \jb@simple@pageref@by@heiko{idem:\theidemcnt}}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@test@last@author@idem
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jb@test@last@author@idem
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }{}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand{\jb@make@ibidem@name@title}{%
+ \jb@relaxforemptyauthor
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{}}{%
+ \ifjb@no@title@replace\else
+% CH 0.6 print title only, if author is cited with at least two works
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{%
+ \jbhowsepbeforetitle\jbfulltitlefont{\jb@@title}%
+ }{}%
+ \fi%
+ }{%
+% CH 0.6 print title only, if author is cited with at least two works
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{%
+ \jbhowsepbeforetitle\jbshorttitlefont{\jb@@shorttitle}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifundefined{TITLE@##3}{\global\@namedef{TITLE@##3}{used}}{}%
+ }%
+ \ifjb@author@year\ifjb@yearaftertitle\jb@formatted@year\fi\fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makecheckednameibidem}{%
+ \ifjb@fullcite@again\else
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name
+ \jb@allow@adding@of@pagerangefalse
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{empty}}{%
+ \jb@second@extra@spacefalse}{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi
+ \jb@formatted@co@author@in%
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@short@name
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{empty}}{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@fullname}%
+ }{%
+ \jbauthorfont{\jb@@author}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \jb@@fullname%
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@author@year\ifjb@yearafterauthor\jb@formatted@year\fi\fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{MULT@##3}{%
+ \global\@namedef{MULT@##3}{}%
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title\else
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title@auto\else
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ The author of `\jb@@newauthorcite'\MessageBreak
+ is cited with more than one work, I'm switching\MessageBreak
+ to `ibidem=name&title&auto' to avoid\MessageBreak
+ ambiguous citations}%
+ \global\jb@ibidem@with@name@and@title@autotrue
+ \fi\fi
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title
+ \jb@make@ibidem@name@title%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title@auto
+ \ifjb@same@author@different@work
+ \jb@make@ibidem@name@title
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@title}{}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{}}{%
+ \IbidemName%
+ }{,\space\IbidemMidName}%
+ }{,\space\IbidemMidName}%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\jb@@lastpagecite}%
+ \TE@or % normal \or causes problems
+ \equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}%
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.6 remove pages (for options ibidem=name*) [RS]
+ \global\let\jb@@newpagecite\@empty
+ \ifjb@opcit\else
+ \global\jb@footnote@periodfalse
+ \fi
+ }{}%
+ \jb@relaxcommandsforfullcite
+ \ifjb@debug@br]\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@dofullcite}{%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \textcolor[named]{Red}{%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi
+ \jb@formatted@co@author@in\jb@use@fullcite%
+ \ifjb@debug@br]\fi}%
+ \else
+ \jb@formatted@co@author@in\jb@use@fullcite%
+ \fi%
+ \jb@relaxcommandsforfullcite
+ \let\jb@extraspace\@empty
+% CHECK WHY!
+% \global\jb@fullcite@againfalse %%!!!
+ \jb@allow@lookat@for@fullcitefalse
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeagainfullcite}{%
+ \ifjb@fullcite@again
+ \jb@allow@adding@of@pagerangefalse
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{\jb@@newauthorcite}}{allnextshort}}{%
+ \relax
+ }{%
+ \jb@dofullcite%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{\jb@@newauthorcite}}{allnextfull}}{%
+ \jb@dofullcite%
+ }{%
+ \relax
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@relaxforemptyauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@author}{empty}}{%
+ \let\jb@@author\@empty
+ \let\jbhowsepbeforetitle\relax
+ \let\jb@extraspace\@empty
+ }{\relax}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@warningfootciteusage}{%
+ \ifjb@cite@no@title
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}%
+ \and
+% NEW 0.5f superfluous warning about ambiguous citation while using `authorformat=year'
+% bug reported by Anneke Emse (<emse@uni-koeln.de>)
+ \not\boolean{jb@author@year}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@package@warning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ *** `\jb@@newauthorcite' ***\MessageBreak
+ is an ambiguous citation! Beware of\MessageBreak
+ using \string\[foot]cite*}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@checktitlefields}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@shorttitle}{}\and\not\boolean{jb@author@year}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@title}{}}{%
+ \let\jb@extraspace\@empty
+ \@ifundefined{ETF@\jb@@newauthorcite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{ETF@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \jb@package@warning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ *** `\jb@@newauthorcite' ***\MessageBreak
+ is an ambiguous citation! The `shorttitle'\MessageBreak
+ can't be used. I tried to substitute with\MessageBreak
+ `title' field - without success, please check the\MessageBreak
+ citation}{\relax}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{citefull@\jb@@newauthorcite}}{citefull}%
+ \or
+ \boolean{jbcross}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \ifjb@no@title@replace
+ \@ifundefined{ETFII@\jb@@newauthorcite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{ETFII@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ *** `\jb@@newauthorcite' ***\on@line\MessageBreak
+ is an ambiguous citation! Because you are using\MessageBreak
+ `titleformat=noreplace', the title field can't\MessageBreak
+ be used to replace the missing shorttitle}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \fi\fi
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@fm@\@citeb}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{0}%
+ \and\not\boolean{jbweareinbib}%
+ \and\boolean{jb@no@title@replace}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{ETFII@\jb@@newauthorcite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{ETFII@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \jb@package@warningNoLine{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ *** `\jb@@newauthorcite' ***\on@line\MessageBreak
+ is an ambiguous citation! Because you are using\MessageBreak
+ `titleformat=noreplace', the title field can't\MessageBreak
+ be used to replace the missing shorttitle}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@maketitlewishestrue}{%
+ \ifjb@all@titles\def\jb@@title@switch{1}\fi
+ \ifjb@cite@title\def\jb@@title@switch{1}\fi
+ \ifjb@cite@no@title\def\jb@@title@switch{0}\fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeannotatorlastwithtitle}{%
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@make@author@emph%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \jb@checked@edition%
+ }{%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \ifjb@ssed@after@author\jb@checked@edition\fi
+ \jb@make@annotator@emph%
+ \jbhowsepannotatorlast%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \ifjb@ssed@after@author\else\jb@checked@edition\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{\jb@@newauthorcite}}{allnextnotitle}}{%
+ }{%
+ \jb@checked@title%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeannotatorfirstwithtitle}{%
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\ifjb@see\jb@formatted@co@author@see\fi\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@make@author@emph%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \jb@checked@edition%
+ }{%
+ \jb@make@annotator@emph%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \jbhowsepannotatorfirst%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \jb@checked@edition%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{\jb@@newauthorcite}}{allnextnotitle}}{%
+ }{%
+ \jb@checked@title%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeannotatorlastwithouttitle}{%
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@make@author@emph%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \jb@checked@edition%
+ }{%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \ifjb@ssed@after@author\jb@checked@edition\fi
+ \jb@make@annotator@emph%
+ \jbhowsepannotatorlast%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \ifjb@ssed@after@author\else\jb@checked@edition\fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makeannotatorfirstwithouttitle}{%
+ \ifjb@noauthorforcitetitle\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newannotatorcite}{\@empty}}{%
+ \jb@make@author@emph%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \jb@checked@edition%
+ }{%
+ \jb@make@annotator@emph%
+ \jb@formatted@co@author%
+ \jbhowsepannotatorfirst%
+ \jb@formatted@author%
+ \jb@checked@edition%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makecheckedcite}{%
+% NEW 0.6 hook for citing the howcited field for non-first citations added
+ \ifthenelse{\not\equal{\jb@@howcited}{}\and\boolean{jbusehowcitedforcite}}{%
+ \ifjb@first@cite\else\jb@@howcited\fi
+ }{%
+% NEW 0.6 archival support added
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@type}{archival}}{%
+ \jb@@title%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}%
+ \or\equal{\jb@@title@switch}{1}%
+ \and\not\boolean{jb@starred@cite}%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@annotator@last
+ \jb@makeannotatorlastwithtitle
+ \else
+ \jb@makeannotatorfirstwithtitle
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@annotator@last
+ \jb@makeannotatorlastwithouttitle
+ \else
+ \jb@makeannotatorfirstwithouttitle
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \jb@aftertitleedition%
+ \ifjb@yearaftertitle\jbyear\fi
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@ssed@size}{\tiny}%
+\newlength{\jb@length@i} \settowidth{\jb@length@i} {\jb@ssed@size 1}%
+\newlength{\jb@length@ii} \settowidth{\jb@length@ii} {\jb@ssed@size 11}%
+\newlength{\jb@length@iii}\settowidth{\jb@length@iii}{\jb@ssed@size 111}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@before@sepi} {\hspace{-\jb@length@i}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@after@sepi} {\hspace{\jb@length@i}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@before@sepii} {\hspace{-\jb@length@ii}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@after@sepii} {\hspace{\jb@length@ii}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@before@sepiii}{\hspace{-\jb@length@iii}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@after@sepiii} {\hspace{\jb@length@iii}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@extract@starting@page}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\sp@tempa{#1}%
+ \expandafter\jb@@extract@starting@page\sp@tempa-\end%
+}
+\newcommand\jb@@start@page@switch{0}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@extract@starting@page}{}% make sure it's undefined
+\def\jb@@extract@starting@page#1-#2\end{%
+ \def\jb@@start@page{#1}%
+}%
+\def\sndecmd{}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\nopage}{}
+\newcommand*{\pageadd}[1]{{\space{}#1}}
+\newcommand*{\jbprformat}[1]{%
+ \ifjb@formatted@pages
+ \if\nopage#1\else
+ \jb@parse@page{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ #1%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand{\jbpagesnamesep}{\,}%
+\newcommand{\bibpagesnamesep}{\,}%
+\newcommand{\jbPageName}{\jbpagename\jbpagesnamesep}%
+\newcommand{\jbPagesName}{\jbpagesname\jbpagesnamesep}%
+\newcommand{\bibPageName}{\bibpagename\bibpagesnamesep}%
+\newcommand{\bibPagesName}{\bibpagesname\bibpagesnamesep}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@parse@page}[1]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jbpagename}{}\and\equal{\jbpagesname}{}}{\def\jbpagesnamesep{}}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\bibpagename}{}\and\equal{\bibpagesname}{}}{\def\bibpagesnamesep{}}{}%
+ \jb@if@contains@ff{#1}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibPagesName#1%
+ \else
+ \jbPagesName#1%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \jb@if@contains@f{#1}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibPagesName#1%
+ \else
+ \jbPagesName#1%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \jb@if@contains@endash{#1}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibPagesName#1%
+ \else
+ \jbPagesName#1%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \jb@if@contains@multiple{#1}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibPagesName#1%
+ \else
+ \jbPagesName#1%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib
+ \bibPageName#1%
+ \else
+ \jbPageName#1%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@if@contains@multiple}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\jb@@if@contains@multiple
+ \expandafter\@tempa\space\@nil
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@if@contains@endash}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
+ \expandafter\jb@@if@contains@endash\@tempa--\@nil}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@if@contains@ff}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
+ \expandafter\jb@@if@contains@ff\@tempa ff\@nil}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@if@contains@f}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
+ \expandafter\jb@@if@contains@f\@tempa f\@nil}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@if@contains@multiple}{}
+\def\jb@@if@contains@multiple#1 #2\@nil{%
+% \jb@typeout{args of multiple: |#1|#2|}%
+ \ifx\\#2\\% is #2 empty?
+% \jb@typeout{no and}%
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+% \jb@typeout{and found}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@if@contains@endash}{}
+\def\jb@@if@contains@endash#1--#2\@nil{%
+% \jb@typeout{args of endash: |#1|#2|}%
+ \ifx\\#2\\% is #2 empty?
+% \jb@typeout{no --}%
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+% \jb@typeout{-- found}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@if@contains@f}{}
+\def\jb@@if@contains@f#1f#2\@nil{%
+% \jb@typeout{args of f: |#1|#2|}%
+ \ifx\\#2\\% is #2 empty?
+% \jb@typeout{no f}%
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+% \jb@typeout{f found}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@@if@contains@ff}{}
+\def\jb@@if@contains@ff#1ff#2\@nil{%
+% \jb@typeout{args of ff: |#1|#2|}%
+ \ifx\\#2\\% is #2 empty?
+% \jb@typeout{no ff}%
+ \let\sndecmd\@secondoftwo
+% \ecmd changed to \sndecmd, \ecmd already used, causes errors
+ \else
+ \def\@tempa{ff}%
+ \def\@tempb{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+% \jb@typeout{ff found}%
+ \let\sndecmd\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+% \jb@typeout{no ff}%
+ \let\sndecmd\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \sndecmd
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbpagesformat}[1]{#1}%
+\newcommand*{\jbafterstartpagesep}{,}%
+% NEW 0.51o now five args, one new optional for configurable separation before startpage
+\newcommand*{\formatpages}{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@formatpages}{\jb@formatpages[]}}%
+\def\jb@formatpages[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@formatpages[#1]}{\jb@@formatpages[#1][]}}%
+\def\jb@@formatpages[#1][#2]#3#4#5{%
+ \def\jb@afterstartpagesep{#1}%
+ \def\jb@beforestartpagesep{#2}%
+ \def\jb@start@page@for@types{#3}%
+ \def\jb@normalpageldelim{#4}%
+ \def\jb@normalpagerdelim{#5}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}\and\equal{#2}{}%
+% startpage will be recognized only, when at least one opt. arg is used
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbpagesformat}[1]{%
+ \jb@normalpageldelim##1\jb@normalpagerdelim}%
+ }{\jb@start@pagetrue}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\formatarticlepages}[3][]{\formatpages[#1]{article}{#2}{#3}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@do@ssed@kerning}{%
+ \ifjb@ssed@after@author\else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@edition}{}}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\jb@@edition>9}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\jb@@edition>99}{%
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest\,\,\,\,\,\,\else\kern\jbedwidth\fi
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest\,\,\,\,\else\kern\jbedwidth\fi
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest\,\,\else\kern\jbedwidth\fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand\herename{}
+\newcommand*{\jbfirstcitepageranges}{\jb@allow@adding@of@pagerange@for@first@citetrue}
+\newcommand*{\jb@add@something@before@page}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jb@allow@adding@of@pagerange@for@first@cite}%
+ \and
+ \not\equal{\jb@@pages}{}%
+ \and
+ \(
+ \boolean{jb@first@cite}%
+ \or
+ \boolean{jb@fullcite@again}%
+ \)
+ }{%
+ \herename%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@before@page@sep}{%
+ \unskip\jb@kern@sep\space%
+ \ifjb@ssed@recent@kerned
+ \jb@do@ssed@kerning%
+ \fi
+ \jb@add@something@before@page%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@formatted@start@page}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\equal{\jb@@start@page}{}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jb@allow@adding@of@pagerange}%
+ \and
+ \(%
+ \boolean{jb@start@page}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@start@page@for@types@arg}{1}%
+ \)%
+ \and\not\boolean{jb@switchidemofflocally}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@beforestartpagesep}{}}{}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbbeforestartpagesep}{\jb@beforestartpagesep}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbafterstartpagesep}{\jb@afterstartpagesep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\jbpagesformat}[1]{%
+ \jb@normalpageldelim##1\jb@normalpagerdelim}%
+ \jb@allow@adding@of@pagerangefalse
+ \jbbeforestartpagesep%
+ \jbprformat{\jb@@start@page}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{}{%
+ \let\jb@before@page@sep\@empty
+ \jbafterstartpagesep%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\jb@@formatted@pages}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@pages}{}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{}{%
+ \jb@before@page@sep%
+ \jbpagesformat{\jb@@newpagecite}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jb@formatted@start@page%
+ \ifjb@always@pageranges
+ \ifjb@first@cite
+ \ifjb@allow@adding@of@pagerange
+ \jb@before@page@sep%
+ \jbprformat{\jb@@pages}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{}{%
+ \jb@before@page@sep%
+ \jbpagesformat{\jb@@newpagecite}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@tested@pageranges
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{%
+ \ifjb@allow@adding@of@pagerange
+ \ifthenelse{\not\equal{\diffpageibidemname}{\samepageibidemname}%
+ \TE@or
+ \not\equal{\diffpageibidemmidname}{\samepageibidemmidname}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@package@warning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ You have redefined one ore more ibidem macros\MessageBreak
+ while using `pages=test'. Please note it is\MessageBreak
+ possible that you did not get the desired\MessageBreak
+ results}%
+ }{}%
+ \jb@before@page@sep%
+ \jbprformat{\jb@@pages}%
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \jb@before@page@sep%
+ \jbpagesformat{\jb@@newpagecite}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{}{%
+ \jb@before@page@sep%
+ \jbpagesformat{\jb@@newpagecite}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@checked@kerning}{%
+ \jb@@formatted@pages\unskip%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jbpagesep}{,}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@makecheckedpages}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\@empty}}{%
+ \ifjb@suppress@dot@for@howcited\else
+ \ifjbcross\else
+ \ifjb@allow@dot@for@lookat
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@comma@before@rest}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \(
+ \not\equal{\jb@@pages}{}%
+ \and
+ \(
+ \boolean{jb@always@pageranges}%
+ \or
+ \boolean{jb@tested@pageranges}%
+ \)
+ \)
+ \or
+ \(
+ \not\equal{\jb@@start@page}{}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jb@allow@adding@of@pagerange}%
+ \and
+ \boolean{jb@start@page}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@@type}{article}%
+ \)
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{\jbpagesep}%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{}%
+ }%
+ \jb@checked@kerning%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{}%
+ \jb@checked@kerning%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifjb@period
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{\jbpagesep}%
+ \jb@checked@kerning%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{}%
+ \jb@checked@kerning%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifjb@comma@before@rest
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{\jbpagesep}%
+ \jb@checked@kerning%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@kern@sep}{}%
+ \jb@checked@kerning%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@list}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@opcit@list}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@elt}{}
+\let\jb@elt\relax
+\newtoks\jb@temptoks
+\newcommand*{\jb@@append}[2]{%
+% take care that list doesn't start with empty elem
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{%
+ \protected@xdef#2{#1}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@temptoks=\expandafter{#2}%
+ \protected@xdef#2{\the\jb@temptoks,#1}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@append}[2]{%
+% \jb@typeout{add elem |#1| to list |#2|?}%
+ \jb@if@elem{#1}{#2}{%
+% \jb@typeout{ --- yes, not adding}%
+ }{%
+% \jb@typeout{ --- no, added}%
+ \jb@@append{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@list@tempa}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@list@tempb}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@test@cmd}{}
+\newcommand*{\jb@if@elem}[2]{%
+% \jb@typeout{testing if |#1| is elem of |#2|}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@list@tempa{#1}%
+ \let\jb@test@cmd\@secondoftwo
+ \@for\jb@list@tempb:=#2\do{%
+ \ifx\jb@list@tempa\jb@list@tempb
+ \let\jb@test@cmd\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \jb@test@cmd
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@undefineall}[2]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{opcit}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@reset@opcit@for}{chapter}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{resetopcit\thechapter}{%
+ \global\@namedef{resetopcit\thechapter}{}%
+ \jb@typeout{Package jurabib Info: Resetting `#2'
+ for Chapter \thechapter}%
+ \@for\jb@list@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname\jb@list@tempa\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{resetcf\thesection}{%
+ \global\@namedef{resetcf\thesection}{}%
+ \jb@typeout{Package jurabib Info: Resetting `#2'
+ for Section \thesection}%
+ \@for\jb@list@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname\jb@list@tempa\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@resetfor}{chapter}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{resetcitefull\thechapter}{%
+ \global\@namedef{resetcitefull\thechapter}{}%
+ \jb@typeout{Package jurabib Info: Resetting `#2'
+ for Chapter \thechapter}%
+ \@for\jb@list@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname\jb@list@tempa\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{resetcitefull\thesection}{%
+ \global\@namedef{resetcitefull\thesection}{}%
+ \jb@typeout{Package jurabib Info: Resetting `#2'
+ for Section \thesection}%
+ \@for\jb@list@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname\jb@list@tempa\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@showelems}[1]{%
+% \jb@typeout{show elems of list #1:}%
+ \@for\jb@list@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \jb@typeout{\jb@list@tempa:
+ \expandafter\meaning\csname\jb@list@tempa\endcsname}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@firstcitefull}{%
+% NEW 0.6 \nextcite-commands should work for `citefull=first' too, reported by Frank Mittelbach
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{\jb@@newauthorcite}}{allnextshort}\or
+ \equal{\@nameuse{\jb@@newauthorcite}}{allnextnotitle}%
+ }{}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@resetfor}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \(
+ \equal{\jb@resetfor}{chapter}%
+ \or
+ \equal{\jb@resetfor}{section}%
+ \)
+ \and\value{citefull}=0%
+ }{%
+ \jb@undefineall{\jb@list}{citefull=first}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\boolean{jbweareinbib}%
+ \and%
+ \boolean{jb@firstcite@full}%
+ \and%
+ \equal{\jb@@cite@fullfirst@switch}{1}%
+ \and\not\boolean{jb@all@full}%
+ \and\not\boolean{jb@no@lookat@for@bib}%
+% NEW 0.6
+ \and\not\equal{\jb@@type}{archival}%
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{citefull@\jb@@newauthorcite}}{citefull}}{%
+ \let\jb@extraspace\@empty
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{%
+ \jb@makecheckednameibidem%
+ }{\relax}%
+ \ifjb@ibidem@with@name@and@title\else
+ \@ifundefined{ibidem}{\let\jb@extraspace\space}{}%
+ \fi
+ }{% the first cite
+ \jb@first@citetrue
+ \ifthenelse{\not\equal{\jb@start@page@for@types@arg}{1}}{%
+ \jb@allow@adding@of@pagerangefalse
+ }{}%
+ \global\@namedef{citefull@\jb@@newauthorcite}{citefull}%
+ \global\@namedef{NORMCR@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \global\@namedef{ARTCR@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \global\@namedef{INCCR@\jb@@newauthorcite}{}%
+ \jb@append{citefull@\jb@@newauthorcite}{\jb@list}%
+ \jbonlyforfirstcitefullbegin%
+ \let\jb@extraspace\@empty
+ \ifjb@lookat
+ \ifjb@allow@lookat@for@fullcite
+ \begingroup
+ \label{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}%
+ \hyper@jbanchorstart{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}\hyper@jbanchorend%
+ \endgroup
+ \@namedef{look@\jb@@newauthorcite}{firsttime}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \textcolor[named]{Blue}{%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi
+ \jb@formatted@co@author@in\jb@use@fullcite%
+ \ifjb@debug@br]\fi}%
+ \else
+ \jb@formatted@co@author@in\jb@use@fullcite%
+ \fi
+ \jbonlyforfirstcitefullend%
+ \let\jb@makeagainfullcite\@empty
+ \let\OpCit\@empty
+ \jb@relaxcommandsforfullcite
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jb@allow@lookat@for@fullcitefalse
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@ssed@format}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@edition}{}}{}{%
+ \textsuperscript{\jb@ssed@size\jb@@edition}}}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@ssed@notitle@format}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@edition}{}}{}{%
+ \textsuperscript{\jb@ssed@size\jb@@edition}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand{\jb@@samework@edition@differs}{}%
+\newlength{\jbedwidth}
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@superscript@edition}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@edition}{\@empty}}{}{%
+ \ifjb@ssed@all
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@checked@edition}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}\TE@or\equal{\jb@@title@switch}{1}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@samework@edition@differs}{1}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jb@checked@title\@empty
+ \jb@ssed@format%
+ \settowidth{\jbedwidth}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ \ifjb@ssed@kerning@wanted\ifjb@ssed@after@author\else
+ \kern-\jbedwidth\jb@ssed@recent@kernedtrue\fi
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@aftertitleedition}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jb@ssed@notitle@format%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@ssed@commented
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@checked@edition}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@type}{commented}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}\TE@or\equal{\jb@@title@switch}{1}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@samework@edition@differs}{1}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jb@checked@title\@empty
+ \jb@ssed@format%
+ \settowidth{\jbedwidth}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ \ifjb@ssed@kerning@wanted\ifjb@ssed@after@author\else
+ \kern-\jbedwidth\jb@ssed@recent@kernedtrue\fi
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@aftertitleedition}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jb@ssed@notitle@format%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@ssed@sw
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@edition@switch}{1}}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@checked@edition}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{1}\TE@or\equal{\jb@@title@switch}{1}}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@samework@edition@differs}{1}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jb@checked@title\@empty
+ \jb@ssed@format%
+ \settowidth{\jbedwidth}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ \ifjb@ssed@kerning@wanted\ifjb@ssed@after@author\else
+ \kern-\jbedwidth\jb@ssed@recent@kernedtrue\fi
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\jb@aftertitleedition}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \jb@ssed@notitle@format%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@ssed@mult@works
+ \renewcommand\jb@checked@edition{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \boolean{jb@ssed@mult@works}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@@samework@edition@differs}{1}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jb@checked@title\@empty
+ \jb@ssed@format%
+ \settowidth{\jbedwidth}{\jb@ssed@format}%
+ \ifjb@ssed@kerning@wanted\ifjb@ssed@after@author\else
+ \kern-\jbedwidth\jb@ssed@recent@kernedtrue\fi
+ \fi
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+}%
+\newtoks\jb@ta\newtoks\jb@tb
+\newcommand\jbauthorinfo{%
+ \begingroup\@sanitize % needed to deactivate \" etc.
+ \jb@deactivate@babel
+ \catcode`\ =10 % but treat spaces as usual (gobble between arguments)
+ \jb@define@verbatim@
+}
+\newcommand\jb@define@verbatim@[2]{%
+ \def\jb@curr@key{#2}\def\jb@list{}\jb@do@authorinfo#1\jb@end\endgroup}
+\newcommand\jb@curr@cite{}
+\newcommand\jb@last@cite{}
+\newcommand\jb@citeasedn[1]{\global\@namedef{jb@#1}{}}
+\newcommand\jb@check@edn[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@#1}{%
+% \typeout{work differs}%
+ \def\jb@@samework@edition@differs{0}%
+ }{%
+% \typeout{only EDN differs}%
+ \def\jb@@samework@edition@differs{1}%
+ }%
+}
+\def\jb@do@authorinfo#1#2\jb@end{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{%
+% \typeout{at end of list: |#1|}%
+ \jb@ta=\expandafter{\jb@list}%
+ \jb@tb=\expandafter{#1}%
+ \@ifundefined{\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb}{%
+% \typeout{this is new:^^J|\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb|}%
+ }{%
+% \typeout{this is not new:^^J|\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb|}%
+% \typeout{saving1: |\expandafter\meaning\csname\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb\endcsname|}%
+% \typeout{saving2: |\meaning\jb@curr@key|}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ % save previous label, and current label:
+ \string\csname\space jb@citeasedn\string\endcsname{\@nameuse{\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb}}^^J%
+ \string\csname\space jb@citeasedn\string\endcsname{\jb@curr@key}%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \typeout{===remembering: \jb@curr@key}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\@namedef\expandafter{\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb\expandafter}\expandafter{\jb@curr@key}%
+ }{%
+% \typeout{list item: |#1|}%
+ \jb@ta=\expandafter{\jb@list}%
+ \jb@tb=\expandafter{#1}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@list{\the\jb@ta\the\jb@tb}%
+% \typeout{list: \meaning\jb@list}%
+ \jb@do@authorinfo#2\jb@end
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand\jb@@last@@author{}
+\newcommand\jb@@new@@author{}\newcommand*{\footciteyear}{\begingroup\jb@deactivate@babel\@ifnextchar[{\jb@footciteyear}{\jb@footciteyear[]}}%
+\def\jb@footciteyear[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\jb@@footciteyear[#1]}{\jb@@footciteyear[][#1]}}%
+\def\jb@@footciteyear[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \def\jb@enote@hook{%
+ \def\jb@nat@commands{\ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@year}{}}{?}{\jb@@year}}%
+ \renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@left@sep}{}\renewcommand{\jb@nat@cite@right@sep}{}%
+ \jb@footfalse % works for endnotes too
+ }%
+ \jb@enote@hook
+ \jb@foottrue
+ \jb@emulate@nat@cite[#1][#2]{#3}\endgroup
+% \futurelet\@let@token\@next@footnote
+}%
+\newcommand\jb@@last@@title{}
+\newcommand\jb@@new@@title{}
+\newcommand\jb@@last@fullname@author{}
+\newcommand\jb@@new@fullname@author{}
+\newcommand{\jb@do@ibidem@name@title@test}{%
+ \def\jb@@new@fullname@author{INTT@\jb@@fullname}% INTT= ibidem name & title test
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@last@fullname@author}{\jb@@new@fullname@author}%
+% full names are the same, but it's not the same work
+ \and\not\equal{\jb@@newauthorcite}{\jb@@lastauthorcite}%
+ }{%
+ \jb@same@author@different@worktrue
+ }{%
+ \jb@same@author@different@workfalse
+ }%
+ \global\let\jb@@last@fullname@author\jb@@new@fullname@author
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@do@if@multiple@bibetal}{\def\jb@@title@switch{1}}
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@opcit}{%
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else
+ \ifjbcross\else
+ \ifjb@opcit
+ \@ifundefined{jb@reset@opcit@for}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \not\equal{\jb@reset@opcit@for}{}%
+ \and\value{opcit}=0%
+ }{%
+ \jb@undefineall{\jb@opcit@list}{opcit}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+% debugging
+% \jb@showelems{\jb@opcit@list}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{opcit@\jb@@newauthorcite}}{cited}}{%
+ \jb@@opcittrue
+ }{%
+ \global\@namedef{opcit@\jb@@newauthorcite}{cited}%
+ \hyper@jbanchorstart{opcit.\jb@@newauthorcite.\jb@reset@opcit@label@for}%
+ \hyper@jbanchorend%
+ \jb@append{opcit@\@citeb}{\jb@opcit@list}%
+ \jb@@opcitfalse
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\jb@make@pageranges@for@first@cite}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@nameuse{citefull@\@citeb}}{citefull}%
+ \and\not\boolean{jb@allow@adding@of@pagerange@for@first@cite}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jbPAGES\@gobble
+ \let\jbpages\@gobble
+ \let\jbPages\@gobble
+ \let\jbartPages\@gobble
+ }{%
+ \ifthenelse{\(%
+ \equal{\jb@@type}{article}%
+ \or
+ \equal{\jb@@type}{periodical}%
+% CH 0.6 incollection added
+ \or
+ \equal{\jb@@type}{incollection}%
+ \)%
+ \and\boolean{jb@allow@adding@of@pagerange@for@first@cite}%
+ }{}{%
+ \let\jbPAGES\@gobble
+ \let\jbpages\@gobble
+ \let\jbPages\@gobble
+ \let\jbartPages\@gobble
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@citex[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \stepcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}%
+ \ifjb@ssed@mult@works\jb@check@edn{#3}\fi
+% NEW 0.6 some checks for the new `super' option
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@foot}\or\(\boolean{jb@super}\and\not\boolean{jb@fn}%
+ \and\not\boolean{jbweareinbib}\and\not\boolean{jbweareinendnotes}\)}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@cite}[2]{\unskip\footnote{##1##2\ifthenelse{\boolean{jb@footnote@period}}{\unskip.}{}}}%
+ }{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@cite}[2]{%
+ \ifjb@fn\else\ifjbweareinbib\else\ifjbcross\else\jb@open\fi\fi\fi
+ ##1##2%
+ \ifjb@fn\else\ifjbweareinbib\else\ifjbcross\else\jb@close\fi\fi\fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax
+ \ifx\relax#2\relax
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{#3: @citex arg1 and @citex arg2 are empty,}%
+ \typeout{#3: I assume \string\cite{key}}%
+ \fi
+ \def\jb@@newannotatorcite{}%
+ \def\jb@@newpagecite{\jbprformat{}}%
+ \else
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{#3: @citex arg1 is empty or missing/@citex arg2 is #2}%
+ \typeout{#3: I assume \string\cite[#2]{key} or \string\cite[][#2]{key}}%
+ \fi
+ \def\jb@@newannotatorcite{}%
+ \def\jb@@newpagecite{\jbprformat{#2}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\relax#2\relax
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{#3: @citex arg1 is #1/@citex arg2 is empty or missing}%
+ \typeout{#3: I assume \string\cite[#1][]{key}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@old@order
+ \def\jb@@newannotatorcite{}%
+ \def\jb@@newpagecite{\jbprformat{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \def\jb@@newannotatorcite{#1}%
+ \def\jb@@newpagecite{\jbprformat{}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \typeout{#3: @citex arg1 is #1/@citex arg2 is #2}%
+ \typeout{#3: I assume \string\cite[#1][#2]{key}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@old@order
+ \def\jb@@newannotatorcite{#2}%
+ \def\jb@@newpagecite{\jbprformat{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \def\jb@@newannotatorcite{#1}%
+ \def\jb@@newpagecite{\jbprformat{#2}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@no@nested@crossrefs
+% perhaps \bibcrossrefcite is redef'd, so let's save it
+ \let\origcrossref\jbcrossrefchecked
+% disable crossreferencing in full citations by default
+ \renewcommand*{\jbcrossrefchecked}[2][]{}%
+% save crossref editor separation
+ \let\origbibces\bibces
+ \renewcommand*{\bibces}{}%
+ \fi
+ \let\@citea\@empty%
+ \@cite{%
+ \@for\@citeb:=#3\do{%
+ \@citea%
+ \def\@citea{;\penalty\@m\ %
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{%
+ \global\@namedef{jb@morethanonecite}{}}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{\@empty}}{\relax}{%
+ \jb@package@warning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ I assume you know what you're doing %
+ using `\jb@@newpagecite'\MessageBreak
+ on a citation with more than one\MessageBreak
+ author}{\relax}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{}{%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\jb@@new@@author{\expandafter\jb@fifthofseven\@tempa\@empty}%
+ }%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@last@@author}{\jb@@new@@author}\and\not\equal{\jb@@new@@author}{}}{%
+ \jb@same@fullauthortrue
+ }{%
+ \jb@same@fullauthorfalse
+ }%
+ \global\let\jb@@last@@author\jb@@new@@author
+% This has to be tested outside definition of \@citea!
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\relax}{%
+ \let\jb@@newannotatorcite\@empty
+% for repeated authors in multiple citations
+ \let\idemname\idemmidname
+ }%
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write
+ \@newciteauxhandle{%
+ \jb@makehowcited\string\citation{\@citeb}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+% b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb instead of b@\@citeb %
+% for chapterbib compatibility
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
+ \mbox{\reset@font{\bfseries ?}, #1}%
+ \G@refundefinedtrue
+ \@latex@warning{%
+ Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \begingroup
+ \jb@extract%
+ \ifjb@always@pageranges\else\ifjb@tested@pageranges
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@newpagecite}{}}{}{\jb@make@pageranges@for@first@cite}%
+ \else\jb@make@pageranges@for@first@cite\fi\fi
+% \@citeb instead of #3 (we are inside \@for!)
+ \def\jb@@newauthorcite{\@citeb}%
+% new position of \jb@make@opcit to jump to the beginning of the opcit source citation
+ \jb@make@opcit
+ \jb@call@index{aut}{\@citeb}%
+ \jb@call@index{ed}{\@citeb}%
+ \jb@call@index{org}{\@citeb}%
+ \jb@changefontsforfullcite
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb}\fi
+ \jb@extract%
+ \jb@do@ibidem@name@title@test%
+% For crossref's: avoid lonely \jbhowsepbeforetitle at the beginning
+% of an bib entry, if no author (and no key!) is given
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@fullname}{\@empty}%
+ \and
+ \equal{\jb@@author}{\@empty}%
+ }{%
+ \let\jbhowsepbeforetitle\@empty
+ }{}%
+% do some things ONLY in citations, use \addto
+ \jbonlyforcitations%
+% check if we should print out the title for a special publication type <=== To TEST !!!!!!!!!!!
+ \jb@cite@title@for@type@hook%
+% check for types and citefull=first
+ \jb@cite@full@first@fortype@hook%
+% check for work which should have always title
+ \jb@cite@title@for@work@hook%
+% check for which type we should print out the starting page
+ \jb@start@page@for@type@hook%
+% check for which type we should give a starting page
+% \jb@format@startpages@for@types@hook%
+ \jb@make@superscript@edition%
+% check if different works with <name>~\Bibetal exists
+% \@citeb instead of #3 (we are inside \@for!)
+ \@ifundefined{jb@fm@\@citeb}{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@mult@switch}{0}}{%
+ \@ifundefined{jb@fmmess@\@citeb}{% only one message per entry
+ \global\@namedef{jb@fmmess@\@citeb}{}%
+ \jb@package@warning{\jb@pkg@name}{%
+ Multiple use of `et. al.' for the author(s)\MessageBreak
+ of `#3' \MessageBreak
+ detected, printing the title to\MessageBreak
+ avoid ambiguity}}{}}{\relax}%
+ \jb@do@if@multiple@bibetal% the things to do if true
+ }%
+ \ifjb@babel
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@language}{\bbl@main@language}%
+ }{}{%
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\jb@@language}{\@empty}%
+ }{% if no language is given, use the main language
+ \expandafter\jbselectlanguage%
+ \expandafter{\bbl@main@language}%
+ }{% if a language is given, use it
+ \language=\csname l@\jb@@language\endcsname\relax%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \jb@checktitlefields
+ \@ifundefined{jb@morethanonecite}{\jb@makeibidem}{\relax}%
+ \jb@makeidem
+ \jb@firstcitefull
+ \jb@checked@etal
+ \jb@makeagainfullcite%
+ \jb@relaxforemptyauthor
+ \jb@warningfootciteusage
+ \jb@maketitlewishestrue
+ \jb@cite@no@title@for@type@hook%
+ \ifjb@debug
+ \textcolor[named]{Dandelion}{%
+ \ifjb@debug@br[\fi\jb@makecheckedcite\ifjb@debug@br]\fi}%
+ \else
+ \jb@makecheckedcite%
+ \fi
+ \OpCit%
+ \ifjb@lookat
+ \ifjb@firstcite@full
+ \ifjb@allow@lookat@for@fullcite
+ \ifjb@all@full\else
+ \ifthenelse{%
+ \equal{\@nameuse{look@\@citeb}}{firsttime}%
+ }{%
+ \relax
+ }{%
+% "Don't place the \ref and \vref within the scope of
+% \hyper@natlinkstart ... \hyper@natlinkend--that can
+% cause nested hyperlinks." - Eitan Gurari
+% So we are closing the hyperlink and the group here ...
+% NEW 0.6 lookat for type stuff
+ \jb@lookat@fortype@hook
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\jb@@lookat@for@type@switch}{1}}{%
+ \unskip\lookatprefix%
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkend\fi
+ \endgroup
+ \ifjb@vario
+ \vref{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}%
+ \else
+ \ref{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb}\fi
+ \lookatsuffix%
+ \jb@extract%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ \fi % allfull end
+ \fi % allow@lookat@for@fullcite end
+ \fi % jb@firstcite@full end
+ \fi % jb@lookat end
+ \jb@checkperiod{#2}%
+ \jb@extract@starting@page{\jb@@pages}%
+ \jb@makecheckedpages
+ \ifjb@allow@hyper@cite\hyper@jblinkend\fi
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\ifx\relax#2\relax
+% CH 0.6 don't compare empty pages to the next reference [RS],
+% no \samepageibidem(mid)name for subsequent citations without page
+% \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{}%
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{EMPTY}%
+ \else
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{\jbprformat{#2}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\relax#2\relax
+ \ifjb@old@order
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{\jbprformat{#1}}%
+ \else
+% CH 0.6 don't compare empty pages to the next reference [RS],
+% no \samepageibidem(mid)name for subsequent citations without page
+% \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{#1}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{}%
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{EMPTY}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifjb@old@order
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{#2}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{\jbprformat{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \gdef\jb@@lastannotatorcite{#1}\gdef\jb@@lastpagecite{\jbprformat{#2}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifjbweareinbib\else\gdef\jb@@lastauthorcite{#3}\fi
+ \global\let\jb@morethanonecite\@undefined
+ \let\ibidem\@undefined
+ \ifjb@no@nested@crossrefs
+ \global\let\jbcrossrefchecked\origcrossref
+ \fi
+ \ifjb@fn
+ \let\jb@close\@empty
+ \let\jb@open\@empty
+ \fi
+ \stepcounter{citefull}%
+ \stepcounter{opcit}%
+ \jb@allow@adding@of@pagerangetrue
+ }%
+ }%
+ \global\jb@fullcite@againfalse
+ \jb@noauthorforcitetitlefalse
+ }{}%
+ \ifjb@fn\else\jb@fnfalse\fi
+ \jb@ssed@recent@kernedfalse
+ \@restore@auxhandle
+}%
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\citetitle\jbcitetitle
+ \let\fullcite\jbfullcite
+ \let\footfullcite\jbfootfullcite
+ \let\footcite\jbfootcite
+ \let\footcitetitle\jbfootcitetitle
+}%
+% CH 0.6 we switched to the end of the file, because of the new file loading mechanism,
+% some command appeared to be undef'ed when putting them into the .cfg files
+\def\jurabibsetup{\setkeys{jb}}
+\let\jb@origExecuteOptions\ExecuteOptions
+\let\ExecuteOptions\jurabibsetup
+% CH 0.6 adapted version of \ProcessOptionsWithKV, after discussion in dctt.
+\def\ProcessOptionsWithKV#1{%
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \let\KVo@tempa\@empty
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{%
+ \@ifundefined{KV@#1@\CurrentOption}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \edef\KVo@tempa{\KVo@tempa,\CurrentOption,}%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption
+ \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist
+ }%
+ }%
+ \edef\KVo@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\setkeys{#1}{%
+ \KVo@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \KVo@tempa
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+}
+\ProcessOptionsWithKV{jb}%
+% \let\ExecuteOptions\jb@origExecuteOptions
+% Pick up the options from config files
+% Is there a own config file?
+\InputIfFileExists{\jb@own@config@file}{%
+ \jb@typeout{Package jurabib Info: *** Local config file `\jb@own@config@file' used ***^^J}}{%
+% Is there a jurabib system config file?
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jb@config@file}{%
+ \jb@typeout{Package jurabib Info: *** Local config file `\jb@config@file' used ***^^J}}{}%
+}%
+% Call \ProcessOptionsWithKV again to give \usepackage-options priority over options from config files.
+\ProcessOptionsWithKV{jb}%
+\let\ExecuteOptions\jb@origExecuteOptions
+%</package>
+%<*jurabst|jurecobst|jurunsrt>
+ENTRY{
+ address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ isbn
+ issn
+ journal
+ key
+ language
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+%%
+ url
+ urldate
+ volumetitle
+ dissyear
+ howcited
+ juratitle
+ juraauthor
+ shorttitle
+ shortauthor
+ ssedition
+ titleaddon
+ booktitleaddon
+ editortype
+ sortkey
+ annote
+ gender
+ translator
+ flanguage
+ oyear
+ oaddress
+ opublisher
+ updated
+ totalpages
+ founder
+ archive
+ subarchive
+ shortarchive
+ shortsubarchive
+ sig1
+ sig2
+ sig3
+ sig4
+ archname
+ }
+ { repeat-authors repeat-titles }
+ { label dummy.label extra.label sort.label current-authors }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+INTEGERS { colon.after period.dash }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+ #4 'colon.after :=
+ #5 'period.dash :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u v w x }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state after.block =
+ { write$ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ { write$ }
+ { output.state colon.after =
+ { "" * write$ }
+ { output.state period.dash =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { " " * write$ }
+ { write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ after.block 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "Empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+ "" 's :=
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ duplicate$ is.num
+ { s swap$ * 's := }
+ { pop$ "" 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ s empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$ s }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition.superscript}
+{ edition extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or s "erste" = or
+ { "1" 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or s "zweite" = or
+ { "2" 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or s "dritte" = or
+ { "3" 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or s "vierte" = or
+ { "4" 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or s "fuenfte" = or
+ { "5" 't := }
+ { s "sixth" = s "6" = or s "sechste" = or
+ { "6" 't := }
+ { s "seventh" = s "7" = or s "siebte" = or s "siebente" = or
+ { "7" 't := }
+ { s "eighth" = s "8" = or s "achte" = or
+ { "8" 't := }
+ { s "nineth" = s "9" = or s "neunte" = or
+ { "9" 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s "" * 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" * t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" * t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ * t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem.fst}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[{" write$
+ shortauthor empty$
+ { juraauthor empty$
+ { author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+% CH 0.6 { "empty" write$ }
+ { archive empty$
+ { "empty" write$ }
+ { archive write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { label write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { label write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { juraauthor write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { shortauthor write$ }
+ if$
+ "}%" write$
+ sortkey empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { newline$ "% SORTKEY: [" sortkey * "]" * write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+ shorttitle empty$
+ { juratitle empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { " {}%" write$ }
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { " {" journal * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { volume empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" journal * "}%" * write$ }
+ { " {" journal * "\jbsy {" * year * "}}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" journal * "}%" * write$ }
+ { " {" journal * " " * volume * " " * " \peryearformat {" year * "}}%" * * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { " {" juratitle * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { " {" shorttitle * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+ repeat-authors
+ { " {{1}" write$ }
+ { " {{0}" write$ }
+ if$
+ howcited empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" howcited * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ type$ empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" type$ * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ year empty$
+ { type$ "book" = dissyear empty$ not and
+ { "{" dissyear * write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ "}" write$
+ }
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "{" year * write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ "}" write$
+ }
+ if$
+ edition empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" convert.edition.superscript extract.num * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ ssedition empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" ssedition * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ language empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" language * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ { "{}%" write$ }
+ { "{" write$ pages n.dashify write$ "}%" write$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem.snd}
+{ newline$
+%<*jurecobst>
+ publisher empty$
+ { address empty$
+ { " {" write$ }
+ { " {" write$ address write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+ { " {" write$ }
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bpubaddr {} " write$ publisher write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ publisher empty$
+ { address empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ }
+ { " {" write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ address write$ }
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bibbdsep {} " write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ publisher write$ }
+ { " {" write$ publisher write$ "\bibbdsep {} " write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bpubaddr {} " write$ publisher write$ }
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bpubaddr {} " write$ publisher write$ "\bibbdsep {} " write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ "}}%" write$ newline$
+ " {" write$
+ title empty$
+ { "{}%" write$ newline$ }
+ { "{" title *
+ type$ "archival" =
+ { shortarchive empty$ not
+ { ", In: " shortarchive * * }
+ { archive empty$ not
+ { ", In: " archive * * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ shortsubarchive empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " shortsubarchive * * }
+ if$
+ sig1 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " sig1 * *
+ sig2 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ". " sig2 * *
+ sig3 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ". " sig3 * *
+ sig4 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ". " sig4 * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " \jbArchPages {" pages n.dashify * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "}%" * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ gender empty$
+ { " {}" write$ }
+ { " {" gender * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+% NEW 0.6
+ oyear empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" oyear * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { "{4}" write$ }% author and editor empty
+ { "{3}" write$ }% author empty, editor not
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "{2}" write$ }% editor empty, author not
+ { "{1}" write$ }% both author and editor given
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "{}{}{}{}{}}%" write$ newline$
+ " ]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ url empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { newline$ " \jburldef {" write$ cite$ write$ "}{" write$ url write$ "}%" write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+ " \jbbibargs {" write$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ output.bibitem.fst
+ output.bibitem.snd
+}
+
+% NEW 0.5e
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{ note empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ {" \jbnote {} {" * note * "} " * }
+ {" \jbnote {1} {" * note * "} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.5e
+FUNCTION {format.endnote}
+{ note empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \jbendnote {" note * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.5e
+% FUNCTION {fin.entry.endnote}
+% { " \jbdoitem" * write$
+% annote missing$
+% { " \bibAnnoteFile {" cite$ * "}" * write$ newline$ }
+% { " \bibAnnote {" annote * "}" * write$ newline$ }
+% if$
+% }
+
+FUNCTION {format.juradiss.book}
+{ dissyear empty$
+ { "" }
+ { type empty$
+ { school empty$
+ { "Dissyear but no school in " cite$ * warning$
+ " (\alsothesisname {} \jurthesisname" *
+ year empty$ not year missing$ not and
+ { "\bibbdsep {} " dissyear * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ ")" *
+ }
+ { " (\alsothesisname {} \jurthesisname, " school *
+ year empty$ not year missing$ not and
+ { "\bibbdsep {} " dissyear * * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ ")" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { school empty$
+ { "Dissyear but no school in " cite$ * warning$
+ " (\alsothesisname {} " type *
+ year empty$ not year missing$ not and
+ { "\bibbdsep {} " dissyear * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ ")" *
+ }
+ { " (\alsothesisname {} " type *
+ ", " school * *
+ year empty$ not year missing$ not and
+ { "\bibbdsep {} " dissyear * * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ ")" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis}
+{ year empty$
+ { school empty$
+ { "No universtiy in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { "There's a university, but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ ""
+ }
+ { type empty$
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { school empty$
+ { "No university in " cite$ * warning$
+ type$ "mastersthesis" =
+ { "\apyformat {\mastersthesisname" address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ { type$ "jurthesis" =
+ { "\apyformat {\jurthesisname" address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ { "\apyformat {\phdthesisname" address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "mastersthesis" =
+ { "\mastersthesisname, \apyformat {" school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ { type$ "jurthesis" =
+ { "\jurthesisname, \apyformat {" school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ { "\phdthesisname, \apyformat {" school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { school empty$
+ { "No university in " cite$ * warning$
+ type$ "mastersthesis" =
+ { "\apyformat {\mastersthesisname" * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * "}" * }
+ { type$ "jurthesis" =
+ { "\apyformat {\jurthesisname" * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * "}" * }
+ { "\apyformat {\phdthesisname" * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "mastersthesis" =
+ { "\mastersthesisname, \apyformat {" school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * * "}" * }
+ { type$ "jurthesis" =
+ { "\jurthesisname, \apyformat {" school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * * "}" * }
+ { "\phdthesisname, \apyformat {" school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { school empty$
+ { "No university in " cite$ * warning$ type }
+ { type " \apyformat {" * school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { school empty$
+ { "No university in " cite$ * warning$ type
+ address empty$ 'skip$ { " \apyformat {" address * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " * * year * "}" * }
+ { type " \apyformat {" * school * address empty$ 'skip$ { ", " address * * } if$ "\bibbdsep {} " year * * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {set.comma.pages.check}
+{ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pages empty$
+ { url empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { ", " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {set.period.dash}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { period.dash 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {set.period.dash.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'set.period.dash
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {part.of.sentence}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { mid.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+% This function replaces the string on top of the stack with its final
+% non-right-brace character.
+
+FUNCTION {get.final.nonrightbrace.char}
+{ { duplicate$
+ #-1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$
+ "}" =
+ }
+ { pop$
+ #-2 global.max$ substring$
+ }
+ while$
+ swap$ pop$
+}
+
+% somewhat analogous to the add.period$ built-in function, this function looks
+% at the string on top of the stack, and if its last character is a period,
+% question mark, or exclamation mark, it appends nothing (the closing brace),
+% else it appends the \bibatsep macro
+
+FUNCTION {check.punct.instead.of.add.period}
+{ duplicate$
+ get.final.nonrightbrace.char
+ duplicate$ "." = swap$
+ duplicate$ "!" = swap$
+ "?" = or or
+ { "} " * }
+ { "}\bibatsep\ " * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {check.punct.instead.of.add.period.art}
+{ duplicate$
+ get.final.nonrightbrace.char
+ duplicate$ "." = swap$
+ duplicate$ "!" = swap$
+ "?" = or or
+ { "} " * }
+ { pages empty$ note empty$ url empty$ and and
+ { "} " * }
+ { volume empty$
+ { pages empty$
+ { "}\ajtsep\ " * }
+ { crossref missing$
+ { month empty$
+ { "}\ajtsep\ " * }
+ { "}\ajtsep " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "}\ajtsep " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "}\ajtsep\ " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibtfont {" swap$ check.punct.instead.of.add.period * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {journaltitlemarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibJTsep \bibjtfont {" swap$ check.punct.instead.of.add.period.art * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollbooktitlemarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibbtfont {" swap$ check.punct.instead.of.add.period * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION { lastnamemarkup }
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibnf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION { editorlastnamemarkup }
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { author empty$
+ { "\biblenf {" swap$ * "}" * } % lonely editor(s)!
+ { "\bibenf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION { othermarkup }
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ " {}" }
+ { " {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article.in.journal}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { author missing$
+ { title missing$
+ 'skip$
+ { journaltitlemarkup "" swap$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { journaltitlemarkup "" swap$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names} % NEW v0.5
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ 't := t lastnamemarkup 't :=
+ s nameptr "{ff}" format.name$ othermarkup 'u :=
+ s nameptr "{f.}" format.name$ othermarkup 'v :=
+ s nameptr "{vv}" format.name$ othermarkup 'w :=
+ s nameptr "{jj}" format.name$ othermarkup 'x :=
+ t u * v * w * x * 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { numnames #3 >
+ { "" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtasep " * t * } % between (exactly) two authors
+ { "\Bibbfsasep " * t * } % between first and second author (if more than two)
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t "\bibnf {others} {} {} {} {}" =
+ t "\bibnf {others} {} {} {} {} \edfont {\editorsname}" = or
+ numnames #3 > or
+ { "\bibIMfont {\Bibetal}" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtasep " * t * } % between (exactly) two authors
+ { "\Bibbstasep " * t * } % between second and third author
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.names} % NEW v0.5
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ 't := t editorlastnamemarkup 't :=
+ s nameptr "{ff}" format.name$ othermarkup 'u :=
+ s nameptr "{f.}" format.name$ othermarkup 'v :=
+ s nameptr "{vv}" format.name$ othermarkup 'w :=
+ s nameptr "{jj}" format.name$ othermarkup 'x :=
+ t u * v * w * x * 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { numnames #3 >
+ { "" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtesep " * t * } % between (exactly) two editors
+ { "\Bibbfsesep " * t * } % between first and second editor (if more than two)
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t "\bibenf {others} {} {} {} {}" =
+ t "\biblenf {others} {} {} {} {}" = or
+ t "\bibenf {others} {} {} {} {} \edfont {\editorsname}" = or
+ t "\biblenf {others} {} {} {} {} \edfont {\editorsname}" = or
+ numnames #3 > or
+ { "\bibIMfont {\Bibetal}" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtesep " * t * } % between (exactly) two editors
+ { "\Bibbstesep " * t * } % between second and third editor
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.name.sig}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff}{ vv}{ ll}{ jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { "" * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { " et al." * }
+ { "" * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {indexmarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "{}" }
+ { "{" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {format.names.for.index}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ 't := t indexmarkup 't :=
+ s nameptr "{ff}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'u :=
+ s nameptr "{f.}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'v :=
+ s nameptr "{vv}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'w :=
+ s nameptr "{jj}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'x :=
+ t u * v * w * x * 't :=
+ t "{others}{}{}{}{}" =
+ 'skip$
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { "; " * t * }
+ {
+% numnames #2 >
+% { "; " * }
+% 'skip$
+% if$
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "; " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.founders}
+{ founder empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { author empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " in: " * }
+ if$
+ founder format.names "\foundername" * *
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { author empty$
+ { "\afterfoundersep {}" * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author empty$
+ { editor format.editor.names
+ editortype empty$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { "\fsted {\editorsname}" * }
+ { "\fsted {\editorname}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\fsted {(" editortype * ")}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { founder empty$
+ { "\bibfnfont {;} " * }
+ { type$ "commented" =
+ { "\afterfoundersep {}" * }
+ { "\bibfnfont {;} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ editor format.editor.names *
+ editortype empty$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " \edfont {\editorsname}" * }
+ { " \edfont {\editorname}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { " \edfont {(" editortype * ")}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.snd.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" * }
+ { author empty$
+ { editortype empty$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { "\snded {\sndeditorsname}" * }
+ { "\snded {\sndeditorname}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\snded {(" editortype * ")}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION { format.howcited }
+{ "} {\bibhowcited}" format.endnote * }
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry.endnote}
+{ " \jbdoitem {" *
+% NEW 0.6 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+ author empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { author format.names.for.index * }
+ if$
+ "} {"
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { editor format.names.for.index * }
+ if$
+ "} {" *
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{" organization * "}{}{}{}{}" * * }
+ if$
+ "}" * * write$
+ annote missing$
+ { " \bibAnnoteFile {" cite$ * "}" * write$ newline$ }
+ { " \bibAnnote {" annote * "}" * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6, counts authors/editors
+FUNCTION {count.authors.or.editors}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { "" 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { "" * }
+ { "s" * } % more than one author/editor, append `s'
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+FUNCTION { set.after.author.sep }
+{ author missing$
+ { editor missing$
+ { organization missing$
+% NEW 0.6 { "} {empty} {} {" }
+ { archive missing$
+ { "} {empty} {} {" }
+ { "} {" archive format.name.sig * "} {} {" * }
+ if$
+ }
+% CH 0.6 { "} {" author format.name.sig * "} {au} {" * }
+ { "} {" organization "} {org} {" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+% CH 0.6 { "} {" editor format.name.sig * "} {ed} {" * }
+ { "} {" editor format.name.sig * "} {ed" editor count.authors.or.editors "} {" * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+% CH 0.6
+% { "} {" author format.name.sig * "} {au} {" * }
+ { "} {" author format.name.sig * "} {au" author count.authors.or.editors "} {" * * * }
+ if$
+ author empty$
+ { format.snd.editors }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "" *
+}
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+
+%<*jurecobst>
+FUNCTION { set.after.author.sep }
+{ author empty$ editor empty$ and
+ { "}{jureco} {} {" "" * }
+ { year empty$
+ { type$ "book" = dissyear empty$ not and
+ { "\bibYear {" dissyear *
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" extra.label * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ "}" * *
+ }
+ { year missing$
+ { "\bibYear {}" * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year missing$
+ { "\bibYear {}" * }
+ { "\bibYear {" year *
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" extra.label * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ "}" * *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "}{jureco} {} {" "" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+%</jurecobst>
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.info}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { " " * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { " et al." * }
+ { " " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+% CH 0.51q macros for testing commentaries, reworked, bug reported by Tilman Finke
+% check for editor and edition added
+FUNCTION { format.howcited.comment }
+{ edition empty$
+ { "} {\bibcommenthowcited}" format.endnote * }
+ { "} {\bibcommenthowcited}" format.endnote * *
+ author empty$ editor empty$ not and
+ { " \jbauthorinfo {" editor format.names.info " " title * * * "}{" cite$ "}" * * * }
+ { author empty$ shortauthor empty$ not and
+ { " \jbauthorinfo {" shortauthor format.names.info " " title * * * "}{" cite$ "}" * * * }
+ { " \jbauthorinfo {" author format.names.info " " title * * * "}{" cite$ "}" * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION { format.howcited.artperiod }
+{ "} {\bibartperiodhowcited}" format.endnote * }
+
+FUNCTION {format.proceed.organization}
+{ organization empty$
+ { "" }
+ { organization " \organizationname {}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.5e titleaddon
+FUNCTION {format.titleaddon}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { titleaddon empty$
+ { "" }
+ { titleaddon "\bibatsep\ " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\bibtfont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.artperiodincoll.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\bibapifont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.volumetitle}
+{ volumetitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { volume empty$
+ { "There's a volumetitle but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ volumetitle ", " * }
+ { volumetitle ", " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.extra.label}
+{ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\bibel {" extra.label * "}" * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "There's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ month }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { edition empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbssedbd {" convert.edition.superscript extract.num * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ year
+ add.extra.label
+ }
+ { month " " *
+ edition empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbssedbd {" convert.edition.superscript extract.num * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ year *
+ add.extra.label
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.update}
+{ updated missing$ not
+ { "\updatesep {} \updatename {} " * updated * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format}
+{ type$ "book" = type$ "inbook" = type$ "incollection" = or or
+ { oyear empty$
+ { opublisher empty$
+ { oaddress empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { oaddress "\osep {} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { oaddress empty$
+ { opublisher "\osep {} " * * }
+ { oaddress "\bpubaddr {} " * opublisher "\osep {} " * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { "oyear without year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ opublisher empty$
+ { oaddress empty$
+ { oyear * "\osep {} \reprintname {}, " * }
+ { oaddress "\bibbdsep {} " * oyear "\osep {} " * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { oaddress empty$
+ { opublisher * "\bibbdsep {} " * oyear "\osep {} " * * }
+ { oaddress "\bpubaddr {} " * opublisher "\bibbdsep {} " * * oyear "\osep {} " * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.translators}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ translator empty$
+ { flanguage empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\translator {}{" flanguage "l" change.case$ * "}" *
+ type$ "incollection" = not
+ type$ "article" = not
+ and
+ { "{1} " * }
+ { type$ "incollection" =
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "article" =
+ { "{1}" * }
+ { series empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\translator {" translator * "}" *
+ flanguage empty$
+ { "{}" * }
+ { "{" * flanguage "l" change.case$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ type$ "incollection" = not
+ type$ "article" = not
+ and
+ { "{1} " * }
+ {
+ type$ "incollection" =
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "article" =
+ { "{1} " * }
+ { series empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+%<*jurecobst>
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.year}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { address empty$
+ { institution empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * institution "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * address "}" * }
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * address "\bpubaddr {} " * institution "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+ { institution empty$
+ { "There's only a publisher (no address) in " cite$ * warning$
+ " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * publisher "}" * }
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * publisher ", " * institution "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * address "\bpubaddr {} " * publisher "}" * * }
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format * address "\bpubaddr {} " * publisher ", " * institution "}" * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+%</jurecobst>
+
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+FUNCTION {checked.inst}
+{ institution empty$
+ { " \apyformat {" *
+ oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format
+ }
+% CH 0.6 missing "\apyformat {" inserted, bug reported by Michael Below
+ { address empty$ not
+ { " \apyformat {" * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.year}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { address empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { "Neither address nor year in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+ { "No address in " cite$ * warning$
+ institution empty$
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format format.date * "}" * }
+ { " \apyformat {" institution * "\bibbdsep {} " * format.date "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { checked.inst address "}" * }
+ { checked.inst address "\bibbdsep {} " format.date * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { "There's only a publisher (no address, no year) in " cite$ * warning$ publisher }
+ { checked.inst publisher "\bibbdsep {} " * format.date "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { checked.inst address * "\bpubaddr {} " publisher "}" * * }%
+ { checked.inst address * "\bpubaddr {} " publisher "\bibbdsep {} " * format.date "}" * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+
+FUNCTION {format.howpublished.address.year}
+{ howpublished empty$
+ { address empty$
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { "No address in " cite$ warning$ }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { year empty$
+ { "Neither address nor year in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+% CH 0.6 suggested by R.S.
+% { "No address in " cite$ * warning$ year }
+ { "No address in " cite$ * warning$ format.date }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format address * "}" * }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format address * "\bibbdsep {} " * format.date "}" * * }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { "There's only a howpublished (no address) in " cite$ * warning$ " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format howpublished * "}" * }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { year empty$
+ { "There's only a howpublished (no address, no year) in " cite$ * warning$ howpublished }
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format howpublished * "\bibbdsep {} " * format.date "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+%<*jurecobst>
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format address * "\bpubaddr {} " * howpublished "}" * * }
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ { year empty$
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format address * "\bpubaddr {} " * howpublished "}" * * }
+ { " \apyformat {" oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format address * "\bpubaddr {} " * howpublished * "\bibbdsep {} " * format.date "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #4 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibvol.tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #4 <
+ { "~" }
+ { "{} " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}{ title emphasize format.titleaddon * }
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle.vol}
+{ number empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { title emphasize format.titleaddon * }
+ {
+ title emphasize format.titleaddon * " \volumeformat {" volume * "} " * *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume empty$
+ { title emphasize format.titleaddon * }
+ {
+ title emphasize format.titleaddon * "\volumeformat {" volume * "} " * * series "\bibatsep\ " * *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { title emphasize format.titleaddon * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle.vol.inbook}
+{ number empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { "\bibapifont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon * }
+ { "\bibapifont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon *
+ " \volumeformat {" volume * "} " * *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume empty$
+ { "\bibapifont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon * }
+ { series emphasize
+ "\volumeformat {" volume * "} " * *
+ "\bibapifont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\bibapifont {" title check.punct.instead.of.add.period * format.titleaddon * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author empty$ title empty$ and
+ 'skip$
+ { " " * }
+ if$
+ urldate empty$
+ {"\jburluse {" cite$ * "}" * }
+ {"\jburluse {" cite$ * "}\bibbudcsep {}\urldatecomment " * urldate * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.naked.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { "" }
+ { urldate empty$
+ { title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { title emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "\jburluse {" cite$ * "}" *
+ }
+ { title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { title emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "\jburluse {" cite$ * "}\bibbudcsep {}\urldatecomment " * urldate *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.series.number}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \numberandseries {}{" series * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { series empty$
+ { " \numberandseries {" number * "}{}" * "There's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " \numberandseries {" number * "}{" * series "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { series empty$
+ { "" }
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ { " \numberandseries {}{" series * "}" * } % { " (" series * ")" * }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.ed} { "\firstedname" }
+FUNCTION {second.ed}{ "\secondedname" }
+FUNCTION {third.ed} { "\thirdedname" }
+FUNCTION {fourth.ed}{ "\fourthedname" }
+FUNCTION {fifth.ed} { "\fifthedname" }
+FUNCTION {th.ed} { "\thedname" }
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ edition extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or
+ { first.ed 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or
+ { second.ed 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or
+ { third.ed 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
+ { fourth.ed 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
+ { fifth.ed 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s th.ed * 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\jbedition {" * convert.edition "~\editionname {}\jbaensep} " * }% dot or not ???????
+ if$
+}
+
+% CH 0.6 tie.or.space.connect removed, superfluous space inserted
+FUNCTION { format.isbn.issn }
+{ isbn empty$
+ { issn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\jbissn {" issn n.dashify * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\jbisbn {" isbn n.dashify * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \jbPages{" pages n.dashify * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {multi.pagerange.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "b" =
+ swap$ "/" = or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {check.missing.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "Empty pages in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { pages multi.pagerange.check
+ { "" * }
+ { type$ "article" = type$ "periodical" = or
+ { "There's only a starting page, no pagerange in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages.book}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \jbpages {" pages " \bibtotalpagesname}" *}
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.totalpages}
+{ totalpages empty$
+ { "" }
+ {
+ ", " totalpages "~\bibtotalpagesname" * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.year.num.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \artvolumeformat {" volume * "}" *
+ year empty$
+ { "There's a volume but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\ " month * * }
+ if$
+ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " \artyearformat {" year * add.extra.label "}" * * }
+ if$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+%<*jurecobst>
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\artnumberformat {" number * "}" * * }
+ if$
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\artnumberformat {" number * "}" * * }
+ if$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { "" format.pages * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.bracedyear.num.pages}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \pervolumeformat {" volume * "}" *
+ year empty$
+ { "There's a volume but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " \peryearformat {" year * add.extra.label "}" * * }
+ if$
+ month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " month * * }
+ if$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+%<*jurecobst>
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { volume empty$
+ { "" * }
+ { ", " * }
+ if$
+ "\pernumberformat {" number * "}" * *
+ }
+ if$
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", \pernumberformat {" number * "}" * * }
+ if$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { "" format.pages * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "\unskip.\,-- \bibchapterlongname" }
+ { "\unskip.\,-- " type * }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitleaddon}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { booktitleaddon empty$
+ { "" }
+ { booktitleaddon }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.editor.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { volume empty$
+ { "\incolledformat {}{}{" booktitle incollbooktitlemarkup format.booktitleaddon * * "}{}" *
+ booktitleaddon empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\incolledformat {}{}{" booktitle incollbooktitlemarkup format.booktitleaddon * * "}{" * volume * "}" *
+ booktitleaddon empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volume empty$
+ { "\incolledformat {"
+ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.editor.names "}" * *
+ editortype empty$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { "{\edfont {\editorsname}}{" * }
+ { "{\edfont {\editorname}}{" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "{\edfont {(" * editortype * ")}}{" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ booktitle incollbooktitlemarkup * format.booktitleaddon * "}{}" *
+ booktitleaddon empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\incolledformat {" *
+ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.editor.names "}" * *
+ editortype empty$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { "{\edfont {\editorsname}}{" * }
+ { "{\edfont {\editorname}}{" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "{\edfont {(" * editortype * ")}}{" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ booktitle incollbooktitlemarkup * format.booktitleaddon * "}{" volume * "}" *
+ booktitleaddon empty$
+ { "{} " * }
+ { "{1} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number.jur}
+{ type empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { " -- \technicalreportname {} " }
+ { "~(" number * ").\,-- \technicalreportname {} " * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { number empty$
+ { " -- " type * }
+ { "~(" number * ").\,-- " type * " " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref.bracedyear}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "Need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * warning$ "" }
+ { "\bibJTsep\bibjtfont {" journal * check.punct.instead.of.add.period.art * }
+ if$
+ volume empty$
+ { "No volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " \pervolumeformat {" volume * "} " * }
+ if$
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ year empty$
+ { "No year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { "\peryearformat {" year * add.extra.label "}" * * }
+ if$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" key * }
+ if$
+ "\ \protect\jbcrossrefchecked {" * crossref * "}\unskip" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "Need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * warning$ "" }
+ { "\bibJTsep\bibjtfont {" journal * check.punct.instead.of.add.period.art * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" key * }
+ if$
+ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { year * }
+ if$
+ " \protect\jbcrossrefchecked {" crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "Need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * warning$ "" * }
+ { "" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" * }
+ if$
+ volume empty$
+ { "Empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ ""
+ " \protect\jbcrossrefchecked {" * crossref * "}\unskip" * }
+ { " \protect\jbcrossrefchecked[" * volume * "]{" * crossref "}\unskip" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ " \protect\jbincollcrossref {" * crossref * "}" *
+ editor empty$
+ { "{}" * }
+ { "{1}" * }
+ if$
+ format.pages % *<== 0.5f removed too.
+}
+
+FUNCTION { format.editors.organization }
+{ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { type$ "misc" =
+ { organization }
+ { author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { " " organization * " \organizationname {}" * }
+ { "; " organization * " \organizationname {}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "; " organization * " \organizationname {}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {format.address.organization.manual}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { address output part.of.sentence
+ year empty$ not { "\bibbdsep {}" *} 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output part.of.sentence
+ year empty$ not { "\bibbdsep {}" *} 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization empty$
+ { address output part.of.sentence }
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * organization * output part.of.sentence }
+ if$
+ year empty$ not { "\bibbdsep {}" *} 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.artperiodincoll.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal article.in.journal output.nonnull
+ new.sentence
+ format.vol.year.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ format.howcited.artperiod output
+ check.missing.pages
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {commented}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { format.founders }
+ { format.founders format.editors "editor" output.check }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor empty$
+ { format.authors format.founders output.nonnull }
+ { format.authors format.founders format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.btitle.vol "title" output.check }
+ { format.btitle "title" output.check }
+ if$
+ format.volumetitle output
+ format.edition output
+ format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check
+ format.update
+ new.sentence
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.series.number output }
+ { format.book.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.url output
+ format.pages output
+ format.note
+ format.howcited.comment output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.artperiodincoll.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal article.in.journal output.nonnull
+ new.sentence
+ format.vol.bracedyear.num.pages output
+ }
+ { new.sentence format.article.crossref.bracedyear output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ format.howcited.artperiod output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { "" "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor empty$
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ { format.authors "\jbtiafed {" format.editors * "}" * output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.btitle.vol "title" output.check }
+ { format.btitle "title" output.check }
+ if$
+ author empty$ not editor empty$ not and
+ { "\jbedafti {\edbyname {} " editor * "," * * "} " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ make.translators output
+ format.volumetitle output
+ format.edition output
+ format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.juradiss.book output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.series.number output }
+ { format.book.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.url output
+ format.pages output
+ format.totalpages output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { editor empty$
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ { format.authors format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { chapter empty$
+ { "There's no chapter in " cite$ * warning$ "" * }
+ { type empty$
+ { "\Bibchaptername{}" }
+ { type }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect " In " * *
+ }
+ if$
+ format.btitle.vol.inbook "title" output.check
+ make.translators output
+ format.volumetitle output
+ format.edition output
+ format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.series.number output
+ format.url output
+ format.pages "pages" output.check
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ }
+ { chapter empty$
+ { "There's no chapter in " cite$ * warning$ "" *
+ format.btitle.vol.inbook "title" output.check
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ { "\Bibchaptername{}" }
+ { type }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect "" * *
+ }
+ if$
+ format.volumetitle output
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.url output
+ format.pages "pages" output.check
+ format.note
+ }
+ if$
+ part.of.sentence
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.artperiodincoll.title "title" output.check
+ make.translators output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.incoll.editor.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.volumetitle output
+ format.edition output
+ format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.series.number output
+ format.url output
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ part.of.sentence
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.note
+ }
+ { format.volumetitle output
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ }
+ if$
+ format.howcited output
+ check.missing.pages
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.artperiodincoll.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.incoll.editor.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ address empty$
+ { organization new.sentence.checka
+ organization output
+ part.of.sentence
+ format.address.publisher.year output
+ }
+ { format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check }
+ if$
+ new.sentence
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.series.number output }
+ if$
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ part.of.sentence
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ }
+ if$
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings}
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\bibnf{" organization * "} {} {} {} {}" * output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.edition output
+% NEW 0.6
+ format.address.organization.manual
+ format.date output
+ pages set.period.dash.check
+ format.pages.book output
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.thesis output
+ set.comma.pages.check
+ pages new.sentence.checka
+ format.pages output
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.thesis output
+ set.comma.pages.check
+ pages new.sentence.checka
+ format.pages output
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {jurthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.thesis output
+ set.comma.pages.check
+ pages new.sentence.checka
+ format.pages output
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.howpublished.address.year output
+ format.note
+ format.url output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title output
+ format.howpublished.address.year output
+ format.note
+ format.url output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\biblnfont {" organization * " \organizationname}" * output }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.proceed.organization output }
+ if$
+ new.sentence
+ format.series.number output.nonnull
+ volume empty$
+ { "" output.nonnull }
+ { "\volumeformat {" volume * "} " * "volume" output.check }
+ if$
+ format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check
+ pages set.period.dash.check
+ format.pages.book output
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { editor empty$
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ { format.authors format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ institution new.sentence.checka
+ format.address.publisher.year output
+ number new.sentence.checka
+ format.tr.number.jur "number" output.check
+ pages set.period.dash.check
+ format.pages.book output
+ format.url output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {www}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.naked.url output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {lexicon}
+{ output.bibitem
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.btitle.vol "title" output.check }
+ { format.btitle "title" output.check }
+ if$
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\edbyname{} " * editor format.editor.names "," * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\byname{} " author format.names * "," * * }
+ if$
+ make.translators output
+ format.volumetitle output
+ format.edition output
+ format.address.publisher.year "publisher" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ format.juradiss.book output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.series.number output }
+ { format.book.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.url output
+ format.pages output
+ format.totalpages output
+ format.note
+ format.isbn.issn output
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6
+STRINGS { last.archive last.subarchive }
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {init.last.archive }
+{ "" 'last.archive :=
+ "" 'last.subarchive := }
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {archival}
+{ output.bibitem
+ archive empty$
+ { "" 'last.archive := }
+ { archive last.archive =
+ { "} {" archive format.name.sig * "} {} {\jbsamearch{} " * * }
+ { "\bibanfont{" archive * "archive" output.check
+ shortarchive empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " \jbshortarchformat{" shortarchive * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ "}" *
+ "} {" archive format.name.sig * "} {} {\jbnotsamearch{} " * *
+ }
+ if$
+ archive 'last.archive :=
+ }
+ if$
+ subarchive empty$
+ { "" 'last.subarchive := }
+ { subarchive last.subarchive =
+ 'skip$
+ { subarchive output
+ shortsubarchive empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " \jbshortsubarchformat{" shortsubarchive * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ "\jbsubarchsep{} " *
+ }
+ if$
+ subarchive 'last.subarchive :=
+ }
+ if$
+ sig1 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbarchsig {" *
+ subarchive empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbsamesubarchindent{} " * }
+ if$
+ sig1 *
+ sig2 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ". " sig2 * *
+ sig3 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ". " sig3 * *
+ sig4 empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ". " sig4 * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+% pages empty$
+% 'skip$
+% { " \jbPages{" pages n.dashify * "}" * * }
+% if$
+ "} {" *
+ }
+ if$
+ archname missing$
+ { "}" * }
+ { archname "}" * output }
+ if$
+ format.howcited output
+ fin.entry.endnote
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}{misc}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type}{misc}
+
+MACRO {jan} {"\janname\ "}
+MACRO {feb} {"\febname\ "}
+MACRO {mar} {"\marname\ "}
+MACRO {apr} {"\aprname\ "}
+MACRO {may} {"\mayname\ "}
+MACRO {jun} {"\junname\ "}
+MACRO {jul} {"\julname\ "}
+MACRO {aug} {"\augname\ "}
+MACRO {sep} {"\sepname\ "}
+MACRO {oct} {"\octname\ "}
+MACRO {nov} {"\novname\ "}
+MACRO {dec} {"\decname\ "}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}{ purify$ "l" change.case$ }
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's := % for two: (Jones/de~Bruijn)
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ % for three: (Jones/de~Bruijn/Smith)
+ s num.names$ duplicate$ % for more: (Jones et\,al.)
+ #2 <
+ 'pop$ % for just one person
+ { duplicate$ duplicate$
+ #3 >
+% ^--- here we can determine the appearence of `et\,al.' for the _label_
+ swap$ s swap$ "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ or
+ { pop$ "\Bibetal" * } % for 4 or more, or last is `others'
+ { #2 =
+ { "\jbbtasep " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % for (exactly) two
+ { "\jbbfsasep " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * % for three
+ "\jbbstasep " * s #3 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+% reintroduced in 0.51r
+ year missing$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbdy {" year * "}" * * }% dummy year to prevent from `1993a' and `2001b' for works by the same author
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.lab.names}
+{ 's := % for two: (Jones/de~Bruijn)
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ % for three: (Jones/de~Bruijn/Smith)
+ s num.names$ duplicate$ % for more: (Jones et\,al.)
+ #2 <
+ 'pop$ % for just one person
+ { duplicate$ duplicate$
+ #3 >
+% ^--- here we can determine the appearence of `et\,al.' for the _label_
+ swap$ s swap$ "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ or
+ { pop$ "\Bibetal" * } % for 4 or more, or last is `others'
+ { #2 =
+ { "\jbbtesep " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % for (exactly) two
+ { "\jbbfsesep " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * % for three
+ "\jbbstesep " * s #3 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ year missing$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbdy {" year * "}" * * }% dummy year to prevent from `1993a' and `2001b' for works by the same author
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.editor.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.editor.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" = type$ "inbook" = or type$ "incollection" = or type$ "commented" = or type$ "lexicon" = or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.dummy.label}
+{ type$ "book" = type$ "inbook" = or type$ "incollection" = or type$ "commented" = or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'dummy.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ vv{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "\bibnf {others} {} {} {} {}" = and
+ { "\Bibetal" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "Der " #4
+ "Die " #4
+ "Das " #4
+ "Ein " #4
+ "Eine " #5
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ {
+%% "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ {
+%% "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {archival.sort}
+{ archive empty$
+ { shortarchive empty$
+ { "to sort, need archive or shortarchive in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+ { shortarchive sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { archive sortify }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ calc.dummy.label
+%<*jurabst|jurecobst&!jurunsrt>
+% NEW 0.6, contributed by Robert Schlicht
+ dummy.label sortify " " *
+ sortkey empty$
+ { type$ "book" =
+ type$ "incollection" = or
+ type$ "inbook" = or
+ type$ "commented" = or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ { type$ "archival" =
+ 'archival.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+% CH 0.6 sort.format.names added, analogous to jox.bst
+ { sortkey sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ type$ "archival" = not
+ { " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ }
+ { " "
+ *
+ subarchive field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ sig1 field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ sig2 field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ sig3 field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ sig4 field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+% save for later [RS]
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label *
+% includes dummy.label [RS]
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+%</jurabst|jurecobst&!jurunsrt>
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+%% FUNCTION {before.sort} { "BEFORE SORT:" top$ }
+%% EXECUTE {before.sort}
+%% FUNCTION {print.sort.keys} {sort.key$ top$}
+%% ITERATE {print.sort.keys}
+
+%<*jurabst|jurecobst&!jurunsrt>
+SORT
+%</jurabst|jurecobst&!jurunsrt>
+
+%% FUNCTION {after.sort} {"AFTER SORT:" top$}
+%% EXECUTE {after.sort}
+%% ITERATE {print.sort.keys}
+
+% REMOVED 0.6 suggested by R.S.
+% STRINGS { last.dummy.label next.extra } % use "w" and "x" instead
+
+% CH 0.6 suggested by R.S. in d.c.t.t.
+% INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label extra.extra.num }
+
+% NEW 0.6 suggested by RS in d.c.t.t.
+FUNCTION {make.extra.label}
+{ last.extra.num #122 <
+ { last.extra.num #1 + }
+ { extra.extra.num #0 =
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ }
+ { extra.extra.num #1 + }
+ if$
+ 'extra.extra.num :=
+ "a" chr.to.int$ }
+ if$
+ 'last.extra.num :=
+ extra.extra.num #0 =
+ { last.extra.num int.to.chr$ }
+ { extra.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ extra.label last.extra.num int.to.chr$ * }
+ if$
+}
+
+% NEW 0.6 suggested by R.S.
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ w dummy.label =
+ { make.extra.label 'extra.label := }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ #0 'extra.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ dummy.label 'w :=
+ }
+ if$
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ x "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'x :=
+ extra.label
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "" swap$ * }
+ if$
+ 'extra.label :=
+ dummy.label extra.label * 'dummy.label :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% NEW 0.6, suggested by RS
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} { sort.label 'sort.key$ := }
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+
+FUNCTION {set.current.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ 'current-authors := }
+ { organization 'current-authors := }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.names #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'current-authors := }
+%% ^^^^^^^^^^^^ NOT format.editor.names, otherwise \jb@@arg is always = 0!!!
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.names #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'current-authors := }
+ if$
+}
+
+STRINGS { previous-authors }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.previous.authors} { "" 'previous-authors := }
+
+FUNCTION {mark.repeat.authors}
+{ current-authors previous-authors =
+ { #1 'repeat-authors := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ current-authors 'previous-authors :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {set.current.authors}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.previous.authors}
+
+ITERATE {mark.repeat.authors}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.previous.authors}
+
+REVERSE {mark.repeat.authors}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "%" write$ newline$
+%<*jurecobst>
+ "% This bibliography was produced by using jureco.bst" write$ newline$
+%</jurecobst>
+%<*jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ "% This bibliography was produced by using jurabib.bst" write$ newline$
+%</jurabst|jurunsrt>
+ "%" write$ newline$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%</jurabst|jurecobst|jurunsrt>
+%<*joxbst>
+% [0.1k] new function `count.authors.or.editors' to count authors/editors,
+% wrong output, reported by Maarten Wisse
+% [0.1j] doubled commas after title and superfluous comma before brackets
+% removed (resulted by last changes), reported by Maarten Wisse
+% [0.1i] some warnings for missing authors/editors corrected, reported by Maarten Wisse
+% [0.1h] changed handling of authors/editors in @book, reported by Maaarten Wisse:
+% The golden rule with regard to editors and authors is:
+% 1. no author but only editor: then the
+% editor goes before the title.
+% 2. if there is an author \textbf{and}
+% an editor, then the \emph{author} goes
+% \textbf{before} the title, and the
+% \emph{editor} goes \textbf{after} it.
+% [0.1g] superfluous \bibatsep in `format.title' removed, reported by Maarten Wisse
+% [0.1f] forgotten argument of \jbbibargs inserted
+% [0.1e] \bibbudcsep introduced instead of `~-- '
+% [0.1d] \bibedinformat introduced for inline editors
+% [0.1c] \el for bibliography renamed to \bibel, some stuff for identifying authors added
+% [0.1b] format.pages added for @BOOK and @BOOKLET
+% for names which should not be recognized by BibTex, use
+% `author = {Gregory{ }the{ }Great}'
+% instead of
+% `author = {{Gregory the Great}}'
+% because of special functions for capitalizing the `von' part.
+% [0.1a] \bibAnnote stuff added
+% [0.1] jox.bst has reached beta stage
+%
+% [0.0.1p] spaces after control sequences added for better linebreaking
+% regarding the well known bibtex bug
+% [0.0.1o] \volname added
+% [0.0.1n] @incollection: `booktitleaddon' follows booktitle and volume, preceds series;
+% no \volumename if `volume' comes with citation of an essay;
+% `capitalize.von.part' added (Thanks to Oren Patashnik)
+% [0.0.1m] `booktitleaddon' follows immediately booktitle, \volumename inserted in
+% `format.in.editor.booktitle.volume.voltitle'
+% [0.0.1l] bug in `format.in.editor.booktitle.volume.voltitle' removed (completely rewritten,
+% error message, if no volumetitle was given); a \bpubaddr replaced by \bibbdsep in `format.publisher';
+% `format.titleaddon' added for @unpublished
+% [0.0.1k] experimental noed field added, noed=1 disables output of `(ed.)', removing `textedition'
+% [0.0.1j] bug in `format.in.editor.booktitle.volume.voltitle' removed (error message, if no editor was given)
+% [0.0.1i] `format.endnote' added to make the `endnote' option work
+% [0.0.1h] `format.in.editor.booktitle.volume.voltitle' introduced for non crossref'd incollections,
+% this makes `volformat=reversed' working for booktitle too
+% [0.0.1g] `format.bvolume.btitle' for non crossref'd incollections added
+% [0.0.1f] `volume' removed if volumetitle missing for incollection and inbook crossrefs
+% [0.0.1e] missing year (if publisher is not given) in format.publisher.* added, volformat=reversed implemented,
+% chapter for inbook moved back to pages
+% [0.0.1d] incollection adapted to give the same output with or without crossref
+% [0.0.1c] comma before url for all types except @www
+% [0.0.1b] First try to adapt the @in* types
+% [0.0.1a] \artvolnumformat introduced, all types except the @in* adapted (oaddress.opublisher.oyear, make.translator, pseudonym etc.)
+FUNCTION {version} { " v0.1k" }
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ stitle
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ url
+ urldate
+ volumetitle
+ juratitle
+ shorttitle
+ juraauthor
+ shortauthor
+ howcited
+ ssedition
+ language
+ titleaddon
+ booktitleaddon
+ editortype
+ sortkey
+ annote
+ gender
+ translator
+ flanguage
+ oyear
+ oaddress
+ opublisher
+ pseudonym
+ volformat
+ noed
+ }
+ { repeat-authors }
+ { label dummy.label extra.label sort.label short.list current-authors }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t u v w x }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { write$ mid.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.endnote}
+{ note empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \jbendnote {" note * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.howcited}{ before.all 'output.state := "} {\bibhowcited}" format.endnote * * }
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.name.sig}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff}{ vv}{ ll}{ jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { "sssss" * t * }
+ { t "others" =
+ { " et al." * }
+ { "" * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.snd.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" * }
+ { author empty$
+ { editortype empty$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { "\snded {\sndeditorsname}" * }
+ { "\snded {\sndeditorname}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\snded {(" editortype * ")}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {count.authors.or.editors}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { "" 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { "" * }
+ { "s" * } % more than one author/editor, append `s'
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {set.after.author.sep}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ author missing$
+ { editor missing$
+ { organization missing$
+ { "} {empty} {} {" }
+ { "} {" organization "} {org} {" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "} {" editor format.name.sig * "} {ed" editor count.authors.or.editors "} {" * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "} {" author format.name.sig * "} {au" author count.authors.or.editors "} {" * * * }
+ if$
+ author empty$
+ { format.snd.editors }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{ note empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ { "\jbnote {}{" * note * "}" * }
+ { " \jbnote {1}{" * note * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+% FUNCTION {add.blank}{ " " * before.all 'output.state := }
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {non.stop}
+{ duplicate$
+ "}" *
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}
+{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}
+{ " " swap$ * " " * }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
+{ "\editionname {} " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.vol}
+{ "\volname {}" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
+{ "\volumename {}" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}
+{ " \volumeofname {} " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}
+{ "\numbername" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}
+{ "\incollinname {} " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.in.series}
+{ "\inseriesname {}" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
+{ "\bibchaptername {}" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
+{ "\technicalreportname {}" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
+{ "\mastersthesisname {}" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
+{ "\phdthesisname {}"}
+
+MACRO {jan} {"\janname"}
+MACRO {feb} {"\febname"}
+MACRO {mar} {"\marname"}
+MACRO {apr} {"\aprname"}
+MACRO {may} {"\mayname"}
+MACRO {jun} {"\junname"}
+MACRO {jul} {"\julname"}
+MACRO {aug} {"\augname"}
+MACRO {sep} {"\sepname"}
+MACRO {oct} {"\octname"}
+MACRO {nov} {"\novname"}
+MACRO {dec} {"\decname"}
+
+FUNCTION {checked.emph.format}
+{ type$ "book" = type$ "inbook" = type$ "proceedings" = type$ "inproceedings" = or or or
+ { "\bibtfont {" }
+ { "\bibapifont {" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { checked.emph.format swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {b.emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibbtfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {write.url}
+{ url empty$
+ { urldate empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "there's an urldate, but no url in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "www" =
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * }
+ if$
+ title empty$ output.state before.all = and
+ { "" * mid.sentence 'output.state := }
+ { " " * }
+ if$
+ urldate empty$
+ { "\jburluse {" cite$ * "}" * * }
+ { "\jburluse {" cite$ * "}\bibbudcsep {}\urldatecomment " * urldate * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {lastnamemarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibnf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editorlastnamemarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { author empty$
+ { "\biblenf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ { "\bibenf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {othermarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ " {}" }
+ { " {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {indexmarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "{}" }
+ { "{" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.for.index}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ 't := t indexmarkup 't :=
+ s nameptr "{ff}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'u :=
+ s nameptr "{f.}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'v :=
+ s nameptr "{vv}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'w :=
+ s nameptr "{jj}" format.name$ indexmarkup 'x :=
+ t u * v * w * x * 't :=
+ t "{others}{}{}{}{}" =
+ 'skip$
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { "; " * t * }
+ {
+% numnames #2 >
+% { "; " * }
+% 'skip$
+% if$
+ t "others" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "; " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ 't := t lastnamemarkup 't :=
+ s nameptr "{ff}" format.name$ othermarkup 'u :=
+ s nameptr "{f.}" format.name$ othermarkup 'v :=
+ s nameptr "{vv}" format.name$ othermarkup 'w :=
+ s nameptr "{jj}" format.name$ othermarkup 'x :=
+ t u * v * w * x * 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { numnames #3 >
+ { "" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtasep " * t * }
+ { "\Bibbfsasep " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t "\bibnf {others} {} {} {} {}" =
+ numnames #3 > or
+ { "\bibimfont {\Bibetal}" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtasep " * t * }
+ { "\Bibbstasep " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ 't := t editorlastnamemarkup 't :=
+ s nameptr "{ff}" format.name$ othermarkup 'u :=
+ s nameptr "{f.}" format.name$ othermarkup 'v :=
+ s nameptr "{vv}" format.name$ othermarkup 'w :=
+ s nameptr "{jj}" format.name$ othermarkup 'x :=
+ t u * v * w * x * 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { numnames #3 >
+ { "" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtasep " * t * }
+ { "\Bibbfsasep " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t "\bibenf {others} {} {} {} {}" =
+ t "\biblenf {others} {} {} {} {}" = or
+ t "\bibenf {others} {} {} {} {} \editorsname" = or
+ t "\biblenf {others} {} {} {} {} \editorsname" = or
+ numnames #3 > or
+ { "\bibimfont {\Bibetal}" * }
+ { numnames #3 <
+ { "\Bibbtasep " * t * }
+ { "\Bibbstasep " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { pseudonym empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "[" pseudonym format.names * "]" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.names
+ pseudonym empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " [" * pseudonym format.names * "]" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { pseudonym empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "[" pseudonym format.editor.names * "]" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.editor.names
+ pseudonym empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " [" * pseudonym format.editor.names * "]" * }
+ if$
+ noed missing$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { editortype empty$
+ { "\bibedformat {\editorsname}" * }
+ { "\bibedformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editortype empty$
+ { "\bibedformat {\editorname}" * }
+ { "\bibedformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { noed 's :=
+ s "1" =
+ 'skip$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { editortype empty$
+ { "\bibedformat {\editorsname}" * }
+ { "\bibedformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editortype empty$
+ { "\bibedformat {\editorname}" * }
+ { "\bibedformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { pseudonym empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "[" pseudonym format.editor.names * "]" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.editor.names
+ pseudonym empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " [" * pseudonym format.editor.names * "]" * }
+ if$
+ noed missing$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { editortype empty$
+ { " \bibedinformat {\editorsname}" * }
+ { " \bibedinformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editortype empty$
+ { " \bibedinformat {\editorname}" * }
+ { " \bibedinformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { noed 's :=
+ s "1" =
+ 'skip$
+ { editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { editortype empty$
+ { " \bibedinformat {\editorsname}" * }
+ { " \bibedinformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editortype empty$
+ { " \bibedinformat {\editorname}" * }
+ { " \bibedinformat {" * editortype * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ format.howcited
+ " \jbdoitem {" *
+ author empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { author format.names.for.index * }
+ if$
+ "} {"
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { editor format.names.for.index * }
+ if$
+ "} {" *
+ organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{" organization * "}{}{}{}{}" * * }
+ if$
+ "}" * * write$
+ annote missing$
+ { " \bibAnnoteFile {" cite$ * "}" * write$ newline$ }
+ { " \bibAnnote {" annote * "}" * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.titleaddon}
+{ title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { titleaddon empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * titleaddon * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitleaddon}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { booktitleaddon empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * booktitleaddon * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title checked.emph.format swap$ * non.stop
+ { before.all 'output.state := "}" * }
+ { before.all 'output.state := "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {journalnamemarkup}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibJTsep \bibjtfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {seriesformat}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\bibsnfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+ "" 's :=
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ duplicate$ is.num
+ { s swap$ * 's := }
+ { pop$ "" 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ s empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$ s }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition.superscript}
+{ edition extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or s "erste" = or
+ { "1" 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or s "zweite" = or
+ { "2" 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or s "dritte" = or
+ { "3" 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or s "vierte" = or
+ { "4" 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or s "fuenfte" = or
+ { "5" 't := }
+ { s "sixth" = s "6" = or s "sechste" = or
+ { "6" 't := }
+ { s "seventh" = s "7" = or s "siebte" = or s "siebente" = or
+ { "7" 't := }
+ { s "eighth" = s "8" = or s "achte" = or
+ { "8" 't := }
+ { s "nineth" = s "9" = or s "neunte" = or
+ { "9" 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s "" * 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem.fst}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[{" write$
+ shortauthor empty$
+ { juraauthor empty$
+ { author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { "empty" write$ }
+ { organization write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { label write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { label write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { juraauthor write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { shortauthor write$ }
+ if$
+ "}%" write$
+ sortkey empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { newline$ "% SORTKEY: [" sortkey * "]" * write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+ shorttitle empty$
+ { juratitle empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { " {}%" write$ }
+ { title empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { " {}%" write$ }
+ { " {" key * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { " {" title * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { " {" juratitle * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { " {" shorttitle * "}%" * write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+ repeat-authors
+ { " {{1}" write$ }
+ { " {{0}" write$ }
+ if$
+ howcited empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" howcited * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ type$ empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" type$ * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ year empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" year * write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ "}" write$
+ }
+ if$
+ edition empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" convert.edition.superscript extract.num * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ ssedition empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" ssedition * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ language empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" language * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ { "{}%" write$ }
+ { "{" write$ pages n.dashify write$ "}%" write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem.snd}
+{ publisher empty$
+ { address empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ }
+ { " {" write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ address write$ }
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bibbdsep {} " write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { address empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ publisher write$ }
+ { " {" write$ publisher write$ "\bibbdsep {} " write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bpubaddr {} " write$ publisher write$ }
+ { " {" write$ address write$ "\bpubaddr {} " write$ publisher write$ "\bibbdsep {} " write$
+ year write$
+ extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\el {" write$ extra.label write$ "}" write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "}}%" write$ newline$
+ " {" write$
+ title empty$
+ { "{}%" write$ newline$ }
+ { "{" title * "}%" * write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ gender empty$
+ { " {}" write$ }
+ { " {" gender * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+% NEW 0.6
+ oyear empty$
+ { "{}" write$ }
+ { "{" oyear * "}" * write$ }
+ if$
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { "{4}" write$ }% author and editor empty
+ { "{3}" write$ }% author empty, editor not
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "{2}" write$ }% editor empty, author not
+ { "{1}" write$ }% both author and editor given
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "{}{}{}{}{}}%" write$ newline$
+ " ]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ url empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { newline$ " \jburldef {" write$ cite$ write$ "}{" write$ url write$ "}%" write$ }
+ if$
+ newline$
+ " \jbbibargs {" write$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}{ output.bibitem.fst output.bibitem.snd }
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{ bbl.in
+ " " * }
+
+% JB extra label stuff added in 0.1a
+FUNCTION {add.extra.label}
+{extra.label "" =
+ 'skip$
+ { "\bibel {" extra.label * "}" * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ { "" * mid.sentence 'output.state := }
+ { " " * }
+ if$
+ "\dateldelim {}" *
+ month empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { month "{} " * * }
+ if$
+ year * add.extra.label "\daterdelim {}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ booktitle b.emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booklet.title}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { " " }
+ {
+ volumetitle empty$
+ { crossref missing$
+ { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect }
+ { bbl.vol volume tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ crossref missing$
+ { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect }
+ { bbl.vol volume tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ ": \bibvtfont {" * volumetitle "}" * *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume.btitle.reversed}
+{ volume empty$
+ { title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ title emphasize
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volumetitle empty$
+ { title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ title emphasize
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\bibvtfont {" volumetitle * "}" * *
+ bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect
+ title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { bbl.of title emphasize * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume.btitle}
+{ volformat missing$
+ {
+ format.btitle "title" output.check format.bvolume output
+ }
+ { volformat 's :=
+ s "reversed" =
+ { volumetitle empty$
+ {
+ "volformat given but no volumetitle in " cite$ * warning$
+ format.bvolume.btitle.reversed output
+ }
+ {
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a volumetitle but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ title empty$
+ {
+ "volformat given but no title in " cite$ * warning$
+ }
+ {
+ format.bvolume.btitle.reversed output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ format.btitle "title" output.check format.bvolume output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume.booktitle.reversed}
+{ volume empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ booktitle b.emphasize
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { volumetitle empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect
+ booktitle empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { bbl.of booktitle b.emphasize * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\bibvtfont {" volumetitle * "}" * *
+ bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.connect
+ booktitle empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { bbl.of booktitle b.emphasize * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.editor.booktitle.volume.voltitle}
+{ editor empty$
+ { chapter empty$
+ { ", " * }
+ { " " * }
+ if$
+ word.in *
+ }
+ { chapter empty$
+ { ", " * }
+ { " " * }
+ if$
+ word.in format.in.editors * ", " * *
+ }
+ if$
+ volformat missing$
+ {
+ format.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.booktitleaddon
+ }
+ { volformat 's :=
+ s "reversed" =
+ { volumetitle empty$
+ {
+ "volformat given but no volumetitle in " cite$ * warning$
+ format.bvolume.booktitle.reversed output
+ format.booktitleaddon
+ }
+ {
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a volumetitle but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ booktitle empty$
+ {
+ "volformat given but no booktitle in " cite$ * warning$
+ }
+ {
+ format.bvolume.booktitle.reversed output
+ format.booktitleaddon
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.booktitleaddon
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series.book.old}
+{ number empty$
+ { series seriesformat field.or.null }
+ { series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ number }
+ { series seriesformat number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series.book}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "" }
+ { " \numberandseries {}{" series * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { series empty$
+ { " \numberandseries {" number * "}{}" * "There's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " \numberandseries {" number * "}{" * series "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { series empty$
+ { "" }
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ { " \numberandseries {}{" series * "}" * } % { " (" series * ")" * }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series seriesformat field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { bbl.number }
+ { bbl.number capitalize }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { bbl.in.series space.word * series seriesformat * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "incollection" = crossref missing$ and
+ { format.number.series.book }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.ed} { "\firstedname" }
+FUNCTION {second.ed}{ "\secondedname" }
+FUNCTION {third.ed} { "\thirdedname" }
+FUNCTION {fourth.ed}{ "\fourthedname" }
+FUNCTION {fifth.ed} { "\fifthedname" }
+FUNCTION {th.ed} { "\thedname" }
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ edition extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or
+ { first.ed 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or
+ { second.ed 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or
+ { third.ed 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
+ { fourth.ed 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
+ { fifth.ed 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s th.ed * 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { convert.edition "~\editionname {}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { before.all 'output.state :=
+ "\jbPages {" pages n.dashify * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { " \jbartPages {" pages n.dashify * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ before.all 'output.state :=
+ volume empty$
+ { year empty$ not
+ { "there's a year but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$
+% NEW 0.6
+ type$ "periodical" =
+ { "~\per" * }
+ { "~\art" * }
+ if$
+ "volnumformat {}{" number * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "periodical" =
+ { "~\per" * }
+ { "~\art" * }
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "volnumformat {" volume * "}{}" * }
+ { "volnumformat {" volume * "}{" number * "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ year empty$
+ { month empty$ not
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { type$ "periodical" =
+ { " \per" * }
+ { " \art" * }
+ if$
+ month empty$
+ { "yearformat {" year * add.extra.label "}" * * }
+ { "yearformat {" month * "{} " * year * add.extra.label "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.inbook.incoll}
+{ chapter empty$
+ { "" }
+ { before.all 'output.state :=
+ type empty$
+ { ", " bbl.chapter * }
+ { ", " type * "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { before.all 'output.state := ", " bbl.chapter * }
+ { ", " type * "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { word.in booktitle b.emphasize format.booktitleaddon * }
+ { word.in format.in.editors * ", " * booktitle b.emphasize format.booktitleaddon * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { bbl.techrep }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ " \protect\jbartcrossrefchecked {" crossref * "}" * }
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ { volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "\protect\jbcrossrefchecked {" crossref * "}" * }
+ { "\protect\jbcrossrefchecked[" volume * "]{" * crossref "}" * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\protect\jbcrossrefchecked {" crossref * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ " \protect\jbincollcrossref {" crossref * "}" *
+ editor empty$
+ { "{}" * }
+ { "{1}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ { oyear empty$
+ { opublisher empty$
+ { oaddress empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { oaddress "\osep {} " * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { oaddress empty$
+ { opublisher "\osep {} " * * }
+ { oaddress "\bpubaddr {} " * opublisher "\osep {} " * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { "oyear without year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ opublisher empty$
+ { oaddress empty$
+ { oyear * "\osep {} \reprintname {}, " * }
+ { oaddress "\bibbdsep {} " * oyear "\osep {} " * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { oaddress empty$
+ { opublisher * "\bibbdsep {} " * oyear "\osep {} " * * }
+ { oaddress "\bpubaddr {} " * opublisher "\bibbdsep {} " * * oyear "\osep {} " * * * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher}
+{ year empty$ month empty$ not and
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ address empty$ publisher empty$ year empty$ and and
+ 'skip$
+ { " \apyformat {" * }
+ if$
+ oaddress.opublisher.oyear.format
+ address empty$
+ {
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { month empty$
+ { year * add.extra.label }
+ { month "{} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { publisher * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { publisher "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ { publisher "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ publisher empty$
+ {
+ year empty$
+ { address * }
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ { address "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * publisher * * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * publisher "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * publisher "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ address empty$ publisher empty$ year empty$ and and
+ 'skip$
+ { "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher.manual}
+{ year empty$ month empty$ not and
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ address empty$ organization empty$ year empty$ and and
+ 'skip$
+ { " \apyformat {" * }
+ if$
+ address empty$
+ {
+ organization empty$
+ {
+ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { month empty$
+ { year * add.extra.label }
+ { month "{} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { organization * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { organization "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ { organization "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { address * }
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * month "{} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * organization * * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * organization "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * organization "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ address empty$ organization empty$ year empty$ and and
+ 'skip$
+ { "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher.techreport}
+{ year empty$ month empty$ not and
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ address empty$ institution empty$ year empty$ and and
+ 'skip$
+ { " \apyformat {" * }
+ if$
+ address empty$
+ {
+ institution empty$
+ {
+ year empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { month empty$
+ { year * add.extra.label }
+ { month "{} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { institution * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { institution "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ { institution "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { institution empty$
+ { year empty$
+ { address * }
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * add.extra.label }
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * month "{} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * institution * * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * institution "\bibbdsep {} " * year * * * add.extra.label }
+ { address "\bpubaddr {} " * institution "\bibbdsep {} " * month "{} " * year * * * * add.extra.label }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ address empty$ institution empty$ year empty$ and and
+ 'skip$
+ { "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edby.editors}
+{ author empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\edbyname {} " editor format.editor.names * output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.translators}
+{ translator empty$
+ { flanguage empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\translator {}{" flanguage "l" change.case$ * "}{1}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\translator {" translator * "}" *
+ flanguage empty$
+ { "{}{1}" * }
+ { "{" * flanguage "l" change.case$ * "}{1}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal journalnamemarkup
+ "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ write.url
+ format.journal.pages
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {periodical} {article}
+
+FUNCTION {review}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal journalnamemarkup
+ "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ write.url
+ format.journal.pages
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors.last}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" before.all 'output.state := }
+ { author empty$ not
+ { " \edbyname{} " editor format.editor.names * }
+ { "" before.all 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { editor empty$ not
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ { "neither author nor editor in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume.btitle
+ format.editors.last output.nonnull
+ make.translators output
+ format.titleaddon
+ format.number.series.book output
+ format.edition output
+ format.pages output
+ format.publisher
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ }
+ { format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ howpublished output
+ format.publisher
+ format.pages output
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume.btitle
+ format.titleaddon
+ make.translators output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.edition output
+ format.publisher
+ write.url
+ format.chapter.inbook.incoll output
+ format.pages output
+ format.note
+ }
+ { format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.chapter.inbook.incoll output
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ format.chapter.inbook.incoll output
+ format.in.editor.booktitle.volume.voltitle
+ make.translators output
+ format.number.series.book output
+ format.edition output
+ format.publisher
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ { format.title "title" output.check
+ format.chapter.inbook.incoll output
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ publisher empty$
+ { organization output
+ format.publisher
+ }
+ { organization output
+ format.publisher
+ }
+ if$
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ format.edition output
+ format.publisher.manual
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ format.publisher
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle output
+ format.titleaddon
+ howpublished output
+ format.date
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ format.publisher
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ format.number.series.book output
+ organization output
+ format.publisher
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ format.publisher.techreport
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.titleaddon
+ format.date
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {www}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+ set.after.author.sep output
+ format.title output.nonnull
+ write.url
+ format.note
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+
+% JB added, contributed by Oren Patashnik
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+INTEGERS { nextchar-ptr } % points just past 1st "text" char
+
+FUNCTION {get.nextchar.ptr} % set nextchar-ptr to be just past
+{ #1 'nextchar-ptr := % the first "text" char---this will
+ { duplicate$ % be not quite trivial if
+ nextchar-ptr #1 substring$ % the first "text" char is a
+ "" = not % special characters like {\'E}
+ }
+ { nextchar-ptr #1 + 'nextchar-ptr := }
+ while$
+ pop$
+ nextchar-ptr
+}
+
+STRINGS { first-char } % the to-be-capitalized character
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize.von.part} % capitalize 1st character of string
+{ duplicate$ #1 text.prefix$ % get 1st character
+ duplicate$ get.nextchar.ptr
+ swap$ "u" change.case$ % capitalize it
+ 'first-char :=
+ global.max$ substring$ % get rest of string
+ first-char swap$ * % append the two
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% JB added
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's := % for two: (Jones/de~Bruijn)
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ capitalize.von.part % for three: (Jones/de~Bruijn/Smith)
+ s num.names$ duplicate$ % for more: (Jones et~al.)
+ #2 <
+ 'pop$ % for just one person
+ { duplicate$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ swap$ s swap$ "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ or
+ { pop$ "\Bibetal" * } % for 4 or more, or last is `others'
+ { #2 =
+ { "\jbbtasep " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ capitalize.von.part * } % for (exactly) two
+ { "\jbbfsasep " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ capitalize.von.part * % for three
+ "\jbbstasep " * s #3 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ capitalize.von.part *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ year missing$
+ 'skip$
+ { "\jbdy {" year * "}" * * }% dummy year to prevent from `1993a' and `2001b' for works by the same author
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" = type$ "inbook" = or type$ "incollection" = or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.dummy.label}
+{ type$ "book" = type$ "inbook" = or type$ "incollection" = or type$ "commented" = or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'dummy.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ vv{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "\bibnf {others} {} {} {} {}" = and
+ { "\Bibetal" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { pseudonym empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, pseudonym or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { pseudonym sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { pseudonym empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, pseudonym or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { pseudonym sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { pseudonym empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, pseudonym or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { pseudonym sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ calc.dummy.label
+% NEW 0.6, contributed by Robert Schlicht
+ dummy.label sortify " " *
+ sortkey empty$
+ { type$ "book" =
+ type$ "incollection" = or
+ type$ "inbook" = or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { sortkey sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+% save for later [RS]
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label *
+% includes dummy.label [RS]
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+%FUNCTION {before.sort} { "BEFORE SORT:" top$ }
+%EXECUTE {before.sort}
+%FUNCTION {print.sort.keys} {sort.key$ top$}
+%ITERATE {print.sort.keys}
+
+SORT
+
+%FUNCTION {after.sort} {"AFTER SORT:" top$}
+%EXECUTE {after.sort}
+%ITERATE {print.sort.keys}
+
+STRINGS { last.dummy.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.dummy.label dummy.label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ dummy.label 'last.dummy.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+ extra.label
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "" swap$ * }
+ if$
+ 'extra.label :=
+ dummy.label extra.label * 'dummy.label :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+% NEW 0.6
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order} { sort.label 'sort.key$ := }
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+
+FUNCTION {set.current.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { cite$ 'current-authors := }
+ { organization 'current-authors := }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.names #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'current-authors := }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.names #1 entry.max$ substring$ 'current-authors := }
+ if$
+}
+
+STRINGS { previous-authors }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.previous.authors} { "" 'previous-authors := }
+
+FUNCTION {mark.repeat.authors}
+{ current-authors previous-authors =
+ { #1 'repeat-authors := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ current-authors 'previous-authors :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {set.current.authors}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.previous.authors}
+
+ITERATE {mark.repeat.authors}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.previous.authors}
+
+REVERSE {mark.repeat.authors}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "%" write$ newline$
+ "% This bibliography was produced by using jox.bst" write$ version write$ newline$
+ "%" write$ newline$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%</joxbst>
+%<*german>
+\ProvidesFile{dejbbib.ldf}[jurabib German language definitions]
+\def\bibsgerman{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}%
+ \def\bibandname{und}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{und}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford in:\else\ifjbchicago in\else In\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford in:\else\ifjbchicago in\else In\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{der Reihe}%
+ \def\volumeofname{von}%
+ \def\inseriesname{in}%
+ \def\editorname{(Hrsg.)}%
+ \def\editorsname{(Hrsg.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{(Hrsg.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{(Hrsg.)}%
+ \def\edbyname{hrsg. v.}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Hrsg. v.}%
+ \def\byname{v.}%
+ \def\volname{Bd.}%
+ \def\volumename{Band}%
+ \def\Volumename{Band}%
+ \def\numbername{Nummer}%
+ \def\editionname{Auf\/lage}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{Kap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Kap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{Kapitel}%
+ \def\jbpagename{S.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{S.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{S.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{S.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{Seiten}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{Bl.}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{Bl.}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{Bl.}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{Bl.}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Diplomarbeit}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Dissertation}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{Jur. Diss.}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{zugl.}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Technischer Bericht}%
+ \def\organizationname{\unskip, \textup{Veranst.}}%
+ \def\janname{Januar}%
+ \def\febname{Februar}%
+ \def\marname{M{\"a}rz}%
+ \def\aprname{April}%
+ \def\mayname{Mai}%
+ \def\junname{Juni}%
+ \def\julname{Juli}%
+ \def\augname{August}%
+ \def\sepname{September}%
+ \def\octname{Oktober}%
+ \def\novname{November}%
+ \def\decname{Dezember}%
+ \def\firstedname{1.}%
+ \def\secondedname{2.}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3.}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4.}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5.}%
+ \def\thedname{.}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{Zugriff am }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (zitiert: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (Anm.~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{A.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{a.\,a.\,O\kern-1.2pt.}%
+ \def\idemname{Ders.}%
+ \def\idemmidname{ders.}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(Forts.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{Ders.}\def\idemsmname{ders.}%
+ \def\idemPmname{Dies.}\def\idempmname{dies.}%
+ \def\idemSfname{Dies.}\def\idemsfname{dies.}%
+ \def\idemPfname{Dies.}\def\idempfname{dies.}%
+ \def\idemSnname{Dass.}\def\idemsnname{dass.}%
+ \def\idemPnname{Dies.}\def\idempnname{dies.}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{Demselben}\def\idemsmedbyname{demselben}%
+ \def\idemPmedbyname{Denselben}\def\idempmedbyname{denselben}%
+ \def\idemSfedbyname{Derselben}\def\idemsfedbyname{derselben}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{Denselben}\def\idempfedbyname{denselben}%
+ \def\idemSnedbyname{Demselben}\def\idemsnedbyname{demselben}%
+ \def\idemPnedbyname{Denselben}\def\idempnedbyname{denselben}%
+ \jbidemabbrvwithperiodtrue
+ \def\bibidemSmname{Derselbe}\def\bibidemsmname{derselbe}%
+ \def\bibidemPmname{Dieselben}\def\bibidempmname{dieselben}%
+ \def\bibidemSfname{Dieselbe}\def\bibidemsfname{dieselbe}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{Dieselben}\def\bibidempfname{dieselben}%
+ \def\bibidemSnname{Dasselbe}\def\bibidemsnname{dasselbe}%
+ \def\bibidemPnname{Dieselben}\def\bibidempnname{dieselben}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib"ubers.\else\ifjboxford"ubers.\else\ifjbchicago"ubers.\else"Ubers.\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{aus dem}%
+ \def\Transfrom{Aus dem}%
+ \def\transby{von}%
+ \def\fromgerman{Deutschen}%
+ \def\fromenglish{Englischen}%
+ \def\fromfrench{Franz\"osischen}%
+ \def\fromdutch{Holl\"andischen}%
+ \def\fromspanish{Spanischen}%
+ \def\fromitalian{Italienischen}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{Norwegischen}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{Portugiesischen}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{Finnischen}%
+ \def\Reprint{Nachdruck}%
+ \def\reprint{Nachdruck}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{von}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{von}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{Stand:}%
+ \def\herename{hier:~}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(Begr.)}}%
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \def\jbmakeindexactual{=}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</german>
+%<*english>
+\ProvidesFile{enjbbib.ldf}[jurabib English language definitions]
+\def\bibsenglish{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}%
+ \def\bibandname{and}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{and}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford in:\else\ifjbchicago in\else In\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford in:\else\ifjbchicago in\else In\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{of}%
+ \def\volumeofname{of}%
+ \def\inseriesname{in}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}editor}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}editors}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{editor}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{editors}%
+ \def\edbyname{edited by}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Edited by}%
+ \def\byname{by}%
+ \def\volname{vol.}%
+ \def\volumename{volume}%
+ \def\Volumename{Volume}%
+ \def\numbername{number}%
+ \def\editionname{edition}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{chap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Chap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{chapter}%
+ \def\jbpagename{p.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{p.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{pages}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{p}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{also}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Ph.\,D thesis}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Master's thesis}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{diss. jur.}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Technical report}%
+ \def\organizationname{\textup{(Org.)}}%
+ \def\janname{January}%
+ \def\febname{February}%
+ \def\marname{March}%
+ \def\aprname{April}%
+ \def\mayname{May}%
+ \def\junname{June}%
+ \def\julname{July}%
+ \def\augname{August}%
+ \def\sepname{September}%
+ \def\octname{October}%
+ \def\novname{November}%
+ \def\decname{December}%
+ \def\firstedname{1st}%
+ \def\secondedname{2nd}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3rd}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4th}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5th}%
+ \def\thedname{th}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{visited on }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (cited: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (as in n.~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibid.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibid.}%
+ \def\idemname{Idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(cont.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib trans.\else\ifjboxford trans.\else\ifjbchicago trans.\else Trans.\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{from the}%
+ \def\Transfrom{From the}%
+ \def\transby{by}%
+ \def\fromgerman{German}%
+ \def\fromenglish{English}%
+ \def\fromfrench{French}%
+ \def\fromdutch{Dutch}%
+ \def\fromspanish{Spanish}%
+ \def\fromitalian{Italian}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{Norwegian}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{Portuguese}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{Finnish}%
+ \def\Reprint{Reprint}%
+ \def\reprint{reprint}%
+ \def\reviewname{Review}%
+ \def\reviewofname{of}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{by}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{last update:}%
+ \def\herename{here:~}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}%
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</english>
+%<*dutch>
+\ProvidesFile{dujbbib.ldf}[jurabib Dutch language definitions]
+\def\bibsdutch{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}%
+ \def\bibandname{en}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{en}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{in}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjbchicago in\else in:\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{van}%
+ \def\volumeofname{van}%
+ \def\inseriesname{in}%
+ \def\editorname{(red.)}%
+ \def\editorsname{(red.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{(red.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{(red.)}%
+ \def\edbyname{onder redactie van}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Onder redactie van}%
+ \def\byname{van}%
+ \def\volname{deel}%
+ \def\volumename{deel}%
+ \def\Volumename{deel}%
+ \def\numbername{nr.}%
+ \def\editionname{druk}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{H.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{H.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{Hoofdstuk}%
+ \def\jbpagename{blz.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{blz.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{blz.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{blz.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{blz.}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Scriptie}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Proefschrift}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{diss. jur.}% ???
+ \def\alsothesisname{ook}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Technisch rapport}%
+ \def\organizationname{\unskip, \textup{Oorspr.}}%
+ \def\janname{januari}%
+ \def\febname{februari}%
+ \def\marname{maart}%
+ \def\aprname{april}%
+ \def\mayname{mei}%
+ \def\junname{juni}%
+ \def\julname{juli}%
+ \def\augname{augustus}%
+ \def\sepname{september}%
+ \def\octname{oktober}%
+ \def\novname{november}%
+ \def\decname{december}%
+ \def\firstedname{eerste}%
+ \def\secondedname{tweede}%
+ \def\thirdedname{derde}%
+ \def\fourthedname{3\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\fifthedname{4\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\thedname{\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{bezocht op }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (geciteerd: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (zie voetnoot~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibid.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibid.}%
+ \def\idemname{Idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(cont.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib trans.\else\ifjboxford trans.\else\ifjbchicago trans.\else Trans.\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{vanuit het}%
+ \def\Transfrom{Vanuit het}%
+ \def\transby{door}%
+ \def\fromgerman{Duits}%
+ \def\fromenglish{Engels}%
+ \def\fromfrench{Frans}%
+ \def\fromdutch{Nederlands}%
+ \def\fromspanish{TODO}%
+ \def\fromitalian{TODO}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{TODO}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{TODO}%
+ \def\Reprint{Herdruk}%
+ \def\reprint{herdruk}%
+ \def\reviewname{Recensie}%
+ \def\reviewofname{van}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{van}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{Stand:}%
+ \def\herename{TODO}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}% Founder of a series
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</dutch>
+%<*french>
+\ProvidesFile{frjbbib.ldf}[jurabib French language definitions]
+\def\bibsfrench{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}\textit{et\,al.}}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}\textit{et\,al}}%
+ \def\bibandname{et}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{et}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford dans :\else dans\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford dans :\else dans\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{,}%
+ \def\volumeofname{de}%
+ \def\inseriesname{dans}%
+ \def\editorname{(\'ed.)}%
+ \def\editorsname{(\'ed.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{(\'ed.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{(\'ed.)}%
+ \def\edbyname{publi\'e par}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Publi\'e par}%
+ \def\byname{par}%
+ \def\volname{vol.}%
+ \def\volumename{volume}%
+ \def\Volumename{Volume}%
+ \def\numbername{n$^\circ$~}%
+ \def\editionname{\'edition}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{chap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Chap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{chapitre}%
+ \def\jbpagename{p.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{p.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{p.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{p.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{pages}% TODO
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{p}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{tir\'e de :}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{DEA}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Th\`ese de doctorat}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{Th\`ese de droit}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Rapport technique}%
+ \def\organizationname{}%
+ \def\janname{janvier}%
+ \def\febname{f\'evrier}%
+ \def\marname{mars}%
+ \def\aprname{avril}%
+ \def\mayname{mai}%
+ \def\junname{juin}%
+ \def\julname{juillet}%
+ \def\augname{ao\^ut}%
+ \def\sepname{septembre}%
+ \def\octname{octobre}%
+ \def\novname{novembre}%
+ \def\decname{d\'ecembre}%
+ \def\firstedname{1\textsuperscript{er}}%
+ \def\secondedname{2\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\thedname{\textsuperscript{e}}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{visit\'e le }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (cit\'e dans : }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (cf. n$^\circ$~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{\textit{Ibid.}}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{\textit{ibid.}}%
+ \def\idemname{\textit{Idem}}%
+ \def\idemmidname{\textit{idem}}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(cont.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib traduit\else\ifjboxford traduit\else\ifjbchicago traduit\else Traduit\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{\unskip\unskip\space}%
+ \def\Transfrom{\unskip\unskip\space}%
+ \def\transby{par}%
+ \def\fromgerman{de l'allemand}%
+ \def\fromenglish{de l'anglais}%
+ \def\fromfrench{du français}%
+ \def\fromdutch{du n\'eerlandais}%
+ \def\fromspanish{de l'espagnol}%
+ \def\fromitalian{de l'italien}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{du norv\'egien}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{du finnois}%
+ \def\Reprint{R\'e\'edition}%
+ \def\reprint{r\'e\'edition}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{TODO}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{derni\`ere mise \`a jour:}%
+ \def\herename{TODO}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}% Founder of a series
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</french>
+%<*spanish>
+\ProvidesFile{spjbbib.ldf}[jurabib Spanish language definitions]
+\def\bibsspanish{%
+ \def\etalname{\textit{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\textit{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}}%
+ \def\bibandname{y}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{y}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford en:\else\ifjbchicago en\else En\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford en:\else\ifjbchicago en\else En\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{de la colecci\'on}%
+ \def\volumeofname{de}%
+ \def\inseriesname{en}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}director}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}directores}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{director}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{directores}%
+ \def\edbyname{dirigido por}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Dirigido por}%
+ \def\byname{por}%
+ \def\volname{vol.}%
+ \def\volumename{volumen}%
+ \def\Volumename{Volumen}%
+ \def\numbername{n\'umero}%
+ \def\editionname{ed\/ici\'on}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{cap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Cap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{Cap\'itulo}%
+ \def\jbpagename{p\'ag.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{p\'ags.}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{p\'ag}%
+ \def\bibpagename{p\'ag.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{p\'ags.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{p\'aginas}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Proyecto Fin de Carrera}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Tesis Doctoral}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{Tesis Doctoral}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{tambi\'en como}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Informe t\'ecnico}%
+ \def\organizationname{Organizaci\'on}%
+ \def\janname{enero}%
+ \def\febname{febrero}%
+ \def\marname{marzo}%
+ \def\aprname{abril}%
+ \def\mayname{mayo}%
+ \def\junname{junio}%
+ \def\julname{julio}%
+ \def\augname{agosto}%
+ \def\sepname{septiembre}%
+ \def\octname{octubre}%
+ \def\novname{noviembre}%
+ \def\decname{diciembre}%
+ \def\firstedname{1.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\secondedname{2.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\thedname{.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{visitado el }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (citado en: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (v\'ease nota~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ib\'{\i}d.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ib\'{\i}d.}%
+ \def\idemname{\'{\i}dem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{\'{\i}dem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(cont.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib trad.\else\ifjboxford trad.\else\ifjbchicago trad.\else Trad.\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{del}%
+ \def\Transfrom{Del}%
+ \def\transby{por}%
+ \def\fromgerman{alem\'an}%
+ \def\fromenglish{ingl\'es}%
+ \def\fromfrench{franc\'es}%
+ \def\fromdutch{holand\'es}%
+ \def\fromspanish{espa\~nol}%
+ \def\fromitalian{italiano}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{noruego}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{fin\'es}%
+ \def\Reprint{Reimpresi\'on}%
+ \def\reprint{reimpresi\'on}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{TODO}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{\'ultima actualizaci\'on:}%
+ \def\herename{aqu\'i:~}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(orig.)}}%
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</spanish>
+%<*italian>
+\ProvidesFile{itjbbib.ldf}[jurabib Italian language definitions]
+\def\bibsitalian{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}%
+ \def\bibandname{e}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{e}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford in:\else\ifjbchicago in\else In\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford in:\else\ifjbchicago in\else In\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{della collana}%
+ \def\volumeofname{de}%
+ \def\inseriesname{in}%
+ \def\editorname{(ed.)}%
+ \def\editorsname{(eds.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{(ed.)}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{(eds.)}%
+ \def\edbyname{a cura di}%
+ \def\Edbyname{A cura di}%
+ \def\byname{di}%
+ \def\volname{vol.}%
+ \def\volumename{volume}%
+ \def\Volumename{Volume}%
+ \def\numbername{numero}%
+ \def\editionname{ed\/izione}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{cap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Cap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{Capitolo}%
+ \def\jbpagename{p.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{p.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{pages}% TODO
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{p}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Tesi di Laurea}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Tesi di dottorato}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{diss. jur.}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{anche}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Rapporto tecnico}%
+ \def\organizationname{Organizzazione}%
+ \def\janname{gennaio}%
+ \def\febname{febbraio}%
+ \def\marname{marzo}%
+ \def\aprname{aprile}%
+ \def\mayname{maggio}%
+ \def\junname{giugno}%
+ \def\julname{luglio}%
+ \def\augname{agosto}%
+ \def\sepname{settembre}%
+ \def\octname{ottobre}%
+ \def\novname{novembre}%
+ \def\decname{dicembre}%
+ \def\firstedname{1\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\secondedname{2\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\thedname{\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{accesso a }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (citato da: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (vedi nota~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibid.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibid.}%
+ \def\idemname{Idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(cont.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib trad.\else\ifjboxford trad.\else\ifjbchicago trad.\else Trad.\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{dal}%
+ \def\Transfrom{Dal}%
+ \def\transby{da}%
+ \def\fromgerman{tedesco}%
+ \def\fromenglish{inglese}%
+ \def\fromfrench{francese}%
+ \def\fromdutch{olandese}%
+ \def\fromspanish{spagnolo}%
+ \def\fromitalian{italiano}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{norvegese}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{finlandese}%
+ \def\Reprint{Ristampa}%
+ \def\reprint{ristampa}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{TODO}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{ultimo aggiornamento:}%
+ \def\herename{a }%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}% Founder of a series
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</italian>
+%<*norsk>
+\ProvidesFile{nojbbib.ldf}[jurabib Norsk language definitions]
+\def\bibsnorsk{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}m.fl.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}m.fl}%
+ \def\bibandname{og}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{og}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford i:\else\ifjbchicago i\else I\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford i:\else\ifjbchicago i\else I\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{of}%
+ \def\volumeofname{of}%
+ \def\inseriesname{i}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}redakt\o r}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}redakt\o rer}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{redakt\o r}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{redakt\o rer}%
+ \def\edbyname{redigert av}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Redigert av}%
+ \def\byname{av}%
+ \def\volname{bd.}%
+ \def\volumename{bind}%
+ \def\Volumename{Bind}%
+ \def\numbername{nummer}%
+ \def\editionname{utgave}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{kap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Kap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{kapittel}%
+ \def\jbpagename{s.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{sider}%
+ \def\bibpagename{s.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{s.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{sider}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{s}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{ogs\aa}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Doktorgradsavhandling}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Hovedoppgave}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{diss. jur.}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Teknisk rapport}%
+ \def\organizationname{\textup{(Org.)}}%
+ \def\janname{januar}%
+ \def\febname{februar}%
+ \def\marname{mars}%
+ \def\aprname{april}%
+ \def\mayname{mai}%
+ \def\junname{juni}%
+ \def\julname{juli}%
+ \def\augname{august}%
+ \def\sepname{september}%
+ \def\octname{oktober}%
+ \def\novname{november}%
+ \def\decname{desember}%
+ \def\firstedname{1.}%
+ \def\secondedname{2.}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3.}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4.}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5.}%
+ \def\thedname{.}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{sjekket: }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ henv: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ ((Se note~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibid.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibid.}%
+ \def\idemname{Idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(forts.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib oversatt\else\ifjboxford oversatt\else\ifjbchicago oversatt\else Oversatt\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{fra}%
+ \def\Transfrom{Fra}%
+ \def\transby{av}%
+ \def\fromgerman{tysk}%
+ \def\fromenglish{engelsk}%
+ \def\fromfrench{fransk}%
+ \def\fromdutch{nederlandsk}%
+ \def\fromspanish{spansk}%
+ \def\fromitalian{italiensk}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{norsk}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{TODO}%
+ \def\Reprint{Opptrykk}%
+ \def\reprint{opptrykk}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{TODO}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{oppdatert senest:}%
+ \def\herename{p\aa}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}% Founder of a series
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</norsk>
+%<*portuguese>
+\ProvidesFile{ptjbbib.ldf}[jurabib Portuguese language definitions]
+\def\bibsportuguese{%
+ \def\etalname{\textit{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\textit{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}}%
+ \def\bibandname{e}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{e}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford en:\else\ifjbchicago en\else En\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford en:\else\ifjbchicago en\else En\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{da colec\c{c}\~a}%
+ \def\volumeofname{de}%
+ \def\inseriesname{em}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}editor}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}editores}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{editor}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{editores}%
+ \def\edbyname{editado por}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Editado por}%
+ \def\byname{por}%
+ \def\volname{vol.}%
+ \def\volumename{volume}%
+ \def\Volumename{Volume}%
+ \def\numbername{n\'umero}%
+ \def\editionname{edi\c{c}\~ao}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{cap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Cap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{Cap\'itulo}%
+ \def\jbpagename{p.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{p}%
+ \def\bibpagename{p.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{p\'aginas}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Tese de Mestrado}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Tese de Doutoramento}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{Tese de Doutoramento}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{tamb\'em}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}%
+ \def\organizationname{Organiza\c{c}\~ao}%
+ \def\janname{Janeiro}%
+ \def\febname{Fevereiro}%
+ \def\marname{Mar\c{c}o}%
+ \def\aprname{Abril}%
+ \def\mayname{Maio}%
+ \def\junname{Junho}%
+ \def\julname{Julho}%
+ \def\augname{Agosto}%
+ \def\sepname{Setembro}%
+ \def\octname{Outubro}%
+ \def\novname{Novembro}%
+ \def\decname{Dezembro}%
+ \def\firstedname{1.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\secondedname{2.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\thedname{.\textsuperscript{a}}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{acedido em }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (citado como }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (ver nota }%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibidem}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibidem}%
+ \def\idemname{idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(cont.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib trad.\else\ifjboxford trad.\else\ifjbchicago trad.\else Trad.\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{de}%
+ \def\Transfrom{De}%
+ \def\transby{por}%
+ \def\fromgerman{alem\~ao}%
+ \def\fromenglish{ingl\^es}%
+ \def\fromfrench{franc\^es}%
+ \def\fromdutch{holand\^es}%
+ \def\fromspanish{espanhol}%
+ \def\fromitalian{italiano}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{noruegu\^es}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{TODO}%
+ \def\Reprint{Reimpress\~ao}%
+ \def\reprint{reimpress\~ao}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{TODO}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{\'ultima actualiza\c{c}\~ao:}%
+ \def\herename{aqui:~}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(orig.)}}%
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</portuguese>
+%<*finnish>
+\ProvidesFile{fijbbib.ldf}[jurabib Finnish language definitions]
+\def\bibsfinnish{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}%
+ \def\bibandname{ja}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{ja}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford teoksessa:\else\ifjbchicago teoksessa\else Teoksessa\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford teoksessa:\else\ifjbchicago teoksessa\else Teoksessa\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{sarjan}%
+ \def\volumeofname{, }%
+ \def\inseriesname{sarjassa}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}toim.}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}toim.}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{toim.}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{toim.}%
+ \def\edbyname{toim.}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Toim.}%
+ \def\byname{}%
+ \def\volname{osa}%
+ \def\volumename{osa}%
+ \def\Volumename{Osa}%
+ \def\numbername{numero}%
+ \def\editionname{versio}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{luku}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Luku}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{luku}%
+ \def\jbpagename{s.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{ss.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{s.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{ss.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{sivua}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{s}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{my\"os}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{V\"ait\"oskirja}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Pro Gradu -ty\"o}%
+ \def\jurthesisname{diss. jur.}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Tekninen raportti}%
+ \def\organizationname{\textup{(Org.)}}%
+ \def\janname{Tammikuu}%
+ \def\febname{Helmikuu}%
+ \def\marname{Maaliskuu}%
+ \def\aprname{Huhtikuu}%
+ \def\mayname{Toukokuu}%
+ \def\junname{Kes\"akuu}%
+ \def\julname{Hein\"akuu}%
+ \def\augname{Elokuu}%
+ \def\sepname{Syyskuu}%
+ \def\octname{Lokakuu}%
+ \def\novname{Marraskuu}%
+ \def\decname{Joulukuu}%
+ \def\firstedname{1.}%
+ \def\secondedname{2.}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3.}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4.}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5.}%
+ \def\thedname{.}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{vierailtu }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (siteerattu: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (ks. viite~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibid.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibid.}%
+ \def\idemname{Idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\ajtsep{}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(jatkuu\ldots{})}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib k\"a\"ant\"anyt\else\ifjboxford k\"a\"ant\"anyt\else\ifjbchicago k\"a\"ant\"anyt\else K\"a\"ant\"anyt\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{}%
+ \def\Transfrom{}%
+ \def\transby{}%
+ \def\fromgerman{saksan kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromenglish{englannin kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromfrench{ranskan kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromdutch{hollannin kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromspanish{espanjan kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromitalian{italian kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{norjan kielest\"a}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{TODO}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{suomen kielest\"a}%
+ \def\Reprint{Uudelleenpainatus}%
+ \def\reprint{uudelleenpainatus}%
+ \def\reviewname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewofname{TODO}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{TODO}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{p\"aivitetty:}%
+ \def\herename{t\"a\"all\"a:~}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}%
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</finnish>
+%<*danish>
+\ProvidesFile{dajbbib.ldf}[jurabib Danish language definitions]
+\def\bibsdanish{%
+ \def\etalname{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al.}%
+ \def\etalnamenodot{\unskip\nobreakspace{}et\,al}%
+ \def\bibandname{og}%
+ \def\textandname{\bibandname}%
+ \def\commaname{,}%
+ \def\bibeandname{og}%
+ \def\texteandname{\bibeandname}%
+ \def\commaename{,}%
+ \def\inname{\ifjboxford i:\else\ifjbchicago i\else I\fi\fi}%
+ \def\incollinname{\ifjboxford i:\else\ifjbchicago i\else I\fi\fi}%
+ \def\ofseriesname{af}%
+ \def\volumeofname{af}%
+ \def\inseriesname{i}%
+ \def\editorname{\unskip,\space{}redakt\o r}%
+ \def\editorsname{\unskip,\space{}redakt\o ere}%
+ \def\sndeditorname{redakt\o r}%
+ \def\sndeditorsname{redakt\o rer}%
+ \def\edbyname{redigeret af}%
+ \def\Edbyname{Redigeret af}%
+ \def\byname{af}%
+ \def\volname{vol.}%
+ \def\volumename{volume}%
+ \def\Volumename{Volume}%
+ \def\numbername{Nummer}%
+ \def\editionname{udgave}%
+ \def\bibchaptername{kap.}%
+ \def\Bibchaptername{Kap.}%
+ \def\bibchapterlongname{kapitel}%
+ \def\jbpagename{p.}%
+ \def\jbpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibpagename{p.}%
+ \def\bibpagesname{pp.}%
+ \def\bibtotalpagesname{sider}%
+ \def\jbarchpagename{\jbpagename}%
+ \def\jbarchpagesname{\jbpagesname}%
+ \def\bibarchpagename{\bibpagename}%
+ \def\bibarchpagesname{\bibpagesname}%
+ \def\jbpagenamenodot{p}%
+ \def\alsothesisname{og}%
+ \def\phdthesisname{Ph.\,D afhandling}%
+ \def\mastersthesisname{Kandidat afhandling}%
+ \def\jurthesisname {diss. jur.}%
+ \def\technicalreportname{Teknisk rapport}%
+ \def\organizationname{\textup{(Org.)}}%
+ \def\janname{januar}%
+ \def\febname{februar}%
+ \def\marname{marts}%
+ \def\aprname{april}%
+ \def\mayname{maj}%
+ \def\junname{juni}%
+ \def\julname{juli}%
+ \def\augname{august}%
+ \def\sepname{september}%
+ \def\octname{oktober}%
+ \def\novname{november}%
+ \def\decname{december}%
+ \def\firstedname{1.}%
+ \def\secondedname{2.}%
+ \def\thirdedname{3.}%
+ \def\fourthedname{4.}%
+ \def\fifthedname{5.}%
+ \def\thedname{.}%
+ \def\urldatecomment{bes\o gt den }%
+ \def\howcitedprefix{ (citeret: }%
+ \def\howcitedsuffix{)}%
+ \def\lookatprefix{ (som i nr.~}%
+ \def\lookatsuffix{)}%
+ \def\ibidemname{Ibid.}%
+ \def\ibidemmidname{ibid.}%
+ \def\idemname{Idem}%
+ \def\idemmidname{idem}%
+ \def\bibcontinuedname{(forts.)}%
+ \def\idemSmname{\idemname}\def\idemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmname{\idemname}
+ \def\idempmname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfname{\idemname}\def\idemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfname{\idemname}\def\idempfname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnname{\idemname}\def\idempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemSmedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPmedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idempmedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idemsfedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\idemPfedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempfedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemSnedbyname{\idemname}%
+ \def\idemsnedbyname{\idemmidname}\def\idemPnedbyname{\idemname}\def\idempnedbyname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemSmname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPmname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidempmname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSfname{\idemname}\def\bibidemsfname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\bibidemPfname{\idemname}\def\bibidempfname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemSnname{\idemname}%
+ \def\bibidemsnname{\idemmidname}\def\bibidemPnname{\idemname}\def\bibidempnname{\idemmidname}%
+ \def\trans{\ifjbweareinbib oversat\else\ifjboxford oversat\else\ifjbchicago oversat\else Oversat\fi\fi\fi}%
+ \def\transfrom{fra}%
+ \def\Transfrom{Fra}%
+ \def\transby{af}%
+ \def\fromgerman{tysk}%
+ \def\fromenglish{engelsk}%
+ \def\fromfrench{fransk}%
+ \def\fromdutch{nederlandsk}%
+ \def\fromspanish{spansk}%
+ \def\fromitalian{italiensk}%
+ \def\fromnorsk{norsk}%
+ \def\fromportuguese{portugisisk}%
+ \def\fromfinnish{finsk}%
+ \def\Reprint{Genoptryk}%
+ \def\reprint{genoptryk}%
+ \def\reviewname{Anmeldelse}%
+ \def\reviewofname{af}%
+ \def\reviewbyname{af}%
+ \def\updatesep{,}%
+ \def\updatename{sidste opdatering:}%
+ \def\herename{her:~}%
+ \def\foundername{\space\edfont{(TODO)}}%
+ \def\afterfoundersep{\slash}%
+ \addtoalllanguages%
+}%
+%</danish>
+%<*jbtesttex|jbtestbttex>
+\documentclass[12pt]{book}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[%
+ %citefull=first,%
+ %citefull=chapter,%
+ %citefull=section,%
+ %citefull=all,%
+ %
+ %authorformat=smallcaps,%
+ %authorformat=italic,%
+ %authorformat=dynamic,%
+ %authorformat=citationreversed,%
+ %authorformat=allreversed,%
+ %authorformat=firstnotreversed,%
+ %authorformat=reducedifibidem,%
+ %authorformat=abbrv,%
+ %authorformat=and,%
+ %authorformat=year,%
+ %authorformat=indexed,%
+ %
+ %annotatorformat=italic,%
+ %annotatorformat=normal,%
+ %
+ %annotatorfirstsep=in,%
+ %annotatorfirstsep=comma,%
+ %annotatorlastsep=divis,%
+ %
+ %titleformat=italic,%
+ %titleformat=all,%
+ %titleformat=commasep,%
+ %titleformat=colonsep,%
+ %titleformat=noreplace,%
+ %
+ %ibidem=strict,%
+ %ibidem=strictdoublepage,%
+ %ibidem=nostrict,%
+ %ibidem=name,%
+ %ibidem=name&title,%
+ %ibidem=name&title&auto,%
+ %
+ %idem=strict,%
+ %idem=strictdoublepage,%
+ %idem=nostrict,%
+ %
+ %opcit=true,%
+ %opcit=chapter,%
+ %opcit=section,%
+ %
+ %bibformat=tabular,%
+ %bibformat=nohang,%
+ %bibformat=numbered,%
+ %bibformat=ibidem,%
+ %bibformat=ibidemalt,%
+ %bibformat=compress,%
+ %bibformat=raggedright,%
+ %
+ %crossref=long,%
+ %crossref=short,%
+ %crossref=dynamic,%
+ %
+ %superscriptedition=all,%
+ %superscriptedition=switch,%
+ %superscriptedition=commented,%
+ %superscriptedition=bib,%
+ %
+ %pages=always,%
+ %pages=test,%
+ %pages=format,%
+ %
+ %howcited=all,%
+ %howcited=normal,%
+ %howcited=compare,%
+ %howcited=multiple,%
+ %
+ %dotafter=bibentry,%
+ %dotafter=endnote,%
+ %
+ %see=true,%
+ %lookat=true,%
+ %human=true,%
+ %oxford=true,%
+ %chicago=true,%
+ %edby=true,%
+ %endnote=true,%
+ %biblikecite=true,%
+ %commabeforerest=true,%
+ %round,%
+ %square,%
+ %annote=true,%
+ %citetoend=true,%
+ %hypercite=false,%
+ %super,
+ %lookforgender,
+ %silent,%
+ %jurabiborder,%
+ %config=your_config_filename_here%
+]{jurabib}
+%</jbtesttex|jbtestbttex>
+%<jbtestbttex>\usepackage{bibtopic}
+%
+%<jbtesttex|jbtestbttex>\begin{document}
+%
+%<jbtesttex>\bibliography{jbtest}
+%
+%<jbtesttex|jbtestbttex>\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+%
+%<*jbtestbttex>
+\chapter*{Literature}
+\begin{btSect}{book}
+\section*{Monographs}
+\btPrintCited
+\end{btSect}
+\begin{btSect}{comment}
+\section*{Commentaries}
+\btPrintCited
+\end{btSect}
+%</jbtestbttex>
+%
+%<*jbtesttex|jbtestbttex>
+This is a test\footcite[Rn.~357]{medicus}\footcite[Rn.~78]{broxbgb}\footcite[Rn.~168]{broxbgb}
+\newpage
+\footcite[Rn.~170]{broxbgb}%
+\footcite[Rn.~473]{broxbgb}%
+\footcite[Rn.~709]{musielak}%
+\footcite[Leptien][\S~167, Rn.~38]{soergel}%
+\footcite[\S~15, III, 1]{koehler}%
+\footfullcite[Rn. 186]{broxbgb}%
+\footcite[Brox][\S~147, Rn.~2]{erm}%
+\footcite[Rn.~493]{broxbgb}%
+\footcite[Rn.~372]{broxbgb}%
+\footcite[Rn.~944]{medicus}%
+\footcite[Rn.~949]{huebner}%
+\footcite[Brox][\S~167, Rn.~27]{erm}%
+\footfullcite{jbtesturl}
+\end{document}
+%</jbtesttex|jbtestbttex>
+%
+%<*jbtestcbtex>
+\documentclass[12pt]{report}
+\usepackage{german}
+\usepackage[%
+ authorformat=smallcaps,%
+ commabeforerest,%
+ titleformat=colonsep,%
+ bibformat={tabular,ibidem},%
+ pages=format,%
+]{jurabib}
+\usepackage[duplicate]{chapterbib}
+\usepackage{remreset}
+\renewcommand*{\StartFinalBibs}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\refname}{\chaptername\space\thechapter}%
+}%
+\makeatletter
+\@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter}
+\renewcommand*{\bib@heading}{%
+ \section*{\refname\@mkboth{\refname}{\refname}}%
+}%
+\makeatother
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\include{jbtestcb1}
+\include{jbtestcb2}
+\chapter*{Literature}\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Literature}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\bibliography{jbtest}
+\end{document}
+%</jbtestcbtex>
+%<*jbtestcb1>
+\chapter{One}
+
+ That's a very small example document to illustrate the usage of \textsf{jurabib}
+ \footcite[34]{broxschr} together with \textsf{chapterbib}.\footcite[34]{broxbgb}
+
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\bibliography{jbtest}
+%</jbtestcb1>
+%
+%<*jbtestcb2>
+\chapter{Two}
+
+ That's a very small example document to illustrate the usage of \textsf{jurabib}
+ \footcite[34]{broxschr} together with \textsf{chapterbib}.\footcite[34]{palandt}
+
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\bibliography{jbtest}
+%</jbtestcb2>
+%
+%<*jbtestbib|book>
+@BOOK{broxbgb,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~AT},
+ year = 1996,
+ language = {german},
+ address = {K{\"o}ln, Berlin, Bonn, M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = 20,
+ annote = {This is a senseless test for testing the annote field.\par If
+ you are reading this text now, note that you can switch
+ off the output of this field by removing the \texttt{annote} option
+ \begin{itemize}\item You are able to use lists inside the annote field\end{itemize}}
+}
+@BOOK{broxschr,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ title = {Besonderes Schuldrecht},
+ shorttitle = {SchR~BT},
+ year = 1995,
+ language = {german},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = 20
+}
+@BOOK{canaris,
+ author = {Claus Wilhelm Cannabis},
+ title = {Die Vertrauenshaftung im deutschen Privatrecht},
+ shorttitle = {Vertrauenshaftung},
+ year = 1971,
+ language = {german},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen}
+}
+@BOOK{ennenipp,
+ author = {Ludwig Enneccerus and Hans Carl Nipperdey},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Rechts},
+ year = 1960,
+ volume = {1},
+ language = {german},
+ volumetitle = {zweiter Halbband},
+ address = {T{\"u}bingen},
+ edition = 15
+}
+@BOOK{huebner,
+ author = {Heinz H{\"u}bner},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuches},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~AT},
+ year = 1996,
+ language = {german},
+ address = {Berlin, New York},
+ edition = 2
+}
+@BOOK{koehler,
+ author = {Helmut K{\"o}hler},
+ title = {BGB Allgemeiner Teil},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~AT},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1996,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = 23
+}
+@BOOK{medicus,
+ author = {Dieter Medicus},
+ title = {Allgemeiner Teil des BGB},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~AT},
+ year = 1995,
+ howcited = 1,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = {6}
+}
+@BOOK{musielak,
+ author = {Hans-Joachim Musielak},
+ title = {Grundkurs BGB},
+ shorttitle = {BGB~GK},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1994,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen}
+}
+@BOOK{alexy,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1985,
+ address = {Baden-Baden},
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen},
+ dissyear = 1984
+}
+@BOOK{kkstrr,
+ author = {Kurt Kodal and Joachim Kr{\"a}mer},
+ title = {Stra{\ss}enrecht},
+ shorttitle = {StrR},
+ year = 1995,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ edition = {5},
+ pages = {30--34, \S~24}
+}
+%</jbtestbib|book>
+%<*jbtestbib>
+@ARTICLE{broxja,
+ author = {Hans Brox},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Die Anfechtung bei der Stellvertretung},
+ journal = {JA},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1980,
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen}
+}
+@ARTICLE{eujenfrank,
+ author = {Heiko Eujen and Rainer Frank},
+ gender = {pm},
+ title = {Anfechtung der Bevollm{\"a}chtigung nach Abschluß des
+ Vertretergesch{\"a}ftes\,?},
+ language = {german},
+ journal = {JZ},
+ year = 1973
+}
+@ARTICLE{proelss,
+ author = {J{\"u}rgen Pr{\"o}lss},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Vertretung ohne Vertretungsmacht\,?},
+ journal = {JuS},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1985
+}
+@PERIODICAL{oellers,
+ author = {Bernd Oellers},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Doppelwirkung im Recht\,?},
+ journal = {AcP},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1969,
+ volume = 169
+}
+%</jbtestbib>
+%<*jbtestbib|comment>
+@COMMENTED{erm,
+ author = {Walther Erman},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Handkommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ address = {M{\"u}nster},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1993,
+ volume = 1,
+ edition = {9}
+}
+@COMMENTED{mueko,
+ title = {Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ shortauthor = {M{\"u}Ko},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1994,
+ volume = 2,
+ volumetitle = {-- Schuldrecht -- Allgemeiner Teil},
+ edition = {3}
+}
+@COMMENTED{palandt,
+ author = {Otto Palandt},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ address = {M{\"u}nchen},
+ language = {german},
+ year = 1996,
+ edition = {6}
+}
+@COMMENTED{soergel,
+ author = {Hans Theodor Soergel},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Kommentar zum B{\"u}rgerlichen Gesetzbuch},
+ address = {Stuttgart, Berlin, K{\"o}ln, Mainz},
+ year = 1987,
+ howcited = 1,
+ edition = 12,
+ volume = 1,
+ language = {german}
+}
+%</jbtestbib|comment>
+%<*jbtestbib|other>
+@MASTERSTHESIS{alexymthesis,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+}
+@PHDTHESIS{alexyphdthesisi,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+}
+@PHDTHESIS{alexyphdthesisii,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ type = {Habil.},
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+}
+@JURTHESIS{alexyjurthesisi,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+}
+@JURTHESIS{alexyjurthesis,
+ author = {Alexy, Robert},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Theorie der Grundrechte},
+ year = 1984,
+ type = {Habil.},
+ school = {G{\"o}ttingen}
+}
+@WWW{jbtesturl,
+ author = {Jens Berger},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Home of jurabib},
+ url = {http://www.jurabib.org/docs/english/jbendoc.html},
+}
+%</jbtestbib|other>
+%<*config>
+\ProvidesFile{jurabib.cfg}[jurabib local configuration file]
+\jurabibsetup{%
+ %citefull=first,%
+ %citefull=chapter,%
+ %citefull=section,%
+ %citefull=all,%
+ %
+ %authorformat=smallcaps,%
+ %authorformat=italic,%
+ %authorformat=dynamic,%
+ %authorformat=citationreversed,%
+ %authorformat=allreversed,%
+ %authorformat=firstnotreversed,%
+ %authorformat=reducedifibidem,%
+ %authorformat=abbrv,%
+ %authorformat=and,%
+ %authorformat=year,%
+ %authorformat=indexed,%
+ %
+ %annotatorformat=italic,%
+ %annotatorformat=normal,%
+ %
+ %annotatorfirstsep=in,%
+ %annotatorfirstsep=comma,%
+ %annotatorlastsep=divis,%
+ %
+ %titleformat=italic,%
+ %titleformat=all,%
+ %titleformat=commasep,%
+ %titleformat=colonsep,%
+ %titleformat=noreplace,%
+ %
+ %ibidem=strict,%
+ %ibidem=strictdoublepage,%
+ %ibidem=nostrict,%
+ %ibidem=name,%
+ %ibidem=name&title,%
+ %ibidem=name&title&auto,%
+ %
+ %idem=strict,%
+ %idem=strictdoublepage,%
+ %idem=nostrict,%
+ %
+ %opcit=true,%
+ %opcit=chapter,%
+ %opcit=section,%
+ %
+ %bibformat=tabular,%
+ %bibformat=nohang,%
+ %bibformat=numbered,%
+ %bibformat=ibidem,%
+ %bibformat=ibidemalt,%
+ %bibformat=compress,%
+ %bibformat=raggedright,%
+ %
+ %crossref=long,%
+ %crossref=short,%
+ %crossref=dynamic,%
+ %
+ %superscriptedition=all,%
+ %superscriptedition=switch,%
+ %superscriptedition=commented,%
+ %superscriptedition=bib,%
+ %
+ %pages=always,%
+ %pages=test,%
+ %pages=format,%
+ %
+ %howcited=all,%
+ %howcited=normal,%
+ %howcited=compare,%
+ %howcited=multiple,%
+ %
+ %dotafter=bibentry,%
+ %dotafter=endnote,%
+ %
+ %see=true,%
+ %lookat=true,%
+ %human=true,%
+ %oxford=true,%
+ %chicago=true,%
+ %edby=true,%
+ %endnote=true,%
+ %biblikecite=true,%
+ %commabeforerest=true,%
+ %round,%
+ %square,%
+ %annote=true,%
+ %citetoend=true,%
+ %hypercite=false,%
+ %super,
+ %lookforgender,
+ %silent,%
+ %jurabiborder,%
+ %config=your_config_filename_here%
+}
+%</config>
+%<*jbtesthutex>
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,german,dutch,english]{article}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage[%
+ titleformat=italic,%
+ titleformat=all,%
+ titleformat=noreplace,%
+ titleformat=commasep,%
+ commabeforerest,%
+ ibidem=strict,%
+ citefull=first,%
+ lookat,%
+ oxford,%
+ pages=format,%
+]{jurabib}
+
+\begin{document}
+\footcite[23--67]{bergmeier80}%
+\footcite[23--67]{helm72}%
+\footcite[23--67]{helm82}%
+\footcite[23--67]{helm82a}%
+\footcite[23--67]{helm97}%
+\footcite[23--67]{LunWalThis99}%
+\footcite[23--67]{bergmeier80}%
+\footcite[23--67]{Thiselton99}%
+\footcite[23--67]{LunWalThis99}%
+\footcite[23--67]{Lundin99}%
+\footcite[23--67]{Lundin99}%
+\footcite[67f]{Lundin99}%
+\footcite[23--67]{Kraft74}%
+\footcite[23--67]{Oberman88}%
+
+\footcite[67ff]{bergmeier80}%
+\footcite[67]{helm72}%
+\footcite[67]{helm82}%
+\footcite[67]{helm82a}%
+\footcite[67]{helm97}%
+\footcite[67]{bergmeier80}%
+\footcite[67]{Thiselton99}%
+\footcite[67]{LunWalThis99}%
+\footcite[67]{Lundin99}%
+\footcite[67]{Kraft74}%
+\footcite[67]{Oberman88}%
+\footnote{In ``\citefield{title}{Thiselton99}'' Thiselton said~\dots}
+
+This is a very simple test document to illustrate some of the
+capabilities of \textsf{jurabib} in the humanities.
+If someone can contribute a better one, please e-mail me:
+\texttt{jb@jurabib.org}.
+
+
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+%%\bibliographystyle{jox}
+\bibliography{jbtesthu}
+
+\end{document}
+%</jbtesthutex>
+%<*jbtestmbtex>
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\usepackage{multibib}% multibib has to be loaded after jurabib
+
+%% Definition of _sec_ond bibliography
+\newcites{sec}{Secondary Literature}
+
+%% Remember: You have to run 'bibtex sec' to produce the _sec_ond bibliography!
+
+\begin{document}
+
+This is a simple test document to demonstrate \textsf{jurabib} and \textsf{multibib} interaction.
+This citation appears in the normal bibliography\footcite{helm72}.
+This citation appears in the second bibliography\footcitesec{helm82}.
+
+%% The normal bibliography
+\bibliography{jbtesthu}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+
+%% The _sec_ond bibliography
+\bibliographysec{jbtesthu}
+\bibliographystylesec{jurabib}
+
+\end{document}
+%</jbtestmbtex>
+%<*jbtestbutex>
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\usepackage{bibunits}
+
+%% Remember: You have to run 'bibtex bu1' for the first and 'bibtex bu2' for the second bibliography!
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{bibunit}[jurabib]
+ A small bibunit to demonstrate \textsf{jurabib} and \textsf{bibunits} interaction~\cite{helm72}.
+ \putbib[jbtesthu]
+\end{bibunit}
+
+\begin{bibunit}[jureco]
+ A new bibunit with a different style~\cite{helm82}.
+ \putbib[jbtesthu]
+\end{bibunit}
+
+\end{document}
+%</jbtestbutex>
+%<*jbtesthubib>
+@BOOK{bergmeier80,
+ author = {Bergmeier, Roland},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Glaube als Gabe nach Johannes: Religions- und
+ Theologiegeschichtliche Studien zum pr{\"a}destinatianischen
+ Dualismus im vierten Evangelium},
+ publisher = {W. Kohlhammer},
+ year = 1980,
+ volume = 112,
+ series = {Beitr{\"a}ge zur Wissenschaft vom Alten und Neuen Testament},
+ address = {Stuttgart etc.},
+ keywords = {Predestinatie; Johannes; Gnostiek; Qumran; Dualisme},
+ language = {german},
+ shorttitle = {Glaube als Gabe},
+ annote = {This is a senseless test for testing the annote field.\par If
+ you are reading this text now, note that you can switch
+ off the output of this field by removing the \texttt{annote} option
+ \begin{itemize}\item You are able to use lists inside the annote field\end{itemize}}
+}
+@ARTICLE{helm72,
+ author = {Helm, Paul},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Revealed Propositions and Timeless Truths},
+ journal = {Religious Studies},
+ year = 1972,
+ volume = 8,
+ pages = {127--136},
+ comment = {Nog eens kopieren}
+}
+@BOOK{helm82,
+ author = {Helm, Paul},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Divine Revelation: The Basic Issues},
+ year = 1982,
+ address = {London},
+ annote = {Verdediging van propositionele visie op Openbaring},
+ language = {english},
+ shorttitle = {Divine Revelation}
+}
+@INCOLLECTION{helm82a,
+ author = {Helm, Paul},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {The Role of Logic in Biblical Interpretation},
+ editor = {E. Radmacher and R. Preus},
+ booktitle = {Hermeneutics, Inerrancy, \& the Bible},
+ year = 1982,
+ pages = {841--858},
+ address = {Grand Rapids},
+ language = {english},
+ shorttitle = {Role of Logic}
+}
+@BOOK{helm97,
+ author = {Helm, Paul},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Faith and Understanding},
+ year = 1997,
+ series = {Reason and Religion},
+ address = {Edinburgh},
+ publisher = {Edinburgh University Press},
+ language = {english}
+}
+@INCOLLECTION{Thiselton99,
+ author = {Thiselton, Anthony C.},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Communicative Action and Promise in
+ Interdisciplinary, Biblical, and Theological Hermeneutics},
+ booktitle = {The Promise of Hermeneutics},
+ pages = {133--240},
+ crossref = {LunWalThis99},
+ shorttitle = {Communicative Action}
+}
+@BOOK{LunWalThis99,
+ editor = {Lundin, Roger and Walhout, Clarence and Thiselton, Anthony C.},
+ gender = {pm},
+ year = 1999,
+ title = {The Promise of Hermeneutics},
+ publisher = {Eerdmans},
+ address = {Grand Rapids},
+ shorttitle = {Promise}
+}
+@INCOLLECTION{Lundin99,
+ author = {Lundin, Roger},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {Interpreting Orphans: Hermeneutics in the Cartesian
+ Tradition},
+ booktitle = {The Promise of Hermeneutics},
+ pages = {1--64},
+ crossref = {LunWalThis99},
+ shorttitle = {Interpreting Orphans}
+}
+@Book{Oberman88,
+ author = {Oberman, Heiko Augustinus},
+ gender = {sm},
+ title = {De erfenis van Calvijn: grootheid en grenzen: drie
+ lezingen},
+ publisher = {Kok},
+ year = 1988,
+ address = {Kampen},
+ annote = {zie liter},
+ series = {Kuyper-voordrachten},
+ language = {dutch}
+}
+@Book{Kraft74,
+ editor = {Kraft, Robert A. and Attridge, Harold and Spittler, Russell and Timbie, Janet},
+ gender = {pm},
+ title = {The Testament of Job According to the SV Text},
+ publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature \& Scholars' Press},
+ year = 1937,
+ volume = 4,
+ series = {Texts and Translations 5: Pseudepigrapha Series},
+ address = {Missoula, Montana},
+}
+%</jbtesthubib>
+%<*jblongcfg>
+%% This is a example configuration file to use for exam homeworks,
+%% dissertations and the like for german law students, contributed
+%% by Tilman Finke (Tilman.Finke@web.de) If you want to use it,
+%% rename it to `jurabib.cfg'.
+%% If you want to share your personal configuration file (e.g. if it
+%% reflects the requests of your university), please send it to
+%% jb@jurabib.org
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat=dynamic,
+ superscriptedition=all,
+ titleformat=all,
+ titleformat=commasep,
+ titleformat=noreplace,
+ annotatorlastsep=divis,
+ howcited=compare,
+ commabeforerest,
+ bibformat=ibidemalt,
+ bibformat=compress,
+ pages=always}
+\renewcommand*{\bibjtsep}{in: }
+\renewcommand*{\bibatsep}{,}
+\renewcommand*{\bibbdsep}{}
+\renewcommand*{\jbaensep}{,}
+\jbdotafterbibentry
+\formatpages[ ]{article}{(}{)}
+%</jblongcfg>
+\endinput
+% \fi
+% \Finale
+%\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.ins
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..134c9ece3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/jurabib/jurabib.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+\def\batchfile{jurabib.ins}
+\def\jbfileversion{v0.6}
+\def\jbfiledate{2004/01/25}
+\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\else
+ \ProvidesFile{jurabib.ins}[2004/01/25 Installation script for jurabib package]
+\fi
+%%
+%% This is the installation file for the `jurabib' package.
+%%
+%% Run LaTeX on this file to produce the style file jurabib.sty.
+%%
+\input docstrip.tex
+\preamble
+
+*** This is jurabib \jbfileversion (\jbfiledate) ***
+
+LaTeX package for citing with abbreviated titles and
+ names, supporting short and long forms of citations
+
+Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Jens Berger (http://www.jurabib.org)
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+\endpreamble
+\declarepreamble\driverpreamble
+Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Jens Berger (http://www.jurabib.org)
+
+See \batchfile\space for the copyright details.
+
+This is the driver file for the `jurabib' package.
+Run LaTeX on this file to produce the documentation.
+You may modify this file (NOT jurabib.ins) to
+achieve a different formatting of the documentation.
+
+\endpreamble
+\declarepreamble\texfilepreamble
+----------------------------------------
+Example TeX file for the documentation
+of the jurabib package \jbfileversion
+Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Jens Berger (http://www.jurabib.org)
+See \batchfile\space for the copyright details.
+
+\endpreamble
+\declarepreamble\bibfilepreamble
+----------------------------------------
+Example BibTeX file for the documentation
+ of the jurabib package \jbfileversion
+Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Jens Berger (http://www.jurabib.org)
+See \batchfile for the copyright details.
+
+\endpreamble
+\declarepreamble\bstfilepreamble
+----------------------------------------
+BibTeX style for use with the jurabib package version \jbfileversion
+Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Jens Berger (http://www.jurabib.org)
+See \batchfile\space for the copyright details.
+
+\endpreamble
+\declarepreamble\cfgfilepreamble
+----------------------------------------
+Local configuration file for use with the jurabib package
+
+(http://www.jurabib.org)
+
+Here you can place personal redefinitions
+\endpreamble
+
+\declarepreamble\langfilepreamble
+----------------------------------------
+Local language definition file for use with the jurabib package \jbfileversion
+
+(http://www.jurabib.org)
+
+The syntax to adjust commands for your purposes is for the main
+document language (Note the capitals in \string\AddTo!):
+
+ \string\AddTo\string\bibs<language>{\string\def\string\janname{January}}
+
+e.g.
+
+ \string\AddTo\string\bibsenglish{\string\def\string\janname{January}}
+
+If you want to change it for all possible main languages:
+
+ \string\AddTo\string\bibsall{\string\def\string\janname{January}}
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\declarepostamble\bstfilepostamble
+\endpostamble
+\declarepostamble\cfgfilepostamble
+\endpostamble
+\declarepostamble\langfilepostamble
+\endpostamble
+\keepsilent
+\askonceonly
+%\askforoverwritefalse
+\generate{%
+ \usedir{tex/latex/jurabib}%
+ \file{jurabib.sty}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{package}}
+% \usepreamble\driverpreamble
+% \file{jurabib.drv}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{driver}}
+ \usepreamble\cfgfilepreamble
+ \usepostamble\cfgfilepostamble
+ \file{jurabib.cfg}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{config}}
+ \file{jblong.cfg}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jblongcfg}}
+ \usepreamble\langfilepreamble
+ \usepostamble\langfilepostamble
+ \file{dejbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{german}}
+ \file{enjbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{english}}
+ \file{dujbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{dutch}}
+ \file{frjbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{french}}
+ \file{spjbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{spanish}}
+ \file{itjbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{italian}}
+ \file{nojbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{norsk}}
+ \file{ptjbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{portuguese}}
+ \file{fijbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{finnish}}
+ \file{dajbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{danish}}
+ \usedir{tex/bibtex/bst/jurabib}
+ \usepreamble\bstfilepreamble
+ \usepostamble\bstfilepostamble
+ \file{jurabib.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurabst}}
+ \file{jurunsrt.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurunsrt}}
+ \file{jureco.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurecobst}}
+ \file{jox.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{joxbst}}
+% \file{n_jurabib.bst}{\from{jurabib.mbs}{jurabib}}
+% \file{n_jurunsrt.bst}{\from{jurabib.mbs}{jurunsrt}}
+% \file{n_jureco.bst}{\from{jurabib.mbs}{jureco}}
+% \file{n_jox.bst}{\from{jurabib.mbs}{jox}}
+ \usedir{tex/bibtex/bib/jurabib}
+ \usepreamble\bibfilepreamble
+ \file{jbtest.bib}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestbib}}
+ \file{book.bib}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{book}}
+ \file{comment.bib}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{comment}}
+ \file{jbtesthu.bib}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtesthubib}}
+ \usedir{tex/doc/latex/jurabib}%
+ \usepreamble\texfilepreamble
+ \file{jbtest.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtesttex}}
+ \file{jbtestcb.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestcbtex}}
+ \file{jbtestcb1.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestcb1tex}}
+ \file{jbtestcb2.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestcb2tex}}
+ \file{jbtestbt.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestbttex}}
+ \file{jbtesthu.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtesthutex}}
+ \file{jbtestbu.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestbutex}}
+ \file{jbtestmb.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jbtestmbtex}}
+}
+\Msg{**************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following}
+\Msg{* file into a directory searched by LaTeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space jurabib.sty}
+\Msg{* \space\space enjbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space dejbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space dujbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space frjbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space spjbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space itjbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space nojbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space ptjbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space fijbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space dajbbib.ldf}
+\Msg{* \space\space jurabib.cfg}
+\Msg{* \space\space jblong.cfg}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To use the BibTeX style files you have to move the following}
+\Msg{* file into a directory searched by BibTeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space jurabib.bst}
+\Msg{* \space\space jureco.bst}
+\Msg{* \space\space jurunsrt.bst}
+\Msg{* \space\space jox.bst}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the following files}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space jbgerdoc.tex (German)}
+\Msg{* \space\space jbendoc.tex (English)}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce some test files run the following files}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space jbtest.tex, jbtesthu.tex, jbtestmb.tex}
+\Msg{* \space\space jbtestbu.tex, jbtestcb.tex and jbtestbt.tex}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Check (http://www.jurabib.org) for updates and news!}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{**************************************************************}
+\endbatchfile